Reference Guide

ManualsBrandsDell ManualsAccess PlatformsC9010 Modular Chassis Switch

Dell Networking Command-Line Reference

Guide for the C9000 Series

Version 9.9(0.0)

Summary of content (2119 pages)

PAGE 1
Dell Networking Command-Line Reference Guide for the C9000 Series Version 9.9(0.
PAGE 2
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. Copyright © 2015 Dell Inc. All rights reserved. This product is protected by U.S. and international copyright and intellectual property laws.
PAGE 3
Contents 1 About this Guide................................................................................................. 47 Objectives............................................................................................................................................ 47 Audience..............................................................................................................................................48 Conventions..................................................................
PAGE 4
ip ftp password....................................................................................................................................88 ip ftp source-interface........................................................................................................................89 ip ftp username....................................................................................................................................91 ip http source-interface..........................................
PAGE 5
util-threshold cpu............................................................................................................................. 180 util-threshold memory...................................................................................................................... 181 virtual-ip.............................................................................................................................................183 write............................................................
PAGE 6
dot1x port-control............................................................................................................................ 234 dot1x profile...................................................................................................................................... 235 dot1x quiet-period............................................................................................................................ 236 dot1x reauthentication............................................
PAGE 7
seq............................................................................................................................................... 295 ACL VLAN Group Commands.......................................................................................................... 299 acl-vlan-group............................................................................................................................ 299 cam-acl-vlan........................................................................
PAGE 8
match ip route-source............................................................................................................... 344 match metric...............................................................................................................................345 match origin................................................................................................................................346 match route-type........................................................................
PAGE 9
BGP IPv4 Commands....................................................................................................................... 385 address-family.............................................................................................................................385 aggregate-address......................................................................................................................386 bgp add-path.............................................................................
PAGE 10
deny bandwidth.......................................................................................................................... 428 description.................................................................................................................................. 429 distance bgp................................................................................................................................430 maximum-paths....................................................................
PAGE 11
show capture bgp-pdu neighbor............................................................................................... 471 show config.................................................................................................................................472 show ip bgp................................................................................................................................. 473 show ip bgp cluster-list......................................................................
PAGE 12
address family ipv6 unicast.........................................................................................................530 aggregate-address...................................................................................................................... 531 bgp always-compare-med.........................................................................................................532 bgp bestpath as-path ignore..............................................................................
PAGE 13
maximum-paths.......................................................................................................................... 561 neighbor activate........................................................................................................................ 562 neighbor advertisement-interval................................................................................................563 neighbor allowas-in................................................................................
PAGE 14
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list..........................................................................................593 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community........................................................................................594 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list..................................................................................595 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths..............................................................................
PAGE 15
show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping.............................................................................................. 631 show mac protocol-queue-mapping..............................................................................................632 show protocol-queue-mapping...................................................................................................... 633 11 Data Center Bridging (DCB)..........................................................................
PAGE 16
dcb pfc-total-buffer-size.................................................................................................................690 show running-config dcb-buffer-threshold....................................................................................691 dcb pfc-queues................................................................................................................................ 693 dcb {ets | pfc} enable.........................................................................
PAGE 17
ip helper-address........................................................................................................................ 765 ipv6 helper-address.................................................................................................................... 766 lease............................................................................................................................................. 767 netbios-name-server............................................................
PAGE 18
clear fip-snooping database interface vlan..................................................................................... 798 clear fip-snooping statistics............................................................................................................. 799 debug fip snooping.......................................................................................................................... 800 debug fip snooping rx.......................................................................
PAGE 19
GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP).................................................................838 clear gvrp statistics........................................................................................................................... 839 debug gvrp........................................................................................................................................840 disable.........................................................................................................
PAGE 20
monitor interface........................................................................................................................886 mtu...............................................................................................................................................891 portmode hybrid......................................................................................................................... 892 rate-interval...................................................................
PAGE 21
snmp-server enable traps hg-lbm..............................................................................................975 22 Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS).............................. 976 adjacency-check.............................................................................................................................. 976 advertise...........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 22
isis priority........................................................................................................................................1015 is-type.............................................................................................................................................. 1017 log-adjacency-changes..................................................................................................................1018 lsp-gen-interval...............................................
PAGE 23
show ip igmp groups................................................................................................................ 1066 show ip igmp interface............................................................................................................. 1068 show ip igmp ssm-map............................................................................................................1069 IGMP Snooping Commands...................................................................................
PAGE 24
ip address......................................................................................................................................... 1110 ip directed-broadcast...................................................................................................................... 1111 ip domain-list................................................................................................................................... 1112 ip domain-lookup...............................................
PAGE 25
ipv6 control-plane egress-filter...................................................................................................... 1172 permit (for IPv6 ACLs)......................................................................................................................1172 permit icmp (for IPv6 ACLs)............................................................................................................ 1174 permit tcp (for IPv6 ACLs)............................................................
PAGE 26
iscsi profile-compellant.................................................................................................................. 1216 iscsi target port................................................................................................................................ 1217 show iscsi.........................................................................................................................................1218 show iscsi session...............................................
PAGE 27
30 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP).............................................1260 clear lacp counters......................................................................................................................... 1260 debug lacp....................................................................................................................................... 1261 lacp long-timeout.........................................................................................................
PAGE 28
advertise med voice-signaling..................................................................................................1299 32 Multicast.........................................................................................................1301 IPv4 Multicast Commands.............................................................................................................. 1301 clear ip mroute.......................................................................................................
PAGE 29
protocol spanning-tree mstp......................................................................................................... 1336 revision.............................................................................................................................................1337 show config.....................................................................................................................................1338 show spanning-tree mst configuration...................................
PAGE 30
track interface line-protocol.....................................................................................................1376 track ip route metric threshold................................................................................................. 1377 track ip route reachability......................................................................................................... 1379 track resolution ip route................................................................................
PAGE 31
ip ospf priority............................................................................................................................1419 ip ospf retransmit-interval........................................................................................................ 1420 ip ospf transmit-delay............................................................................................................... 1421 log-adjacency-changes......................................................................
PAGE 32
debug ipv6 ospf packet............................................................................................................ 1480 default-information originate................................................................................................... 1481 graceful-restart grace-period.................................................................................................. 1482 graceful-restart mode........................................................................................
PAGE 33
40 Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+)....................................................1542 description.......................................................................................................................................1542 disable..............................................................................................................................................1543 extend system-id................................................................................................
PAGE 34
ip pim register-filter...................................................................................................................1581 ip pim rp-address...................................................................................................................... 1582 ip pim rp-candidate.................................................................................................................. 1584 ip pim sparse-mode........................................................................
PAGE 35
debug brm.................................................................................................................................1629 debug pe-csp interface............................................................................................................ 1630 show software pemgr............................................................................................................... 1631 Power over Ethernet (PoE)........................................................................
PAGE 36
service-class wred ecn backplane........................................................................................... 1684 show qos dot1p-queue-mapping............................................................................................ 1685 Per-Port QoS Commands.............................................................................................................. 1686 dot1p-priority..........................................................................................................
PAGE 37
wred ecn....................................................................................................................................1728 wred-profile...............................................................................................................................1729 show hardware..........................................................................................................................1730 DSCP Color Map Commands............................................................
PAGE 38
default-metric................................................................................................................................. 1770 description....................................................................................................................................... 1771 distance............................................................................................................................................ 1771 distribute-list in.......................................
PAGE 39
privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode)................................................................................ 1809 privilege level (LINE mode)....................................................................................................... 1810 Authentication and Password Commands..................................................................................... 1811 aaa authentication enable......................................................................................................
PAGE 40
dot1x reauth-max...................................................................................................................... 1851 dot1x server-timeout.................................................................................................................1851 dot1x supplicant-timeout......................................................................................................... 1852 dot1x tx-period....................................................................................
PAGE 41
protocol-tunnel destination-mac..................................................................................................1890 protocol-tunnel enable..................................................................................................................1890 protocol-tunnel rate-limit.............................................................................................................. 1891 show protocol-tunnel...........................................................................
PAGE 42
clear logging..............................................................................................................................1934 clear logging auditlog............................................................................................................... 1935 default logging buffered........................................................................................................... 1935 default logging console.....................................................................
PAGE 43
57 Storm Control...............................................................................................1988 show storm-control broadcast......................................................................................................1989 show storm-control multicast....................................................................................................... 1990 show storm-control unknown-unicast..........................................................................................
PAGE 44
tunnel-mode...................................................................................................................................2027 tunnel source..................................................................................................................................2028 60 Uplink Failure Detection (UFD)................................................................. 2030 clear ufd-disable...............................................................................................
PAGE 45
proxy-gateway peer-timeout ................................................................................................. 2066 proxy-gateway static................................................................................................................ 2067 remote-mac-address exclude-vlan.........................................................................................2067 show vlt-proxy-gateway.................................................................................................
PAGE 46
interface management................................................................................................................... 2106 maximum dynamic-routes............................................................................................................. 2107 show ip vrf.......................................................................................................................................2108 show run vrf.......................................................................
PAGE 47
About this Guide 1 This CLI guide provides information about the Dell Networking operating system (OS) command-line interface (CLI) supported on a C9010 console to configure a C9010 switch and C1048P port extender. This book also includes information about the protocols and features supported in the Dell Networking OS on the C9000 switch.
PAGE 48
Audience This book is intended for system administrators who are responsible for configuring or maintaining networks. This guide assumes that you are knowledgeable in Layer 2 and Layer 3 networking technologies. Conventions This book uses the following conventions to describe command syntax. Keyword Keywords are in Courier and must be entered in the CLI as listed. parameter Parameters are in italics and require a number or word to be entered in the CLI.
PAGE 49
CLI Basics 2 This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. The Dell Networking operating software commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols. Accessing the Command Line Once the system boots successfully, you are automatically placed in EXEC mode, and are not prompted to log in. You can access the commands through a serial console port or a Telnet session.
PAGE 50
User "Irene" on line vty3 ( 123.12.1.321 ) Dell#conf When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, Dell Networking OS sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2. Obtaining Help As soon as you are in a command mode there are several ways to access help. To obtain a list of keywords at any command mode: Type a ? at the prompt or after a keyword. There must always be a space before the ?.
PAGE 51
define Interface range macro definition dot1x Configure 802.
PAGE 52
service service-class based QoS/Routing mapping sflow snmp snmp-server storm-control strict-priority priority queue switch Memory Limits mount tacacs-server uplink-state-group and configurations username authentication util-threshold configurations virtual-ip vlan-stack vlt wred-profile Service selected component Define service class to policy sFlow configuration Modify SNMP parameters Modify SNMP parameters Configure storm-control Configure a Queue as a strict Configure Script CPU and Mount target directo
PAGE 53
Key Combination Action CNTL-R Re-enters the previous command. CNTL-U Deletes the line. CNTL-W Deletes the previous word. CNTL-X Deletes the line. CNTL-Z Ends continuous scrolling of the command outputs. Esc B Moves the cursor back one word. Esc F Moves the cursor forward one word. Esc D Deletes all the characters from the cursor to the end of the word. Navigating the CLI The Dell Networking operating software displays a CLI prompt comprised of the host name and CLI mode.
PAGE 54
NOTE: Dell Networking OS accepts a space before or after the pipe, no space before or after the pipe, or any combination. For example: Dell#command | grep gigabit |except regularexpression | find regular-expression display displays additional configuration information except displays only the text that does not match the pattern (or regular expression) find searches for the first occurrence of a pattern grep displays text that matches a pattern.
PAGE 55
To enter BGP ADDRESS-FAMILY mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to ROUTER BGP mode. 2. Enter the command address-family then the protocol type (ipv4 multicast or ipv6 unicast). The prompt changes to include (conf-router_bgp_af) for IPv4 or (conf-router_bgpv6_af) for IPv6. CLASS-MAP Mode To create or configure a class map, use CLASS-MAP mode. For more information, see Policy-Based QoS Commands. To enter CLASS-MAP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2.
PAGE 56
DHCP POOL Mode To create an address pool, use DHCP POOL mode. For more information, see Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP). To enter DHCP POOL mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to DHCP mode. 2. Enter the pool command then the pool name. The prompt changes to include (config-dhcp-poolname). You can return to DHCP mode by using the exit command. ECMP GROUP Mode To enable or configure traffic distribution monitoring on an ECMP link bundle, use ECMP GROUP mode.
PAGE 57
can access CONFIGURATION mode to configure interfaces, routes and protocols on the switch. While you are logged in to EXEC Privilege mode, the # prompt is displayed. EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST Mode To enable and configure a BGP extended community, use EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST mode. For more information, see BGP Extended Communities (RFC 4360). To enter EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ip extcommunity-list command then a community list name.
PAGE 58
Prompt Interface Type Dell(conf-iffo-0/0)# Forty-Gigabit Ethernet interface then slot/port information Dell(conf-iflo-0)# Loopback interface number Dell(conf-ifnu-0)# Null Interface then zero Dell(conf-ifpegi-0/0/1)# Port Extender Gigabit Ethernet interface then pe-id/stack-unit/ port-id information.
PAGE 59
LLDP MANAGEMENT INTERFACE Mode To enable and configure Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) on management interfaces, use LLDP MANAGEMENT INTERFACE mode. For more information, see the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide for the C9000 Series. To enter LLDP MANAGEMENT INTERFACE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to LLDP mode. 2. Enter the management-interface command. The prompt changes to include (conf-lldp-mgmtIf).
PAGE 60
2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree mstp command. The prompt changes to include (confmstp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. PE Configuration Mode To configure certain the port extender features such as, the PoE feature, use the PE CONFIGURATION mode. For more information, see the Port Extenders (PE) To enter PE CONFIGURATION mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter thepe pe-id command.
PAGE 61
To enter PRIORITY GROUP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the priority-group command then the group name. The prompt changes to include (confpg). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. PROTOCOL GVRP Mode To enable and configure GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP), use PROTOCOL GVRP mode. For more information, see GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP). To enter PROTOCOL GVRP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2.
PAGE 62
ROUTER BGP Mode To enable and configure Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), use ROUTER BGP mode. For more information, see Border Gateway Protocol IPv4 (BGPv4) To enter ROUTER BGP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Use the router bgp command then enter the AS number. The prompt changes to include (confrouter_bgp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. ROUTER OSPF Mode To configure OSPF, use ROUTER OSPF mode.
PAGE 63
SPANNING TREE Mode To enable and configure the Spanning Tree protocol, use SPANNING TREE mode. For more information, see Spanning Tree Protocol (STP). To enter SPANNING TREE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree stp-id command. The prompt changes to include (conf-stp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. TRACE-LIST Mode To configure a Trace list, use TRACE-LIST mode. To enter TRACE-LIST mode: 1.
PAGE 64
Control and Monitoring 3 This chapter contains the commands to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP) as they are implemented in the Dell Networking OS on the switch. asf-mode Enable the transmission of Alternate Store and Forward (ASF) packets as soon as a threshold is reached. C9000 Series Syntax asf-mode linecard {slot-id | all} To return to standard Store and Forward mode, use the no asf-mode linecard command.
PAGE 65
Usage Information You must save the configuration and reload the system to implement ASF. When you enter the command, the system sends a message stating that the new mode is enabled when the system reloads. banner exec Configure a message that is displayed when your enter EXEC mode. C9000 Series Syntax banner exec c line c To delete a banner, use the no banner exec command. Parameters c Enter the keywords banner exec, then enter a character delineator, represented here by the letter c. Press ENTER.
PAGE 66
When you connect to the router, if a message of the day banner is configured, it displays first. If no message of the day banner is configured, the login banner and prompt appear. After logged in, the EXEC banner (if configured) displays. Example Dell(conf)#banner exec ? LINE c banner-text c, where 'c' is a delimiting character Dell(conf)#banner exec % Enter TEXT message. End with the character '%'.
PAGE 67
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Introduced the keyword keyboard-interactive. 8.1.1.
PAGE 68
Related Commands banner motd — sets a Message of the Day banner. banner motd Set a message of the day (MOTD) banner. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters banner motd c line c c Enter a delineator character to specify the limits of the text banner. The delineator is a percent character (%). line Enter a text string for your MOTD banner the message with your delineator. The delineator is a percent character (%). Defaults No banner is configured.
PAGE 69
Related Commands • banner exec — enables the display of a text string when you enter EXEC mode. • banner login — sets a banner to display after successful login to the system. cam-acl Allocate content addressable memory (CAM) for IPv4 and IPv6 ACLs.
PAGE 70
Enter l2acl and the FP block number for L2 ACL. The FP block number range is from 1 to 8. 70 • 4: Creates 242 entries for use by the OpenFlow controller (256 total entries minus the 14 entries reserved for internal functionality) • 8: Creates 498 entries for use by the OpenFlow controller (512 total entries minus the 14 entries reserved for internal functionality) ipv4acl number Enter ipv4acl and the FP block number for IPv4. The FP block number range is from 0 to 8.
PAGE 71
ipv4pbr number Enter ipv4pbr and the FP block number for IPv4 PBR ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to 6. iscsioptacl number Enter iscsioptacl and the FP block number for ISCSI optimization ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to 6. openflow number Enter openflow and the FP block number for OpenFlow ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to 6. vrfv4acl number Enter vrfv4acl and the FP block number for VRF ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to 6.
PAGE 72
Ranges for the CAM profiles are from 1 to 10, except for the ipv6acl profile which is from 0 to 10. The ipv6acl allocation must be a factor of 2 (2, 4, 6, 8, 10). If you enabled BMP 3.0, to perform a reload on the chassis to upgrade any configuration changes that have changed the NVRAM content, use the reload conditional nvram-cfg-change command. cam-audit linecard Enable audit of the IPv4 forwarding table on all line cards.
PAGE 73
clear alarms Clear alarms on the system. C9000 Series Syntax clear alarms Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 74
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 75
Example Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Dell#configure Dell(conf)# debug cpu-traffic-stats Enable the collection of computer processor unit (CPU) traffic statistics. C9000 Series Syntax debug cpu-traffic-stats To disable the debugging, use the no debug cpu-traffic-stats command.
PAGE 76
Usage Information This command enables (and disables) the collection of CPU traffic statistics from the time this command is executed (not from system boot). However, excessive traffic a CPU receives automatically triggers (turn on) the collection of CPU traffic statics. The following message is an indication that collection of CPU traffic is automatically turned on. To view the traffic statistics, use the show cputraffic-stats command. If the CPU receives excessive traffic, traffic is rate controlled.
PAGE 77
disable Return to EXEC mode. C9000 Series Syntax disable [level] From a port extender (PE) console, use disable [level] to return to EXEC mode. Parameters level (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of the Dell Networking OS. The range is from 0 to 15. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 78
do Allow the execution of most EXEC-level commands from all CONFIGURATION levels without returning to the EXEC level. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History do command command Enter an EXEC-level command. none • CONFIGURATION • INTERFACE This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 79
Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)#do reload System configuration has been modified. Save? [yes/no]: n Proceed with reload [confirm yes/no]: n Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)# enable Enter EXEC Privilege mode or any other privilege level configured. After entering this command, you may need to enter a password. C9000 Series Syntax enable [level] From a PE console, use enable [level] to enter EXEC privilege mode . Parameters level (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of Dell Networking OS. The range is from 0 to 15.
PAGE 80
Usage Information Users entering EXEC Privilege mode or any other configured privilege level can access configuration commands. To protect against unauthorized access, use the enable password command to configure a password for the enable command at a specific privilege level. If no privilege level is specified, the default is privilege level 15. You can also use the enable [level] command from a PE console to enter the privileged mode.
PAGE 81
Version Description 8.3.10.0 Replacement command for the S4810 only. Replaces the enable xfp-power-updates command. Usage Information To enable polling and to configure the polling frequency, use this command. end Return to EXEC Privilege mode from other command modes (for example, CONFIGURATION or ROUTER OSPF modes).
PAGE 82
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. E-Series Original command. exit — returns to the lower command mode. exec-timeout Set a time interval that the system waits for input on a line before disconnecting the session. C9000 Series Syntax exec-timeout minutes [seconds] To return to default settings, use the no exec-timeout command.
PAGE 83
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information To remove the time interval, enter exec-timeout 0 0. Example Dell Networking OS con0 is now available Press RETURN to get started. Dell> exit Return to the lower command mode. C9000 Series Syntax exit From a PE console, use exit command to return to the lower command mode.
PAGE 84
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. end — returns to EXEC Privilege mode. ftp-server enable Enable FTP server functions on the system.
PAGE 85
Version Description E-Series Original command. Example morpheus% ftp 10.31.1.111 Connected to 10.31.1.111. 220 FTOS (1.0) FTP server ready Name (10.31.1.
PAGE 86
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information After you enable FTP server functions with the ftp-server enable command, Dell Networking recommends specifying a top-level directory path.
PAGE 87
• 0 (zero) for an unecrypted (clear text) password • 7 (seven) for a hidden text password Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 88
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Changed the default from Force10 to FTOS. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 89
password • 0 (zero) for an unecrypted (clear text) password • 7 (seven) for a hidden text password Enter a string up to 40 characters as the password. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 90
To delete an interface, use the no ip ftp source-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 91
ip ftp username Assign a user name for outgoing FTP connection requests. C9000 Series Syntax ip ftp username username To return to anonymous FTP connections, use the no ip ftp username [username] command. Parameters username Enter a text string as the user name up to 40 characters long. Defaults No user name is configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 92
ip http source-interface Configure an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for HTTP connections. C9000 Series Syntax ip http source-interface interface To delete an interface, use theno ip http source-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number.
PAGE 93
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series ip telnet server enable Enable the Telnet server on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax ip telnet server enable To disable the Telnet server, use the no ip telnet server enable command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 94
To return to the default setting, use the no ip telnet source-interface [interface] command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. • For a Port Channel, enter the keyword port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 95
ip tftp source-interface Assign an interface’s IP address in outgoing packets for TFTP traffic. C9000 Series Syntax ip tftp source-interface interface To return to the default setting, use the no ip tftp source-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. • For a Port Channel, enter the keyword port-channel then a number.
PAGE 96
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command line Enable and configure console and virtual terminal lines to the system. This command accesses LINE mode, where you can set the access conditions for the designated line. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters line {console 0 | vty number [end-number]} console 0 Enter the keyword console 0 to configure the console port. The console option for the S-Series is <0-0>.
PAGE 97
Version Description E-Series Original command Usage Information You cannot delete a terminal connection. Related Commands access-class — restricts the incoming connections to a particular IP address in an IP access control list (ACL). password — specifies a password for users on terminal lines. logging coredump server Configure the switch to move (upload) a core dump for an application or kernel crash to an external FTP server.
PAGE 98
Version Description 9.0(1.0) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information The switch supports full core dumps for kernel crashes. The kernel core dump applies to all CPUs and is not enabled by default. To enable full kernel core dumps, enter the logging coredump command in global configuration mode. The kernel core dump is copied to the Control Processor (CP) core-dump directory: flash:// CORE_DUMP_DIR/f10_cpu_timestamp.kcore.
PAGE 99
address) | interface] [tos] [df-bit (y|n)] [validate-reply(y| n)] [outgoing-interface] [pattern pattern] [sweep-min-size] [sweep-max-size] [sweep-interval] [ointerface (ip src-ipv4address) | interface] Parameters host (OPTIONAL) Enter the host name of the devices to which you are testing connectivity. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv4 address of the device to which you are testing connectivity. The address must be in the dotted decimal format.
PAGE 100
• Y: Do set “don't fragment” bit Default is No. validate-reply (IPv4 only) Enter Y or N for reply validation. • N: Do not validate reply data. • Y: Do validate reply data. Default is No. Defaults Command Modes Command History outgoinginterface (IPv6 link-local address) Enter the outgoing interface for ping packets to a destination link-local address. pattern pattern (IPv4 only) Enter the IPv4 data pattern. Range: 0-FFFF. Default: 0xABCD.
PAGE 101
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Added support for the outgoing-interface option for link-local IPv6 addressing on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added support for the outgoing-interface option for link-local IPv6 addressing on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the ExaScale. 8.4.1.0 IPv6 pinging available on management interface. 8.3.1.0 Introduced extended ping options. 8.2.1.
PAGE 102
Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 172.31.1.255, timeout is 2 seconds: Reply to request 1 from 172.31.1.208 0 ms Reply to request 1 from 172.31.1.216 0 ms Reply to request 1 from 172.31.1.205 16 ms :: Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.209 0 ms Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.66 0 ms Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.87 0 ms Dell# Example (IPv6) Dell#ping 100::1 Type Ctrl-C to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 100::1, timeout is 2 seconds: !!!!! Success rate is 100.
PAGE 103
From a PE console, use reload to perform a cold restart. Parameters conditional nvram-cfgchange Reload if the condition is true. A configuration change to the nvram requires a switch reload. To reload the switch, select nvram-cfg-change. pe Reload the RMP, PE unit, or the entire PE stack configured under that PE unit. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 104
Parameters * Enter the asterisk character * to send a message to all tty lines. line Send a message to a specific line. The range is from 0 to 11. console Enter the keyword console to send a message to the primary terminal line. vty Enter the keyword vty to send a message to the virtual terminal. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 105
To disable timestamping, use the no service timestamps [debug | log] command. Parameters debug (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword debug to add timestamps to debug messages. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to add timestamps to log messages with severity from 0 to 6. datetime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword datetime to have the current time and date added to the message. localtime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword localtime to include the localtime in the timestamp.
PAGE 106
To view the current options set for the service timestamps command, use the show running-config command. show alarms View alarms for the system Core, switching core, port modules, fan trays, and power supplies. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show alarms [pe pe-id | threshold] pe pe-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword pe to display the alarms for port extender (PE). The PE ID range is from 0 to 255.
PAGE 107
-- Major Alarms -Alarm Type Duration --------------------------------------------------------------------------PEM 0 in unit 0 down 25 sec PEM 2 in unit 0 down 6 sec Dell#show alarm threshold -- Temperature Limits (deg C) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------Minor Off Minor Major Off Major Shutdown linecard0 78 99 84 105 110 --------------------------------------------------------------------------Minor Off Minor Major Off Major Shutdown linecard1 78 99 84 105 110 -----
PAGE 108
show asf View statistics about the Alternate Store and Forward (ASF) packets that are transmitted on the switch line cards. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show asf linecard slot-id linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of a line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2. Defaults all Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 109
No CPU traffic statistics. Dell# Related Commands debug cpu-traffic-stats — enables CPU traffic statistics for debugging. show chassis View the configuration and status of modules in the system. Use this command to determine the chassis mode. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show chassis [brief] brief • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a summary of the show chassis output. This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 110
7 8 9 10 4 11 4 Linecard Linecard Linecard Linecard not present not present not present C9000LC0640 online C9000-RPM-2.56T C9000-RPM-2.56T 9.9(0.0) Linecard online C9000-RPM-2.56T C9000-RPM-2.56T 9.9(0.0) -- Route Processor Modules -Slot Status NxtBoot Version ---------------------------------------------------------------0 active online 9.9(0.
PAGE 111
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Usage Information One trace log message is generated for each command.
PAGE 112
[11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[interface tengigabitethernet 0/3]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[ip address 5.5.5.
PAGE 113
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information CAUTION: Use this command only when you are working directly with a technical support representative to troubleshoot a problem. Do not use this command unless a technical support representative instructs you to do so.
PAGE 114
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Traffic statistics are sorted on a per-interface basis; the interface receiving the most traffic is displayed first.
PAGE 115
rp Enter the keyword rp to display the interface statistics only from the Route Processor. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to display the interface statistics only from a specified line card. The range of line-card slot IDs is from 0 to 11. all Enter the keyword all to display the interface statistics from all switch CPUs, including the Control Processor, Route Processor, and line cards. Defaults Display interface statistics from all switch CPUs.
PAGE 116
-- Dataplane ethernet statistics -bc pci driver statistics for device: rxHandle :0 noMhdr :0 noMbuf :0 noClus :0 recvd :0 dropped :0 recvToNet :0 rxError :0 rxDatapathErr :0 rxPkt(COS0) :0 rxPkt(COS1) :0 rxPkt(COS2) :0 rxPkt(COS3) :0 rxPkt(COS4) :0 rxPkt(COS5) :0 rxPkt(COS6) :0 rxPkt(COS7) :0 rxPkt(UNIT0) :0 rxPkt(UNIT1) :0 rxPkt(UNIT2) :0 rxPkt(UNIT3) :0 transmitted :0 txRequested :0 noTxDesc :0 txError :0 txReqTooLarge :0 txDatapathErr :0 txPkt(COS0) :0 txPkt(COS1) :0 txPkt(COS2) :0 txPkt(COS3) :0 txPkt(C
PAGE 117
1.01 1.60 0xb9030000 0.00 0.00 0xb902e000 0.00 0.00 0xb90ac000 0.00 0.00 0xb9125000 0.31 0.43 0xb92f0000 0.01 0.00 0xb931a000 0.00 0.00 0xb93a3000 0.24 0.25 0xb93bd000 0.00 0.00 0xb93d1000 0.00 0.00 0xb9470000 7.09 6.28 0xb94c8000 37.86 43.13 0xb9560000 0.95 1.69 0xb99e0000 0.00 0.02 0xb957f000 4.50 4.16 0xb9594000 0.00 0.00 0xb95a8000 3.80 6.
PAGE 118
0 ificm 0 ifdbg 0 ifacl 0 if6db 0 if6db Related Commands 0 2000 0 2000 0 2000 0 2000 0 2000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 debug cpu-traffic-stats — enables CPU traffic statistics for debugging. show debugging View a list of all enabled debugging processes. C9000 Series Syntax show debugging Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 119
TenGigabitEthernet 1/0-1,5-6,10-11,15,17,19,21 ICMP packet debugging is on for TenGigabitEthernet 1/0,2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16 DHCP Server: DHCP server packet debugging on Dell# show environment View system component status (for example, fan, power supply, and temperature).
PAGE 120
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 121
---------------------------------0 34 26 38 Dell#show environment pem -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed(rpm) Power Usage (W) ---------------------------------------------------------------0 0 down AC up 1376 0.0 0 1 up AC up 18848 666.0 0 2 down AC up 1312 0.0 0 3 up AC up 18880 643.
PAGE 122
From a PE console, use show inventory [media] to view the PE inventory information. Parameters media slot-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword media to display pluggable media inventory for a specified line-card slot. Valid slot IDs are from 0 to 2. pe pe-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword pe to display port extender (PE) inventory for a specified PE ID. Range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: The pe option is only available when the extended bridge feature is enabled.
PAGE 123
2 16GTG02 3 15GQG02 4 15BRG02 5 15GSG02 6 15VQG02 7 161RG02 8 15WSG02 * 0 168SG02 1 14XQG02 0 A 0 1 A 0 2 A 0 3 A 0 0 NA 1 NA 2 NA C9000LC2410G 256 782 701 0 C9000LC2410T 250 722 086 6 C9000LC2410T 249 886 944 2 C9000LC2410T 250 731 417 8 C9000LC0640 253 241 510 6 C9000LC0640 254 253 945 8 C9000LC0640 253 418 803 4 C9000-RPM-2.56T 255 434 342 6 C9000-RPM-2.
PAGE 124
--------------------------LLDP Related Commands • show interfaces — displays the interface configuration. • show interfaces transceiver — displays the physical status and operational status of an installed transceiver. The output also displays the transceiver’s serial number. show linecard Display the linecard(s) status.
PAGE 125
Example (C9010) show linecard output Field Description Next Boot Displays whether the line card is to be brought online at the next system reload. Required Type Displays the line card type configured for the slot. The Required Type and Current Type must match. If they do not match, use the linecard command to reconfigure the line card type. Current Type Displays the line card type installed in the slot. The Required Type and Current Type must match.
PAGE 126
Required Type : C9000LC0640 - 6-port TE/FG Current Type : C9000LC0640 - 6-port TE/FG Hardware Rev : 4.0 Num Ports : 24 Up Time : 2 hr, 47 min Dell Networking OS Version : 9.9(0.0) Jumbo Capable : yes POE Capable : Not supported Max Required Power : 153 Boot Flash : 3.3.1.16 Boot Selector : 3.3.0.
PAGE 127
FTOS Version Jumbo Capable Boot Flash Memory Size Temperature Power Status Voltage Serial Number Part Number Vendor Id Date Code Country Code Dell# Example (brief) Related Commands : : : : : : : : : : : : 6.2.1.x yes A: 2.0.3.4 B: 2.0.3.
PAGE 128
pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe then the port extender (PE) ID to display memory usage on the PE. The PE ID range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: The pe option is only available when the extended bridge feature is enabled. stack-unit unitnumber Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the keyword stack-unit then the stack unit number. Range is from 0 to 7. Defaults Display memory usage on all switch CPUs (Control Processor, Route Processor, and line cards).
PAGE 129
3203928064 6953130 3196974934 3196974934 Statistics On RP Processor =========================== Total(b) Used(b) Free(b) Largest(b) 3203928064 17806442 3186121622 3186121622 Dell#show memory cp Total(b) Used(b) Largest(b) 3203928064 6953130 3196974934 Dell#show memory rp Total(b) Used(b) Largest(b) 3203928064 17174702 3186753362 Dell#show memory lp 2 Total(b) Used(b) Largest(b) 3203928064 8555410 3195372654 Free(b) 3196974934 Free(b) 3186753362 Free(b) 3195372654 3196941986 Lowest(b) 3186088674 Lowest
PAGE 130
| all | [number of tasks]}| rp {[number of tasks | details]} summary Parameters Command Modes cp Enter the keyword cp to view CPU usage for the Control Processor. lp Enter the keyword lp to view CPU usage for the Line Processor. rp Enter the keyword rp to view CPU usage for the Route Processor. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender (PE) ID. Range is from 0 to 255. stack-unit unit number Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack unit number. Range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 131
CPU utilization of sysdlp for five seconds: 0%/0%; one minute: 0%; five minutes: 0% PID Runtime(ms) Invoked uSecs 5Sec 1Min 5Min TTY Process 0x000001ef 181290 18129 10000 0.20% 0.20% 0.20% 0 sysdlp 0x0000020c 182530 18253 10000 0.10% 0.17% 0.23% 0 sysd 0x00000000 171610 17161 10000 0.05% 0.16% 0.25% 0 system 0x0000013f 7550 755 10000 0.05% 0.02% 0.01% 0 dot1x 0x0000027c 12300 1230 10000 0.05% 0.02% 0.01% 0 sflow 0x0000020f 5210 521 10000 0.00% 0.02% 0.01% 0 f10dhclient 0x00000137 5160 516 10000 0.00% 0.
PAGE 132
Example show processes cpu pe Example: show process cpu pe pe-id all Dell#show processes cpu pe 1 stack-unit 3 CPU utilization for five seconds: 0%/0%; one minute: 0%; five minutes: 0% PID Runtime(ms)Invoked uSecs 5Sec 1Min 5Min TTY Process 0x4ba48020 20 2 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 POEAgt 0x4bb1f020 590 59 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 diagagt 0x4bb09020 0 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 debugagt 0x4baf5020 10 1 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 F10StkMgr 0x4badf020 1090 109 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.
PAGE 133
0x4ab86020 0x4ab57020 0x4ab36020 0x4068f020 0x4bea8020 0x4c60c020 0x4c5f3020 0x4c5dd020 0x4c5c7020 0x4beab020 0x4be93020 0x4bd6e020 0x4bd55020 0x4bd39020 0x4bb4f020 0x4baa8020 0x4ba74020 0x4ba72020 0x4c679020 Example: show processes cpu summary 18560 20 9040 100 0 1060 200 0 40 2890 3700 5150 80 0 10440 450 1740 680 8620 1856 2 904 10 0 106 20 0 4 289 370 515 8 0 1044 45 174 68 862 10000 10000 10000 10000 0 10000 10000 0 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 0 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.
PAGE 134
NOTE: The pe option is only visible when the extended bridge feature is enabled. Defaults Command Modes Command History Display IPC message statistics on all switch CPUs: Control Processor, Route Processor, and line cards. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 135
Source-> Destination SeqNo Success 1st-R 2nd-R Fails RTT(ms) NonG-S NonG-F SWP-S SWP-FIPC: 1 -> TME: 1 1561 3 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 IPC: 1 -> IPC: 0 37025 0 0 0 0 0 1107 0 0 0 EVENTLOGAGENT: 1 -> TME: 1 18888 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 EVENTLOGAGENT: 1 -> TME: 1 18888 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 EVENTLOGAGENT: 1 -> TME: 1 18888 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 EVENTLOGAGENT: 1 -> TME: 1 18888 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 SYSADMTSK: 1 -> TME: 1 26574 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SYSADMTSK: 1 -> SYSADMTSK: 0 21310 0 0 0 0 0 2251 0 0 0 SYSADMTSK: 1 -> STATMGR: 0 21310 0
PAGE 136
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 136 IPC: 129024 CLI: 129024 CHMGR: 129024 LCMGR: 129024 LCMGR: 129024 EVENTLOGAGENT: 129024 DIAGMGR: 129024 DIAGAGT: 129024 DIAGAGT: 129024 EVHDLR: 129024 EVHDLR: 129024 DNLDAGENT: 129024 DNLDAGENT: 129024 SYSADMTSK: 129024 SYSADMTSK: 129024 PMMGR: 129024 PMMGR: 129024 KPLR: 129024 KPLR: 129024 KPLR: 129024 TIMERMGR: 129024 DEBUGAGNT: 129024 DEBUGAGNT: 129024 F10STKMGR: 129024 F10STKMGR: 129024 ENVMGR: 129024 ACL: 184320 ACL_AGENT: 129024 ACL
PAGE 137
IFAGT: 2 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 129024 1 0 RTM: 0 -> FIBAGT: 1 131072 5 0 RTM: 0 -> FIB6: 0 131072 3 0 FIBAGT: 2 -> TME: 0 129024 0 0 FIBAGT: 2 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 0 129024 1 0 FIBAGT: 2 -> TNLAGT: 0 129024 0 0 DIFFSERV: 0 -> ACL_AGENT: 2 184320 0 0 DIFFSERV: 0 -> DSAGT: 0 129024 10 0 ARPMGR: 0 -> FIBAGT: 0 129024 1 0 MACMGR: 0 -> MACAGENT: 0 129024 7 0 DSAGT: 2 -> TME: 0 129024 0 0 DSAGT: 2 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 0 129024 1 0 ---------- More ---------- 0 5 2 2 5 5 2 2 2 2 2 5 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15595
PAGE 138
Defaults Command Modes Command History Display SWPQ statistics on all switch CPUs (Control Processor, Route Processor, and line cards). • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9 (0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 139
Example • A sending task enqueues messages into the SWP queue3 for a receiving task and waits for an acknowledgement. • If no response is received within a defined period of time, the SWP timeout mechanism resubmits the message at the head of the FIFO queue. • After retrying a defined number of times, the SWP-2-NOMORETIMEOUT timeout message is generated. • A retry (Retries) value of zero indicates that the SWP mechanism reached the maximum number of retransmissions without an acknowledgement.
PAGE 140
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Example: show processes ipc flow-control pe 11 IFMGR0 12 IFMGR0 10 IFMGR0 33 IFMGR0 23 PORTMIRR0 0 IFMGR0 0 IFMGR0 1 11 60 LLDP0 12 60 MRTM0 10 60 IPMGR1 33 60 LACP0 23 60 ACL_AGENT2 0 50 IGMP0 0 50 IFAGT2 1 60 Dell#show processes ipc 60 60 60 60 60 50 50 60 0 12 0 0 10 0 0 33 0 0 23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 flow-control pe 255 stack-unit 1 Q Statistics on PE unit 1 of PEID 255 TxProcess RxProcess Cur Retr Msg Ack Aval Max Len ies Sent Rcvd Retra Retra BRAGT1 BRMGR0 0
PAGE 141
pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender (PE) ID.pe-id. Range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: The pe option is only visible when the feature extended bridge is enabled. stack-unit unitnumber Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack unit-number. Range is from 0 to 7. Defaults Display detailed information on memory usage on all switch CPUs (Control Processor, Route Processor, Port Extender, and Line Cards). Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 142
show processes memory output Description Process Process Name ResSize Actual resident size of the process in memory Size Process test, stack, and data size Allocs Total dynamic memory allocated Frees Total dynamic memory freed Max Maximum dynamic memory allocated Current Current dynamic memory in use Field The output for show process memory displays the memory usage statistics running on the CP part (sysd) of the system.
PAGE 143
0 0 0 0 30 mount_mfs 0 0 25 mount_mfs 0 0 22 mount_mfs 0 0 19 mount_mfs 0 0 12 mount_mfs 0 0 2 sh 0 0 1 init 0 0 0 [system] 0 0 506 sh 0 0 ipc 34060 irc 943436 RpmAvailMgr 9376 ev 133188 evterm 26752 evhdlr 2528 dlm 7556256 dla 416 tsm 15136 fmg 766560 fileProc 416 sysAdmTsk 42028 0 0 74 sh 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 737280 2301952 0 11755520 2310144 0 167346176 2310144 0 5226496 2310144 0 58314752 2310144 0 520192 2310144 0 626688 2301952 0 233472 2297856 0 97353728 0 0 0 0 0 1
PAGE 144
0 0 244 sh 0 0 74 sh 0 0 30 mount_mfs 0 0 25 mount_mfs 0 0 22 mount_mfs 0 0 19 mount_mfs 0 0 12 mount_mfs 0 0 2 sh 0 0 1 init 0 0 0 [system] 0 0 506 sh 0 0 ipc 34060 irc 943436 RpmAvailMgr 9376 ev 133188 evterm 26752 evhdlr 2528 dlm 7556256 dla 416 tsm 15136 fmg 766560 fileProc 416 sysAdmTsk 42028 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 860160 2301952 0 737280 2301952 0 11755520 2310144 0 167346176 2310144 0 5226496 2310144 0 58314752 2310144 0 520192 2310144 0 626688 2301952 0 233472 2297856 0 9
PAGE 145
802816 sh 708608 mount_mfs 13471744 mount_mfs 52310016 mount_mfs 5226496 mount_mfs 61145088 mount_mfs 503808 sh 626688 init 233472 [system] 88915968 tme 433054 ipc 33036 timerMgr 66072 sysAdmTsk 33036 count 33036 tFib4 2016720 aclAgent 1490790 ifagt_1 202348 dsagt 1325606 MacAgent 301474 fib6 1654292 ofagt 367522 tnlagt 165180 frrpagt 334400 2297856 2310144 2310144 2310144 2310144 2310144 2301952 2297856 0 433054 0 433054 33036 0 33036 66072 0 66072 33036 0 33036 33036 0 33036 2016720 0 2
PAGE 146
0 925008 925008 429 ipm1 5255168 0 396432 396432 170 mrtm 10838016 0 1127350 1127350 294 l2mgr 18231296 32948 1226308 1193360 98 l2pm 4980736 1120232 433430 400482 389 arpm 4644864 0 301456 301456 367 lacp 5390336 0 598792 598792 349 tnlmgr 4554752 0 466666 466666 329 otm 4718592 0 363396 363396 333 dsm 7159808 0 1094262 1094262 323 rtm 8933376 0 3109744 3109744 315 rip 4362240 0 198216 198216 309 acl 6483968 0 1259692 1259692 302 sysd 15392768 0 965786 965786 263 sysmon 704512 0 0 0 296 flashmntr 839680 0
PAGE 147
151552 sysd 43044864 flashmntr 827392 inetd 1077248 sh 872448 sh 757760 mount_mfs 7393280 mount_mfs 5124096 mount_mfs 58220544 mount_mfs 479232 sh 610304 init 188416 [system] 1679360 tme 220048 ipc 16652 timerMgr 33304 sysAdmTsk 33212 count 88 sflPEAgt 87750 aclAgent 24232 ifagt_1 4848 dsagt 24254 L2Agent 286530 nvAgent 4566 brAgent 56314 frrpagt 38052 88 31105024 0 0 24576 0 0 49152 0 0 2641920 0 0 2641920 0 0 2654208 0 0 2654208 0 0 2654208 0 0 2654208 0 0 2641920 0 0 2641
PAGE 148
9150464 f10appioserv 151552 brm 10440704 f10appioserv 151552 ipm1 6569984 f10appioserv 151552 sysdlp 32301056 f10appioserv 151552 sysd 43044864 flashmntr 827392 inetd 1077248 sh 872448 sh 757760 mount_mfs 7393280 mount_mfs 5124096 mount_mfs 58220544 mount_mfs 479232 sh 610304 init 188416 [system] 1679360 tme 220048 ipc 16652 timerMgr 33304 sysAdmTsk 33212 count 88 sflPEAgt 87750 aclAgent 24232 ifagt_1 4848 dsagt 24254 L2Agent 286530 nvAgent 4566 brAgent 56314 frrpagt 38052 148 88 184320 0 0 3051520 0
PAGE 149
Example show Dell#show processes memory pe 4 summary processes memory Memory utilization Total MaxUsed CurrentUsed CurrentFree pe 4 summary ------------------ ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------PE-UNIT0 1073741824 343896064 343846912 729894912 show rpm View the current status of the RPM. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show rpm [slot-id [brief] | all] slot-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the RPM slot-ID zero (0) or 1.
PAGE 150
Field Description Num Ports Displays the number of active ports. Up Time Displays the number of hours and minutes since the RPM’s last reboot. Last Restart States the reason for the last RPM reboot. Dell Networking OS Version Displays the operating software version. Jumbo Capable Displays a Yes or No indicating if the RPM is capable of sending and receiving Jumbo frames. This field does not indicate if the chassis is in Jumbo mode; for that determination, use the show chassis brief command.
PAGE 151
RP Boot Flash : 3.3.1.16 [booted] Boot Selector : 3.3.0.1 RP Boot Selector : 3.3.0.
PAGE 152
Defaults Command Modes Command History summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display brief information about IFM clients. ifagt number Enter the keyword ifagt then the number of an interface agent to display software pipe and IPC statistics.
PAGE 153
L2PM 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x87ff79ff 0x0e032200 ACL 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x867f50c3 0x000f0218 OSPF 0 0x00000dfa 0x00400098 0x00000000 0x00000000 PIM 0 0x000000f3 0x00030000 0x00000000 0x00000000 IGMP 0 0x000e027f 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 SNMP 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x800302c0 0x00000002 EVTTERM 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x800002c0 0x00000000 MRTM 0 0x00000000 0x00000200 0x81f7103f 0x00000000 DSM 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x80771003 0x00000000 LACP 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x8000383f 0x00000000 DH
PAGE 154
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 155
stack-unit unitnumber Enter the keyword stack-unit and the unit number. The stackunit range is from 0 to 7. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9 (0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 156
Dell Operating System Version: 2.0 Dell Application Software Version: 1-0(0-4095) Copyright (c) 1999-2015 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved. Build Time: Thu Jun 25 18:00:00 2015 Build Path: /build/build01/SW/SRC Dell Networking OS uptime is 59 minute(s) System image file is "system://A" System Type: C9010 Control Processor:Intel Rangeley with 2 Gbytes (2127536128 bytes) of memory, core(s) 2. Route Processor:Intel Rangeley with 2 Gbytes (2127536128 bytes) of memory, core(s) 2. 16G bytes of boot flash memory.
PAGE 157
---------------Total: 2127654912, MaxUsed: 406441984, CurrentUsed: 406417408, CurrentFree: 1721237504 TaskName TotalAllocated TotalFreed MaxHeld CurrentHolding f10appioserv 163840 0 0 86016 sysdlp 35016704 0 0 57663488 sysmon 24576 0 0 380928 sh 2433024 0 0 454656 flashmntr 61440 0 0 577536 inetd 45056 0 0 618496 rngd 32768 0 0 376832 mount_mfs 2441216 0 0 71548928 sh 2433024 0 0 634880 init 2428928 0 0 229376 [system] 0 0 0 111058944 sh 0 0 0 0 sh 0 0 0 0 tme 433054 0 433054 433054 ipc 33036 0 33036 33036
PAGE 158
-- Stack-unit Failover Record ------------------------------------------------Failover Count: 0 Last failover timestamp: None Last failover Reason: None Last failover type: None -- Last Data Block Sync Record: ------------------------------------------------stack-unit Config: succeeded Sep 08 2015 13:07:32 Runtime Event Log: succeeded Sep 08 2015 13:07:32 Running Config: succeeded Sep 08 2015 13:07:32 ----------------------------------- show system stack-ports -------------Topology: Daisy chain Interface Co
PAGE 159
0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 160
0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 161
0 64-byte pkts, 110 over 64-byte pkts, 187904 over 127-byte pkts 94 over 255-byte pkts, 17498 over 511-byte pkts, 3772751 over 1023byte pkts 187593 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 3790764 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 162
=========================================================== Total: 1073741824, MaxUsed: 340434944, CurrentUsed: 340385792, CurrentFree: 733356032 TaskName TotalAllocated TotalFreed MaxHeld CurrentHolding login 163840 0 0 5050368 f10appioserv 184320 0 0 151552 PEMgr 442368 0 0 8314880 f10appioserv 180224 0 0 147456 brm 3084288 0 0 9388032 f10appioserv 180224 0 0 147456 ipm1 5087232 0 0 4894720 f10appioserv 184320 0 0 151552 sysdlp 23752704 0 0 36401152 f10appioserv 180224 0 0 147456 sysd 31113216 0 0 4341760
PAGE 163
0x4ab6f020 0x4ab5f020 0x4ab3e020 0x40697020 0x4c593020 0x4c17a020 0x4be61020 0x4be4a020 0x4bd28020 0x4bd0f020 0x4bcf4020 0x4bb7b020 0x4bb86020 0x4bbbe020 0x4bbbb020 0x4bba7020 0x4c77a020 3480010 20 68110 590 0 370 494050 569630 887440 230 0 30 7240 267310 129340 0 1612410 348001 2 6811 59 0 37 49405 56963 88744 23 0 3 724 26731 12934 0 161241 10000 10000 10000 10000 0 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 0 10000 10000 10000 10000 0 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.
PAGE 164
----------------------------------- show system ------------------Stack MAC : f8:b1:56:62:61:08 -- Unit 1 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : C1048P - 48-port GE Current Type : C1048P - 48-port GE Master priority : 0 Hardware Rev : 5.0 Num Ports : 52 Up Time : 6 day, 21 hr, 13 min Dell Networking OS Version : 9.9(0.
PAGE 165
1 3 0 0 up up up up 9056 10000 up up 9056 10000 Speed in RPM -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed(rpm) ----------------------------------------------------------------------1 0 up AC NA NA 1 1 absent NA NA 3 0 up AC NA NA 3 1 down DC NA NA -- Unit Environment Status -Unit Status Temp Voltage -----------------------------------------------------------------------* 1 online 38C ok 3 online 42C ok * Management Unit -- Thermal Sensor Readings (deg C) Unit Sensor0 Sensor1 Sensor2 ---
PAGE 166
CB System MAC : 34:17:eb:00:20:00 Csp Sess Status : UP Active CB : YES Uplink LAG : Port-channel 257 LAG Admin Status : UP LAG Oper Status : UP --------------------------------Status Reason RPM-Id PE-Id --------------------------------Online 0 1 ----------------------------------- show log ------------------Syslog logging: enabled Console logging: level debugging Monitor logging: level debugging Buffer logging: level debugging, 54 Messages Logged, Size (40960 bytes) Trap logging: level informational Sep 8 1
PAGE 167
3 is up Sep 8 13:07:34: %PE-UNKN-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-5-PEM_INSERTED: Power entry module 1 of unit 3 is inserted Sep 8 13:07:34: %PE-UNKN-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-0-PS_DOWN: Major alarm: Power supply 1 in unit 3 is down Sep 8 13:07:34: %PE-UNKN-C1048P:3 %CHMGR-2-FAN_SPEED_CHANGE: Fan speed changed to 60 % of the full speed Sep 8 13:07:34: %PE-UNKN-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-5-FANTRAY_INSERTED: Fan tray 0 of Unit 3 is inserted Sep 8 13:07:34: %PE-UNKN-C1048P:3 %CHMGR-2-FAN_SPEED_CHANGE: Fan speed changed to 60 % of the full sp
PAGE 168
show util-threshold cpu Display the utilization thresholds of switch CPUs. C9000 Series Syntax show util—threshold cpu Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, S25 and S50.
PAGE 169
show util-threshold memory Display the memory utilization thresholds of switch CPUs. C9000 Series Syntax show util—threshold memory Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9 (0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, S25 and S50.
PAGE 170
show version Display the current Dell Networking OS version information on the system. C9000 Series Syntax show version [all |[pe pe-id] From a PE console, use show version to view the software version information. Parameters all Enter the keyword all to view all components. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender (PE) ID to view show version output for a specific PE. The PE ID range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: The pe option is only available when the extended bridge feature is enabled. .
PAGE 171
Example Control and Monitoring Lines Beginning With Lines Beginning With Dell Force10 Operating... OS version number Dell Force10 Application... Software version Copyright (c)... Copyright information Build Time... Software build’s date stamp Build Path... Location of the software build files loaded on the system Dell Force10 uptime is... Amount of time the system has been up System image...
PAGE 172
Example: show version all Dell#show version all Dell Real Time Operating System Software Dell Operating System Version: 2.0 Dell Application Software Version: 1-0(0-4079) Copyright (c) 1999-2015 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved. Build Time: Mon Jun 22 06:00:00 2015 Build Path: /build/build01/SW/SRC Dell Networking OS uptime is 1 hour(s), 36 minute(s) System image file is "pt-c9000-2" System Type: C9010 Control Processor: Intel Rangeley with 2 Gbytes (2127536128 bytes) of memory, core(s) 2.
PAGE 173
(1073741824 bytes) of memory, cores(s) 1. 16G bytes of boot flash memory. 2 48-port GE (VE) 96 GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) Example: show version (PE Console) Dell#show version Dell Real Time Operating System Software Dell Operating System Version: 2.0 Dell Application Software Version: 1-0(0-4092) Copyright (c) 1999-2015 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved.
PAGE 174
source-interface Defaults Command Modes Command History (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords /source-interface then the interface information to include the source interface. Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. • For the Null interface, enter the keyword null then 0. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 175
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series only. terminal length Configure the number of lines displayed on the terminal screen. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History terminal length screen-length screen-length Enter a number of lines. Entering zero causes the terminal to display without pausing. The range is from 0 to 512. 24 lines • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 176
traceroute View a packet’s path to a specific device. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters traceroute {host | vrf instance | ip-address | ipv6-address} host Enter the name of device. vrf instance (Optional) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF Instance name. ip-address Enter the IP address of the device in dotted decimal format. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address, in the x:x:x:x::x format, to which you are testing connectivity.
PAGE 177
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Added support for the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 178
Dell# Related Commands 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms ping — tests the connectivity to a device. undebug all Disable all debug operations on the system. C9000 Series Syntax undebug all Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 179
upload trace-log Upload a trace log file from a switch CPU. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters upload trace-log {cp [cmd-history]| linecard | slot-id | pe peid [stack-unit unit number ] |rp } [sw-trace | hw-trace] rp Enter the keyword rp to upload a trace log from the Route Processor. cp Enter the keyword cp to upload a trace log from the Control Processor. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the line-card CPU whose trace log you want to upload.
PAGE 180
util-threshold cpu Configure the high or low CPU utilization thresholds for SNMP traps. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters util—threshold cpu {5sec | 1min | 5min} {all | cp |lp slot–id | pe | rp} {high {0-100} | low {0-100}} cpu-utilizationtime Enter one of the following values to configure the threshold level for the time in which a switch CPU can be used: • 5 sec • 1 min • 5 min cp Enter the keyword cp to configure the CPU utilization time for the Control Processor CPU.
PAGE 181
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information When the total CPU utilization exceeds the configured threshold for the specified time, a threshold notification is sent as an SNMP trap. If a low threshold value is not specified, the low threshold value is set to the same value as the high threshold value.
PAGE 182
cp Enter the keyword cp to configure the memory utilization threshold for the Control Processor CPU. lp slot-id Enter the keyword lp and the linecard processor (lp) slot-id for which you want to configure the CPU utilization time. The range for lp slot-id is from 0 to 11. pe Enter the keywordpe to configure the CPU utilization time for port extenders (PE) configured in the system. NOTE: The pe option is only available when the extended bridge feature is enabled.
PAGE 183
Related Commands • show util-threshold memory – Display the configured values of memory utilization thresholds. • show util-threshold cpu – Display the configured values of CPU utilization thresholds. virtual-ip Configure a virtual IP address for the active management interface. You can configure virtual addresses both for IPv4 and IPv6 independently. C9000 Series Syntax virtual-ip {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} To return to the default, use the no virtual-ip {ipv4-address | ipv6address} command.
PAGE 184
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information You can configure both IPv4 and IPv6 virtual addresses simultaneously, but only one of each. Each time this command is issued, it replaces the previously configured address of the same family, IPv4 or IPv6. The no virtual-ip command takes an address/prefix-length argument, so that the desired address only is removed.
PAGE 185
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information The write memory command saves the running-configuration to the file labeled startup-configuration.
PAGE 186
4 File Management This chapter contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files as well as other file management commands. The commands in this chapter are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the C9000 switch. boot system Specify the location where the Dell Networking OS image used to boot the system is stored.
PAGE 187
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 188
flash: ([[flash://]directory _path]) Enter the internal directory name and the directory path. usbflash: ([[usbflash://]direc tory_path]) Enter the USB flash directory name and the directory path. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 189
copy Copy one file to another location. Dell Networking OS supports IPv4 and IPv6 addressing for FTP, TFTP, and SCP (in the hostip field).
PAGE 190
To copy using a Secure Copy (SCP), enter the keyword scp: • If you enter scp: in the source position, enter the target URL; • If you enter scp: in the target position, first enter the source URL; To copy a file on a TFTP server enter tftp://hostip/filepath To copy a file from an external USB drive enter usbflash://filepath Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 191
When copying a file to a remote location (for example, using Secure Copy [SCP]), enter only the keywords and Dell Networking OS prompts you for the rest of the information. For example, when using SCP, you can enter copy running-config scp: where running-config is the source and the target is specified in the ensuing prompts. Dell Networking OS prompts you to enter any required information, as needed for the named destination — remote destination, destination filename, user ID, password, etc.
PAGE 192
Example Dell#copy scp: flash: Address or name of remote host []: 10.11.199.134 Port number of the server [22]: 99 Source file name []: test.cfg User name to login remote host: admin Password to login remote host: Destination file name [test.cfg]: test1.cfg Example Dell#copy compressed-config compressed-cfg ! 6655 bytes successfully copied Dell# Dell#copy compressed-config ftp: Address or name of remote host []: 10.11.8.
PAGE 193
NOTE: While deleting a file directory on a remote NFS file system, it is mandatory to specify the mount-point that indicates the working directory on the NFS file system. You cannot delete the root directory of the remote NFS file system. • For a file or directory on an external USB drive, enter usbflash:// followed by the filename or directory name. flash: ([[flash://]directory _path]) Enter the internal file name and the file path.
PAGE 194
Example Dell#dir flash: Directory of flash: 1 drwx 4096 Jan 01 1980 00:00:00 +00:00 . 2 drwx 1536 Jun 25 2015 20:58:14 +00:00 ..
PAGE 195
• For a directory or file on the internal Flash, enter flash:// then the directory name or filename and the path. • For a directory or file on the external Flash, enter usbflash:// then the directory name or filename and the path. Defaults The default is the current directory. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 196
Example (NFS Mount) Dell#dir nfsmount: Directory of nfsmount: 1 2 drwx drwx 512 512 Nov 06 2014 06:58:19 +00:00 . Nov 06 2014 06:58:19 +00:00 .. nfsmount: 1463410688 bytes total (618045440 bytes free) Example (PE Console) Dell#dir Directory of flash: 1 drwx 4096 Jan 2 drwx 1536 Jun 3 drwx 4096 Jun TRACE_LOG_DIR 4 drwx 4096 Jun CONFD_LOG_DIR 5 drwx 8192 Jun CORE_DUMP_DIR 6 d--4096 Jun 7 drwx 4096 Jun RUNTIME_PATCH_DIR 8 -rwx 19705 Jun Diag_Test_Report_SU_1.txt 01 1980 00:00:00 +00:00 .
PAGE 197
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information Include the colon (:) when entering this command.
PAGE 198
mount nfs Mount an NFS file system to a device. C9000 Series Syntax mount nfs rhost:path mount-point [username password] Parameters Enter the following location keywords and information: rhost:path Enter the remote hosts’s path directory. mount-point Enter the folder name in the local file system. username (OPTIONAL) Enter the user name to access the device. password (OPTIONAL) Enter the password. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 199
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command Example Dell#pwd flash:/default_diag_report_dir Related Commands cd – changes the directory. rename Rename a file in the local file system.
PAGE 200
Version Description 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added the nfsmount: parameters to support remote NFS file system. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series 7.5.1.
PAGE 201
Command Modes Command History clear-all Enter the keyword clear-all to reset the Bootvar, NvRam, and configurations. nvram Enter the keyword nvram to reset the NvRAM only. EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.17.1 Supported on the M I/O Aggregator. Usage Information Restoring factory defaults deletes the existing startup configuration and all persistent settings (stacking, fanout, and so forth).
PAGE 202
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 Series. 9.7(0.0) Introduced this command.
PAGE 203
Example Dell#show boot bmp Reload type is set to normal mode. BMP process is in disabled state show boot system Display information about boot images currently stored on the system. C9000 Series Syntax show boot system all From a PE console, use the following: show boot system {stack-unit unit number | all} Parameters all Display the boot images stored on the system for the Control Processor, Route Processor, and line card CPUs. From a PE console, display boot image information on all the unit.
PAGE 204
rpm 0 (RP) DOWNLOAD BOOT rpm 1 (RP) DOWNLOAD BOOT linecard 0 DOWNLOAD BOOT linecard 1 is not present. linecard 2 DOWNLOAD BOOT linecard 3 is not present. linecard 4 is not present. linecard 5 DOWNLOAD BOOT linecard 6 DOWNLOAD BOOT linecard 7 is not present. linecard 8 is not present. inecard 9 is not present.
PAGE 205
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to display current reload mode (normal or Jumpstart). 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Example Dell#show bootvar PRIMARY IMAGE FILE = ftp://ftp:ftp@10.11.227.233/tftpboot/ FTOS-VG-1-0-0-4079.bin SECONDARY IMAGE FILE = ftp://ftp:ftp@10.11.227.233/tftpboot/ FTOS-VG-1-0-0-4046.
PAGE 206
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example 206 Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 207
protocol lldp no shutdown ! ! ! Example (PE Console) Related Commands format flash — Erases all the existing files and reformats the file system in the internal flash memory. show file-systems Display information about the file systems on the system. Syntax show file-systems From a PE console, use show file-systems to view the file-system information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 208
Field Description Feature Displays the formatted DOS version of the device. Type Displays the type of storage. If the location is remote, the word network is listed. Flags Displays the access available to the storage location. The following letters indicate the level of access: Prefixes • r = read access • w = write access Displays the name of the storage location. Example Dell#show file-systems Size(b) Free(b) Feature Type Flags Prefixes 63938560 51646464 dosFs2.
PAGE 209
Parameters file-url (OPTIONAL) Enter the following location keywords and information: • For a file on the internal flash, enter flash:// then the filename. • For a file on an FTP server, enter ftp:// user:password@hostip/filepath. • For a file on an NFS-mounted system, enter nfsmount:// NOTE: While switching to a remote NFS file system, it is mandatory to specify the mount-point that indicates the working directory on the NFS file system.
PAGE 210
TARGET IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum runtime 9.9(0.0) CP passed runtime 9.9(0.0) LP passed runtime 9.9(0.0) RP passed runtime 9.9(0.0) cp passed BOOT IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum boot flash 3.3.1.
PAGE 211
RELEASE IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Platform Version Size ReleaseTime C-Series:C9000 9.9(0.0) 125192571 Sep 8 2015 06:08:13 TARGET IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum runtime 9.9(0.0) CP passed runtime 9.9(0.0) LP passed runtime 9.9(0.0) RP passed runtime 9.9(0.
PAGE 212
PE RELEASE IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Platform Version Size ReleaseTime C-Series:C1048P 9.9(0.0) 27132884 Sep 8 2015 06:06:18 PE BOOT IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target Checksum boot flash 3.3.1.
PAGE 213
NOTE: If you did not configure anything that entity, nothing displays and the prompt returns.
PAGE 214
http for the current HTTP configuration igmp for the current IGMP configuration interface for the current interface configuration ip for the current IP configuration isis for the current ISIS configuration line for the current line configuration lldp for the current LLDP configuration logging for the current logging configuration mac for the current MAC ACL configuration mac-addresstable for the current MAC configuration managementcrypto for the current Management port forwarding c
PAGE 215
File Management prefix-list for the current prefix-list configuration privilege for the current privilege configuration qos for the current qos configuration qos-policyinput for the current input QoS policy configuration qos-policyoutput for the current output QoS policy configuration radius for the current RADIUS configuration redirect-list for the current redirect-list configuration redundancy for the current RPM redundancy configuration reload-type for the current reload-type configurat
PAGE 216
udf-tcam for the current UDF TCAM profiles configuration uplink-stategroup for the uplink state group configuration users for the current users configuration vlt for the current VLT configuration vrf for the current VRF configuration vxlan for the current Vxlan instances configuration wred-profile for the current wred-profile configuration configured (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword configuration to display line card interfaces with non-default configurations only.
PAGE 217
boot system default system: A: boot system gateway 1.1.1.1 !... Example Dell#show running-config status running-config checksum 0xB4B9BF03 startup-config checksum 0x8803620F Dell# show startup-config Display the startup configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show startup-config Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 218
boot system gateway 10.11.93.254 ! service timestamps log datetime ! logging coredump ! hostname Dell ! protocol lldp ! feature extended-bridge ! redundancy auto-failover-limit count 3 period 60 redundancy auto-synchronize full redundancy disable-auto-reboot rpm ! Related Commands show running-config – displays the current (running) configuration. upgrade Upgrade the bootflash, bootselector, or Dell Networking OS (system) image on the switch CPUs.
PAGE 219
stack-unit unitnumber Enter the keyword stack-unit and specify the stack unit number. The stack unit number range is from 0 to 7. booted Enter the keyword booted to upgrade C9000 CPUs using the currently loaded bootflash and bootselector image. This option is not applicable for the system image.
PAGE 220
Reload the system after executing this command. To upgrade the Dell Networking OS image on a port extender from an attached C1048P console, enter the upgrade command in EXEC mode. Examples (upgrade Dell#upgrade bootflash-image all booted bootflash-image Current Boot information in the system: all booted) ============================================ Card BootFlash Current Version New Version --------------------------------------------------------------------rpm 0 (CP) Boot Flash 3.3.1.15 3.3.1.
PAGE 221
verify Validate the software image on the flash drive after the image has been transferred to the system, but before the image has been installed. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters verify { md5 | sha256 }[ flash:// ] img-file [hash-value] md5 Enter the md5 keyword to use the MD5 message-digest algorithm. sha256 Enter the sha256 keyword to use the SHA256 Secure Hash Algorithm flash:// (Optional). Enter the flash:// keyword. The default is to use the flash drive. You can just enter the image file name.
PAGE 222
Entering the Hash Value for Verification using SHA256 Dell# verify sha256 flash://FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.bin e6328c06faf814e6899ceead219afbf9360e986d692988023b749e6b2093e933 SHA256 hash VERIFIED for FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.
PAGE 223
802.1X 5 An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking OS supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
PAGE 224
debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface] all Enable all 802.1X debug messages. auth-pae-fsm Enable authentication PAE FSM debug messages. backend-fsm Enable backend FSM debug messages. eapol-pdu Enable the EAPOL frame trace and related debug messages. interface interface Restricts the debugging information to an interface.
PAGE 225
dot1x auth-fail-vlan Configure an authentication failure VLAN for users and devices that fail 802.1X authentication. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] To delete the authentication failure VLAN, use the no dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-attempts number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts followed number of attempts desired before authentication fails.
PAGE 226
dot1x auth-server Configure the authentication server to RADIUS. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x auth-server radius Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.
PAGE 227
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information The prerequisites for enabling MAB-only authentication on a port are: • Enable 802.1X authentication globally on the switch and on the port (the dot1x authentication command). • Enable MAC authentication bypass on the port (the dot1x mac-auth-bypass command).
PAGE 228
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. dot1x authentication (Interface) dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface. Enable dot1x both globally and at the interface level.
PAGE 229
dot1x critical-vlan Configure critical-VLAN for users or devices when authentication server is not reachable. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters [no] dot1x critical-vlan vlan-id vlan-id Enter the VLAN identifier. The VLAN-ID range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not Configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 230
Auth PAE State: Backend State: Authenticated Idle dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 231
NOTE: You can create the Layer 3 portion of a guest VLAN and authentication fail VLANs regardless if the VLAN is assigned to an interface or not. After an interface is assigned a guest VLAN (which has an IP address), routing through the guest VLAN is the same as any other traffic. However, the interface may join/leave a VLAN dynamically.
PAGE 232
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.3.2.0 Added the single-host and multi-host options on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. • Single-host mode authenticates only one host per authenticator port and drops all other traffic on the port. • Multi-host mode authenticates the first host to respond to an Identity Request and then permits all other traffic on the port.
PAGE 233
Related Commands dot1x auth-type mab-only dot1x max-eap-req Configure the maximum number of times an extensive authentication protocol (EAP) request is transmitted before the session times out. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x max-eap-req number To return to the default, use the no dot1x max-eap-req command. Parameters number Enter the number of times an EAP request is transmitted before a session time-out. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2.
PAGE 234
dot1x max-supplicants Restrict the number of supplicants that can be authenticated and permitted to access the network through the port. This configuration is only takes effect in Multi-Auth mode. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters dot1x max-supplicants number number Enter the number of supplicants that can be authenticated on a single port in Multi-Auth mode. The range is from 1 to 128. The default is 128. Defaults 128 hosts can be authenticated on a single authenticator port.
PAGE 235
auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result. forceunauthorized Enter the keywords force-unauthorized to forcibly deauthorize a port. Defaults none Command Modes Auto Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 236
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Information The dot1x profile command configures a dot1x profile to define a list of trusted supplicant MAC addresses. Maximum number of dot1x profiles is limited to 10.
PAGE 237
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x reauthentication Enable periodic reauthentication of the client. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x reauthentication [interval seconds] To disable periodic reauthentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command.
PAGE 238
dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can reauthenticate before the port becomes unauthorized. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x reauth-max number To return to the default, use the no dot1x reauth-max command. Parameters number Enter the permitted number of reauthentications. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 239
Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 240
dot1x static-mab Enable static MAC authorization bypass (MAB) and configure static MAB profile to an interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters [no] dot1x static-mab profile profile-name profile profilename Enter the keyword profile and the profile-name to configure the static MAB profile name. The profile name length is limited to 32 characters. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE CONFIG Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 241
Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Auth PAE State: Backend State: 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 SINGLE_HOST Authenticated Idle dot1x supplicant-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time-out. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x supplicant-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x supplicant-timeout command.
PAGE 242
dot1x tx-period Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs the Authenticator PAE transmits. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x tx-period seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x tx-period command. Parameters seconds Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 243
Defaults None Command Modes DOT1X PROFILE CONFIG (conf-dot1x-profile) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 244
mac-address Defaults Command Modes Command History (Optional) MAC address of an 802.1X-authenticated supplicant. none • EXEC • EXEC privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 245
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X configuration of an interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show dot1x interface interface [mac-address mac-address] interface mac-address Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 246
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. Usage Information If you enable 802.1X multi-supplicant authentication on a port, additional 802.1X configuration details (Port Authentication status, Untagged VLAN ID, Authentication PAE state, and Backend state) are displayed for each supplicant, as shown in the following example. Example Dell#show dot1x int tengig 2/32 802.
PAGE 247
Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:01:00:07:00 Port Auth Status: Untagged VLAN id: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# Example (Interface) AUTHORIZED(MAC-AUTH-BYPASS) 4094 Authenticated Idle Dell#show dot1x interface tengig 0/21 802.
PAGE 248
show dot1x profile Display all the dot1x profiles or the details of a specific profile configured in the system. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show dot1x profile profile-name profile-name Specify a static dot1x profile-name. The maximum character limit for a profile name is 32 characters. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 249
Access Control Lists (ACL) 6 Access control lists (ACLs) are supported on the Dell Networking operating system on the switch.
PAGE 250
NOTE: You can use the same sequence number for the remark and an ACL rule. description Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter a description of up to 80 characters. Not configured. • CONFIGURATION-IP ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-IP ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 251
seq 10 Deny any Dell(config-std-nacl)# Related Commands show config — displays the current ACL configuration. show config Display the current ACL configuration. C9000 Series Syntax Command Modes Command History show config • CONFIGURATION-IP ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-IP ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 252
Common IP ACL Commands The following commands are available within both IP ACL modes (Standard and Extended) and do not have mode-specific options. When an ACL is created without a rule and then is applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. The C9000 supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types section. clear counters ip access-group Erase all counters maintained for access lists.
PAGE 253
ip access-group Assign an IP access list (IP ACL) to an interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip access-group access-list-name {in | out} [implicit-permit] [vlan vlan-id] To delete an IP access-group configuration, use the no ip access-group access-list-name {in | out} [implicit-permit] [vlan vlan-id] command. Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of a configured access list, up to 140 characters. in Enter the keyword in to apply the ACL to incoming traffic.
PAGE 254
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can assign one ACL (standard or extended ACL) to an interface. NOTE: This command supports Loopback interfaces EE3 and EF series route processor modules (RPMs). This command does not support Loopback interfaces ED series RPMs, C-Series or S-Series Loopback interfaces.
PAGE 255
show ip accounting access-list Display the IP access-lists created on the switch and the sequence of filters. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip accounting {access-list access-list-name | cam_count} interface interface access-list-name Enter the name of the ACL to be displayed. cam_count List the count of the CAM rules for this ACL.
PAGE 256
Usage Information show ip accounting access-lists Description “Extended IP...” Displays the name of the IP ACL. “seq 5...” Displays the filter. If the keywords count or byte were configured in the filter, the number of packets or bytes the filter processes is displayed at the end of the line. “order 4” Displays the QoS order of priority for the ACL entry. Field Example Dell#show ip accounting access FILTER1 interface tengig 1/6 Extended IP access list FILTER1 seq 5 deny ip any 191.1.0.
PAGE 257
mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or noncontiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets that the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes that the filter processes.
PAGE 258
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 259
ip access-list standard Create a standard IP access list (IP ACL) to filter based on IP address. C9000 Series Syntax ip access-list standard access-list-name To delete an access list, use the no ip access-list standard accesslist-name command. Parameters access-list-name Enter a string up to 140 characters long as the ACL name. Defaults All IP access lists contain an implicit “deny any”; that is, if no match occurs, the packet is dropped.
PAGE 260
The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed information on the number entries allowed per ACL on the C9000, refer to the Content Addressable Memory (CAM) chapter in the C9000 Configuration Guide. Example Dell(conf)#ip access-list standard TestList Dell(config-std-nacl)# Related Commands ip access-list extended — creates an extended access list. show config — displays the current configuration.
PAGE 261
0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL messages in the log.
PAGE 262
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Usage Information Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch. For more information, refer to the Quality of Service chapter of the C9000 Series Configuration Guide. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match.
PAGE 263
Defaults Command Modes Command History The sequence number of ACL entries increases in multiples of 5; for example, seq 5, seq 10, seq 15 ... • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 264
Defaults Command Modes Command History StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence. The range is from 0 to 65535. Step-toIncrement Enter the step to increment the sequence number. The range is from 1 to 65535. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 265
Parameters sequencenumber Enter a number from 0 to 4294967290. deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition. permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this criteria. source Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network from which the packet was received. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.
PAGE 266
monitored interface. For more information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 267
When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring.
PAGE 268
Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Information If you do not attach an ingress or egress access-list to an interface, no information displays and you return to the DELL# prompt.
PAGE 269
[bytes]] [dscp value] [order] [monitor] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny {ip | ip-protocol-number} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. ip Enter the keyword ip to configure a generic IP access list.
PAGE 270
threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 271
When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter of the C9000 Series Configuration Guide. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
PAGE 272
dscp Enter this keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. bytes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bytes to count bytes processed by the filter. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 273
Usage Information Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch. For more information, refer to the Quality of Service chapter of the C9000 Series Configuration Guide. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring.
PAGE 274
ICMP Message Type Keywords ICMP Message Type Name informationrequest Information requests mask-reply Mask replies mask-request Mask requests mobile-redirect Mobile host redirect net-redirect Network redirect net-tos-redirect Network redirect for TOS net-tosunreachable Network unreachable for TOS net-unreachable Network unreachable networkunknown Network unknown no-room-foroption Parameter required but no room option-missing Parameter required but not present packet-too-big Frag
PAGE 275
ICMP Message Type Keywords ICMP Message Type Name timestamprequest Timestamp requests traceroute Traceroute ttl-exceeded TTL exceeded unreachable All unreachables deny tcp Configure a filter that drops transmission control protocol (TCP) packets meeting the filter criteria.
PAGE 276
operator port port • syn: synchronize sequence numbers • urg: urgent field (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following logical operand: • eq = equal to • neq = not equal to • gt = greater than • lt = less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port command) Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535.
PAGE 277
ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 278
When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packet details. Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter in the C9000 Series Configuration Guide. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
PAGE 279
deny udp To drop user datagram protocol (UDP) packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax deny udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} [operator port [port]] {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [dscp] [operator port [port]] [count [bytes]] [log] [order] [monitor] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 280
mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. bytes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL matches in the log. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 281
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Usage Information Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch. For more information, refer to the Quality of Service chapter in the C9000 Configuration Guide. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match.
PAGE 282
deny tcp — assigns a filter to deny TCP traffic. ip access-list extended Configure an extended IP access list (IP ACL) based on IP addresses or protocols. C9000 Series Syntax ip access-list extended access-list-name [cpu-qos] To delete an access list, use the no ip access-list extended accesslist-name [cpu-qos] command. Parameters access-list-name Enter a string up to 140 characters long as the access list name.
PAGE 283
Content Addressable Memory (CAM) chapter in the C9000 Series Configuration Guide. If you configure an extended IP ACL to be used only to filter protocol traffic for CoPP, you must enter the keyword cpu-qos. Example Dell(conf)#ip access-list extended TESTListEXTEND Dell(config-ext-nacl)# Related Commands ip access-list standard — configures a standard IP access list. show config — displays the current configuration. permit To pass IP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
PAGE 284
dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DSCP values. The range is from 0 to 63. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments.
PAGE 285
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Usage Information Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch.
PAGE 286
To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters 286 • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit icmp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or noncontiguous.
PAGE 287
monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 288
NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. permit tcp To pass TCP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
PAGE 289
port port • gt = greater than • lt = less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter) Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535. The following list includes some common TCP port numbers: • 23 = Telnet • 20 and 21 = FTP • 25 = SMTP • 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent.
PAGE 290
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.
PAGE 291
Example An ACL rule with a TCP port range of 4000–8000 uses eight entries in the CAM.
PAGE 292
any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host and then enter the IP address to specify a host IP address. dscp Enter the keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 293
monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 294
By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM.
PAGE 295
Defaults Command Modes Command History StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence. The range is from 0 to 65535. Step-toIncrement Enter the step to increment the sequence number. The range is from 1 to 65535. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 296
Parameters sequencenumber Enter a number from 0 to 4294967290. deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition. permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this criteria. ip-protocolnumber Enter a number from 0 to 255 to filter based on the protocol identified in the IP protocol header. icmp Enter the keyword icmp to configure an ICMP access list filter. ip Enter the keyword ip to configure a generic IP access list.
PAGE 297
• 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. message-type (OPTIONAL) Enter an ICMP message type, either with the type (and code, if necessary) numbers or with the name of the message type. The range is from 0 to 255 for ICMP type and from 0 to 255 for ICMP code. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes.
PAGE 298
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 299
By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Related Commands deny — configures a filter to drop packets. permit — configures a filter to forward packets.
PAGE 300
Term heading Description heading To avoid the problem of excessive consumption of CAM area, you can configure ACL VLAN groups that combines all the VLANs that are applied with the same ACL in a single group. A unique identifier for each of ACL attached to the VLAN is used as a handle or locator in the CAM area instead of the VLAN id. This method of processing significantly reduces the number of entries in the CAM area and saves memory space in CAM.
PAGE 301
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Usage Information The VLAN ContentAware Processor (VCAP) application is a pre-ingress CAP that modifies the VLAN settings before packets are forwarded. To support the ACL CAM optimization functionality, the CAM carving feature is enhanced.
PAGE 302
Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of the egress IP ACL to be applied to member interfaces of the VLAN group (140 characters maximum). out Enter the keyword out to apply the ACL to outgoing traffic. implicit-permit Enter the keyword implicit-permit to change the default action of the ACL from implicit-deny to implicitpermit (that is, if the traffic does not match the filters in the ACL, the traffic is permitted instead of dropped).
PAGE 303
Version Description 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000. Usage Information At a maximum, there can be only 32 VLAN members in all ACL VLAN groups. A VLAN can belong to only one ACL VLAN group at a time. You can create an ACL VLAN group and attach the ACL with the VLAN members. The optimization is applicable only when you create an ACL VLAN group. If you apply an ACL separately on the VLAN interface, each ACL has a mapping with the VLAN and increased CAM space utilization occurs.
PAGE 304
NOTE: Some group names and some access list names are truncated. Dell#show acl-vlan-group Group Name Members TestGroupSeventeenTwenty 100,200,300 CustomerNumberIdentifica HostGroup Egress IP Acl Vlan SpecialAccessOnlyExperts AnyEmployeeCustomerEleve Group5 2-10,99 1,1000 The following sample output shows the line-by-line style display when using the show acl-vlan-group detail option.
PAGE 305
Usage Information After you allocate FP blocks of CAM to ACL VLAN operation, you must reboot the switch to enable ACL VLAN optimization. The following table describes the output fields of the show cam-acl-vlan command: Table 1. show cam-acl-vlan Command Description Example Field Description Chassis Vlan Cam ACL Details about the CAM blocks allocated for ACLs for various VLAN operations at a system-wide, global level.
PAGE 306
show running config acl-vlan-group Display the running configuration of ACL VLAN groups. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show running config acl-vlan-group group-name group-name Default None Command Modes EXEC Display the specified ACL VLAN group (140 characters maximum). EXEC Privilege Command History Examples Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL.
PAGE 307
Common MAC ACL Commands The following commands are available within both MAC ACL modes (Standard and Extended) and do not have mode-specific options. These commands allow you to clear, display, and assign MAC ACL configurations. The C9000 supports both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs. You can apply a MAC ACL on physical, port-channel and VLAN interfaces. The permit/deny statements in the ACL determine how traffic on an interface, VLAN members, or port-channel members is handled.
PAGE 308
mac access-group Apply a MAC ACL to traffic entering or exiting an interface. You can apply a MAC ACL on a physical, portchannel, or VLAN interface. C9000 Series Syntax mac access-group access-list-name {in [vlan vlan-range] | out} To delete a MAC access-group, use the no mac access-group mac-listname command. Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of a configured MAC access list, up to 140 characters. vlan vlan-range (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan and then enter a range of VLANs.
PAGE 309
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can assign one ACL (standard or extended) to an interface. If you apply a MAC ACL on a VLAN: • None of the VLAN members can have another ACL applied which has an entry for the VLAN. • The VLAN cannot belong to an ACL VLAN group. If you apply a MAC ACL on a physical or port-channel interface, a VLAN to which the port is associated cannot have another ACL applied.
PAGE 310
• For a PE Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id/stack-unit/ port-id information. in Display information of L2 ingress access-list configured to an interface. out Display information of L2 egress access-list configured to an interface. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 311
seq 10 permit 00:33:00:11:00:77 33:44:55:66:77:88 count (0 packets) show mac accounting access-list This command displays ACL Mac accounting information. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show mac accounting access-list {acl_name} {interface | cam_count} access-list Display accounting information of all L2 access-lists configured. acl_name Display accounting information for specified access-list. interface Display accounting information for L2 access-list attached to a particular interface.
PAGE 312
If no access-list is attached to the interface, no information displays and you are returned to the DELL# prompt. Example show mac accounting access-list mac access-list standard mac seq 5 permit 11:22:33:44:55:66 count seq 10 deny any log threshold-in-msgs 10 interval 5 order 1 seq 15 permit any order 2 monitor ! Standard MAC ACL Commands The following commands configure standard MAC ACLs. The C9000 supports both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs.
PAGE 313
byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL messages in the log. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100.
PAGE 314
Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter in the C9000 Series Configuration Guide. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value.
PAGE 315
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The system supports one ingress and one egress MAC ACL per interface. The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent.
PAGE 316
is applied (in other words, the filter allows only MAC addresses that match). count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL messages in the log.
PAGE 317
Usage Information When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packet details. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring.
PAGE 318
count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL messages in the log. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands.
PAGE 319
Usage Information When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packet details. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring.
PAGE 320
• Parameters Use the no deny {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} {any | host mac-address | macdestination-address mac-destination-address-mask} command. any Enter the keyword any to drop all packets. host mac-address Enter the keyword host and then enter a MAC address to drop packets with that host address. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must match.
PAGE 321
interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 322
NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Related Commands permit — configures a MAC address filter to pass packets. seq — configures a MAC address filter with a specified sequence number. mac access-list extended Configure an extended MAC access control list (extended MAC ACL).
PAGE 323
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed specifications on entries allowed per ACL, refer to your line card documentation. If you configure an extended MAC ACL to be used only to filter protocol traffic for CoPP, you must enter the keyword cpu-qos.
PAGE 324
• Parameters Use the no permit {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} {any | mac-destination-address macdestination-address-mask} command. any Enter the keyword any to forward all packets. host Enter the keyword host then a MAC address to forward packets with that host address. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match.
PAGE 325
interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 326
NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Related Commands deny — configures a MAC ACL filter to drop packets. seq — configure a MAC ACL filter with a specified sequence number. seq Configure a filter with a specific sequence number.
PAGE 327
The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly. ethertype operator (OPTIONAL) To filter based on protocol type, enter one of the following Ethertypes: • ev2 - is the Ethernet II frame format. • llc - is the IEEE 802.3 frame format. • snap - is the IEEE 802.3 SNAP frame format. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes.
PAGE 328
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packet details.
PAGE 329
Defaults Clears “hit” counters for all prefix lists unless a prefix list is specified. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 330
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.
PAGE 331
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.
PAGE 332
Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 333
permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this condition. any (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword any to match any packets. ip-prefix /nn (OPTIONAL) Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.0/8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35.0.0.0. ge min-prefixlength (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ge and then enter the minimum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32.
PAGE 334
show config Display the current PREFIX-LIST configurations. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 335
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 336
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 337
continue To a route-map entry with a higher sequence number, configure a route-map. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters continue [sequence-number] sequencenumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the route map sequence number. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 338
• A successful match with a continue clause, the route map executes the set clauses and then goes to the specified route map entry upon execution of the continue clause. • If the next route map entry contains a continue clause, the route map executes the continue clause if a successful match occurs. • If the next route map entry does not contain a continue clause, the route map evaluates normally.
PAGE 339
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced. route-map — enables a route map. match as-path To match routes that have a certain AS number in their BGP path, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax match as-path as-path-name To delete a match AS path filter, use the no match as-path as-path-name command.
PAGE 340
Related Commands Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set as-path — adds information to the BGP AS_PATH attribute. match community To match routes that have a certain COMMUNITY attribute in their BGP path, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax match community community-list-name [exact] To delete a community match filter, use the no match community command. Parameters community-listname Enter the name of a configured community list.
PAGE 341
match interface To match routes whose next hop is on the interface specified, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax match interface interface To remove a match, use the no match interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • . • For the loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 342
Related Commands Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ip route-source — redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match metric — redistributes routes that match a specific metric. match route-type — redistributes routes that match a route type. match tag — redistributes routes that match a specific tag.
PAGE 343
Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address.
PAGE 344
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface.
PAGE 345
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 346
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 347
incomplete Enter the keyword incomplete to match routes with incomplete routing information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking TOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 348
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 349
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 350
Defaults permit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permit to set the route map default as permit. If you do not specify a keyword, the default is permit. deny (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword deny to set the route map default as deny. sequencenumber (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to identify the route map for editing and sequencing with other route maps. You are prompted for a sequence number if there are multiple instances of the route map. The range is from 1 to 65535. Not configured.
PAGE 351
set as-path To modify the AS path for border gateway protocol (BGP) routes, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set as-path prepend as-number [... as-number] To remove an AS-Path setting, use the no set as-path {prepend as-number | tag} command. Parameters prepend asnumber Enter the keyword prepend and then enter up to eight AS numbers to be inserted into the BGP path information. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 352
show ip community-lists — displays configured IP Community access lists. set automatic-tag To automatically compute the tag value of the route, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set automatic-tag To return to the default, enter no set automatic-tag. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 353
set comm-list delete To remove the specified community list from the BGP route’s COMMUNITY attribute, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set comm-list community-list-name delete To insert the community list into the COMMUNITY attribute, use the no set comm-list community-list-name delete command. Parameters community-listname Enter the name of an established Community list, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 354
comm-list delete) is processed before the insertion command (set community). Related Commands ip community-list — configures community access list. match community — redistributes routes that match the COMMUNITY attribute. set community — specifies a COMMUNITY attribute. set community Allows you to assign a BGP COMMUNITY attribute.
PAGE 355
additive (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword additive to add the communities to already existing communities. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 356
Parameters backbone Enter the keyword backbone to redistribute matched routes to the OSPF backbone area (area 0.0.0.0). level-1 Enter the keyword level-1 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 1. level-1-2 Enter the keyword level-1-2 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 1 and Level 2. level-2 Enter the keyword level-2 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 2. stub-area Enter the keyword stub to redistributed matched routes to OSPF stub areas. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 357
set local-preference To set the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for routers within the local autonomous system, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set local-preference value To delete a BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute, use the no set local-preference command. Parameters value Enter a number as the LOCAL_PREF attribute value. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 358
set metric To assign a new metric to redistributed routes, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set metric [+ | -] metric-value To delete a setting, enter no set metric. Parameters + (OPTIONAL) Enter + to add a metric-value to the redistributed routes. - (OPTIONAL) Enter - to subtract a metric-value from the redistributed routes. metric-value Enter a number as the new metric value. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 359
set metric-type To assign a new route type for routes redistributed to OSPF, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set metric-type {internal | external | type-1 | type-2} To delete a setting, use the no set metric-type command. Parameters internal Enter the keyword internal to assign the Interior Gateway Protocol metric of the next hop as the route’s BGP MULTI_EXIT_DES (MED) value. external Enter the keyword external to assign the IS-IS external metric.
PAGE 360
set level — specifies the OSPF area for route redistribution. set metric — specifies the metric value assigned to redistributed routes. set tag — specifies the tag assigned to redistributed routes. set next-hop To specify an IP address as the next hop, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set next-hop ip-address To delete the setting, use the no set next-hop ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Specify an IP address in dotted decimal format. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 361
Related Commands match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. set origin To manipulate the BGP ORIGIN attribute, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set origin {igp | egp | incomplete} To delete an ORIGIN attribute setting, use the no set origin command. Parameters egp Enter the keyword egp to set routes originating from outside the local AS. igp Enter the keyword igp to set routes originating within the same AS.
PAGE 362
set tag To specify a tag for redistributed routes, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set tag tag-value To delete a setting, use the no set tag command. Parameters tag-value Enter a number as the tag. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 363
set weight To add a non-RFC compliant attribute to the BGP route to assist with route selection, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set weight weight To delete a weight specification, use the no set weight weight command. Parameters weight Enter a number as the weight used by the route meeting the route map specification. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is router-originated = 32768 and all other routes = 0.
PAGE 364
show config Display the current route map configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 365
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.
PAGE 366
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 367
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show ip as-path-access-lists ip as-path access-list 1 permit ^$ permit ^$.*$$ deny .* ip as-path access-list 91 permit ^$ deny .* permit ^$.*$$ Dell# IP Community List Commands Use the following commands to
PAGE 368
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 369
deny deny deny deny deny deny deny deny deny deny deny deny deny deny deny deny deny deny Dell# Access Control Lists (ACL) 701:20 702:20 703:20 704:20 705:20 14551:20 701:112 702:112 703:112 704:112 705:112 14551:112 701:666 702:666 703:666 704:666 705:666 14551:666 369
PAGE 370
7 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection. The Dell Networking OS implementation is based on the standards specified in the IETF Draft draft-ietfbfd-base-03.
PAGE 371
• Passive — The passive system does not initiate a session. It only responds to a request for session initialization from the active system. The default is active. Defaults Refer to Parameters. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF ROUTER OSPFv3 ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS INTERFACE (BFD for VRRP only) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 372
mode do not inherit the global BFD enable/disable values configured with the bfd all-neighbors command or configured for the peer group to which a neighbor belongs. The neighbors inherit only the global timer values. You can only enable BFD for VRRP in INTERFACE command mode (vrrp bfd all-neighbors). Related Commands show bfd neighbors — displays BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface.
PAGE 373
bfd enable (Configuration) Enable BFD on all interfaces. C9000 Series Syntax bfd enable Disable BFD using the no bfd enable command. Defaults BFD is disabled by default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 374
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. bfd interval Specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval.
PAGE 375
Defaults Refer to Parameters. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.
PAGE 376
Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Protocol Liveness is a feature that notifies the BFD Manager when a client protocol (for example, OSPF and ISIS) is disabled. When a client is disabled, all BFD sessions for that protocol are torn down. Neighbors on the remote system receive an Admin Down control packet and are placed in the Down state.
PAGE 377
• Passive — The passive system does not initiate a session. It only responds to a request for session initialization from the active system. The default is Active. Defaults See Parameters Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 378
remote system. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 200. multiplier value Enter the keyword multiplier to specify the number of packets that must be missed in order to declare a session down. The range is from 3 to 50. The default is 3. role [active | passive] Enter the role that the local system assumes: • Active — The active system initiates the BFD session. Both systems can be active for the same session. • Passive — The passive system does not initiate a session.
PAGE 379
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the BGP neighbor that you want to explicitly enable for BFD sessions in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group that you want to explicitly enable for BFD sessions. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 380
neighbor bfd disable Explicitly disable a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} bfd disable ip-address Enter the IP address of the BGP neighbor that you want to explicitly disable for BFD sessions in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group that you want to explicitly disable for BFD sessions.
PAGE 381
Related Commands show bfd neighbors — displays the BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface. show bfd neighbors Display BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface.
PAGE 382
Example Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for BFD for VLAN and port-channel interfaces on the E-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced BFD on physical ports on the E-Series. Dell# show bfd neighbors * - Active session role Ad Dn - Admin Down B - BGP C - CLI I - ISIS O - OSPF R - Static Route (RTM) LocalAddr Clients * 10.1.3.2 Example (Detail) RemoteAddr Interface State Rx-int Tx-int Mult 10.1.3.
PAGE 383
vrrp bfd Establish a BFD session with VRRP neighbors. C9000 Series Syntax vrrp bfd {all-neighbors | neighbor ip-address} [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] To undo your VRRP BFD configuration, use the no vrrp bfd {all-neighbors | neighbor ip-address } [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] command. Parameters all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all BFD neighbors on an interface.
PAGE 384
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When BFD is enabled with VRRP neighbors, the VRRP protocol registers with the BFD manager on the route processor.
PAGE 385
Border Gateway Protocol 8 BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables.
PAGE 386
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for IPv6 VRF. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.
PAGE 387
Defaults Command Modes Command History summary-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary-only to advertise only the aggregate address. Specific routes are not advertised. suppress-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords suppress-map then the name of a configured route map to identify which morespecific routes in the aggregate are suppressed. Not configured. • ROUTER BGP ADDRESS FAMILY • ROUTER BGP ADDRESS FAMILY IPv6 This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 388
The summary-only parameter suppresses all advertisements. If you want to suppress advertisements to only specific neighbors, use the neighbor distribute-list command. In the show ip bgp command, aggregates contain an ‘a’ in the first column and routes suppressed by the aggregate contain an ‘s’ in the first column. When an aggregate address is denied using a peer's outbound route-map, individual routes suppressed by the aggregate address are advertised to that peer.
PAGE 389
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. neighbor add-path — specifies that this neighbor/peer group can send/receive multiple path advertisements. bgp always-compare-med Allows you to enable comparison of the MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attributes in the paths from different external ASs. C9000 Series Syntax bgp always-compare-med To disable comparison of MED, enter no bgp always-compare-med.
PAGE 390
bgp asnotation Allows you to implement a method for AS number representation in the command line interface (CLI). C9000 Series Syntax bgp asnotation [asplain | asdot+ | asdot] To disable a dot or dot+ representation and return to ASPLAIN, enter the no bgp asnotation command. Defaults asplain Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 391
Dell(conf)#do show run | grep bgp router bgp 1 bgp four-octet-as-support bgp asnotation asdot+ Dell(conf)# router bgp 1 Dell(conf-router_bgp)#bgp asnotation asplain Dell(conf-router_bgp)#ex Dell(conf)#do show run |grep bgp router bgp 1 bgp four-octet-as-support Dell(conf)# Related Commands bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. bgp bestpath as-path ignore Ignore the AS PATH in BGP best path calculations.
PAGE 392
bgp bestpath as-path multipath-relax Include prefixes received from different AS paths during multipath calculation. C9000 Series Syntax bgp bestpath as-path multipath-relax To return to the default BGP routing process, use the no bgp bestpath aspath multipath-relax command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 393
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Inroduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 394
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The MED is a 4-byte unsigned integer value and the default behavior is to assume a missing MED as 4294967295. This command causes a missing MED to be treated as 0. During path selection, paths with a lower MED are preferred over paths with a higher MED. bgp bestpath router-id ignore Do not compare router-id information for external paths during best path selection.
PAGE 395
bgp client-to-client reflection Allows you to enable route reflection between clients in a cluster. C9000 Series Syntax bgp client-to-client reflection To disable client-to-client reflection, use the no bgp client-to-client reflection command. Defaults Enabled when a route reflector is configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 396
number Enter a route reflector cluster ID as a number from 1 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 397
To delete a BGP confederation identifier, use the no bgp confederation identifier as-number command. Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte), or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 398
bgp confederation peers Specify the autonomous systems (ASs) that belong to the BGP confederation. C9000 Series Syntax bgp confederation peers as-number [...as-number] To return to the default, use the no bgp confederation peers command. Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte), or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). ...as-number (OPTIONAL) Enter up to 16 confederation numbers.
PAGE 399
This command automatically restarts the BGP instance for the configuration to take effect. Related Commands bgp confederation identifier — configures a confederation ID. bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. bgp dampening Enable BGP route dampening and configure the dampening parameters.
PAGE 400
• Command History ROUTER BGP-address-family This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 401
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 402
Usage Information Configuring or un-configuring the command will bring down and bring up the BGP Route Manager, this will result in tear down and re-establishment of all active sessions. Link Bandwidth has to be configured on the router in order to tell it to associate Link Bandwidth with prefixes (paths) and/or to use Link Bandwidth in BGP Multipath route selection. This is done under BGP configuration and is supported per address family – for IPv4 and IPv6 address families.
PAGE 403
Usage Information This command is enabled by default, that is for all updates received from EBGP peers, BGP ensures that the first AS of the first AS segment is always the AS of the peer. If not, the update is dropped and a counter is increments. Use the show ip bgp neighbors command to view the “failed enforce-first-as check” counter. If you disable the enforce-first-as command, it can be viewed using the show ip protocols command.
PAGE 404
bgp four-octet-as-support Enable 4-byte support for the BGP process. C9000 Series Syntax bgp four-octet-as-support To disable fast external failover, use the no bgp four-octet-as-support command. Defaults Disabled (supports 2–byte format) Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 405
bgp graceful-restart To support graceful restart as a receiver only, enable graceful restart on a BGP neighbor, a BGP node, or designate a local router. C9000 Series Syntax bgp graceful-restart [restart-time seconds] [stale-path-time seconds] [role receiver-only] To return to the default, use the no bgp graceful-restart command. Parameters restart-time seconds Enter the keyword restart-time then the maximum number of seconds to restart and bring-up all the peers. The range is from 1 to 3600 seconds.
PAGE 406
BGP graceful restart is active only when the neighbor becomes established. Otherwise it is disabled. Graceful-restart applies to all neighbors with established adjacency. bgp log-neighbor-changes Enable logging of BGP neighbor resets. C9000 Series Syntax bgp log-neighbor-changes To disable logging, use the no bgp log-neighbor-changes command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 407
Defaults Disabled (that is, paths/routes for the same destination but from different ASs do not have their MEDs compared). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 408
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 409
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced Usage Information BGP uses regular expressions (regex) to filter route information. In particular, the use of regular expressions to filter routes based on AS-PATHs and communities is common.
PAGE 410
bgp router-id Assign a user-given ID to a BGP router. C9000 Series Syntax bgp router-id ip-address To delete a user-assigned IP address, use the no bgp router-id command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format to reset only that BGP neighbor. Defaults The router ID is the highest IP address of the Loopback interface or, if no Loopback interfaces are configured, the highest IP address of a physical interface on the router.
PAGE 411
Defaults Off Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Added support for IPv6. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 412
direction {both | rx | tx} Enter the keyword direction and a direction — either rx for inbound, tx for outbound, or both. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 413
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced capture bgp-pdu neighbor — enables capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor — displays BGP packet capture information for an IPv6 address on the E-Series.
PAGE 414
soft (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword soft to configure and activate policies without resetting the BGP TCP session, that is, BGP Soft Reconfiguration. NOTE: If you enter the clear ip bgp ip-address soft command, both inbound and outbound policies are reset. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to activate only inbound policies. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to activate only outbound policies. NOTE: You must execute the clear ip bgp soft out command when ever there is a change in the local policy.
PAGE 415
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the as-number option. bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop — disables next-hop resolution through other routes learned by the BGP. clear ip bgp dampening Clear information on route dampening and return the suppressed route to the Active state.
PAGE 416
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 417
ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to clear information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. ipv4-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format and the prefix mask in slash format (/x) to reset only that prefix. ipv6–address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address followed by the network mask to reset only that prefix. filter-list as-pathname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords filter-list then the name of a configured AS-PATH list.
PAGE 418
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If you enter the clear ip bgp flap-statistics command without any parameters, all statistics are cleared. Related Commands show debugging — views the enabled debugging operations. show ip bgp flap-statistics — views the BGP flap statistics.
PAGE 419
in Enter the keyword in to re-configure soft inbound updates. out Enter the keyword out to re-configure soft outbound updates. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.
PAGE 420
peer-group peergroup-name Enter the keywords peer-group then the name of the peer group to debug. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound BGP routes. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound BGP routes. A.B.C.D Enter the IP address of peer in the A.B.C.D format. X:X:X:X::X Enter the IPv6 IP address of peer in the X:X:X:X::X format. dampening Enter the keyword dampening to view BGP dampening.
PAGE 421
Usage Information To view information on both incoming and outgoing routes, do not include the in and out parameters in the debugging command. The in and out parameters cancel each other; for example, if you enter the debug ip bgp in command and then enter the debug ip bgp out command, you do not see information on the incoming routes. Entering a no debug ip bgp command removes all configured debug commands for BGP. Related Commands debug ip bgp events — views information about BGP events.
PAGE 422
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. b Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for the E-Series.
PAGE 423
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 424
out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only outbound keepalive messages. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 425
peer-group peergroup-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group then the name of the peer group. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view BGP notifications received from neighbors. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view BGP notifications sent to neighbors Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 426
A.B.C.D (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv4 address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. X:X:X:X::X (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv6 address. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group.. Defaults Disabled Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 427
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view BGP updates information corresponding to that VRF. A.B.C.D (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv4 address of the neighbor. X:X:X:X::X (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv6 address. peer-group peergroup-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group followed by the name of the peer group. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors.
PAGE 428
default-metric Allows you to change the metric of redistributed routes to locally originated routes. Use this command with the redistribute command. C9000 Series Syntax default-metric number To return to the default setting, use the no default-metric command. Parameters number Enter a number as the metric to be assigned to routes from other protocols. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. Defaults 0 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 429
To disable this setting, enter the no deny bandwidth command. Parameters bandwidth Enter the keyword bandwidth to specify extendedcommunity attribute as the matching criteria for denying traffic. The range is from 0 to 102400. Defaults N/A Command Modes EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 430
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. router bgp — enters ROUTER mode on the switch. distance bgp Define an administrative distance for routes. C9000 Series Syntax distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance To return to default values, use the no distance bgp command.
PAGE 431
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP on the E-Series. Usage Information CAUTION: Dell Networking recommends that you do not change the administrative distance of internal routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies. The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low.
PAGE 432
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Support from 2 to 64 paths on the S4810. Command syntax changed to max-path (was maximum-paths). 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path.
PAGE 433
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information By default, when you create a neighbor/peer group configuration in the Router BGP context, this enables IPv4/Unicast AFI/SAFI. When you use activate in the new context, the neighbor/peer group enables for AFI/SAFI. neighbor add-path This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to send/receive multiple path advertisements.
PAGE 434
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. bgp add-path — allows the advertisement of multiple paths for the same address prefix without the new paths implicitly replacing any previous ones. neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group.
PAGE 435
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor advertisement-start To send BGP routing updates, set the minimum interval before starting. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 436
To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} allowas-in command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. number Enter a number of times to allow this neighbor ID to use the AS path. The range is from 1 to 10. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 437
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the default route of all routers in that peer group. route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map then the name of a configured route map. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 438
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 439
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 440
Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information Configuring or un-configuring the command will bring down and bring up the BGP Route Manager, this will result in tear down and re-establishment of all active sessions. Link Bandwidth has to be configured on the router in order to tell it to associate Link Bandwidth with prefixes (paths) and/or to use Link Bandwidth in BGP Multipath route selection.
PAGE 441
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To prevent loops, the neighbor ebgp-multihop command does not install the default routes of the multihop peer. Networks not directly connected are not considered valid for best-path selection.
PAGE 442
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information When you enable failover, BGP keeps track of IP or IPv6 ability to reach the peer remote address and the peer local address. Whenever either address becomes unreachable (for example, no active route exists in the routing table for the peer IP or IPv6 destination/local address), BGP brings down the session with the peer. Related Commands show ip bgp neighbors — displays information on the BGP neighbors.
PAGE 443
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, ACL names were up to 16 characters long. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 444
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 445
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 446
Defaults threshold = 75 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.
PAGE 447
Command Modes Command History ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information If you configure the set ipv6 next-hop command in ROUTE-MAP mode, its configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self command. neighbor password Enable message digest 5 (MD5) authentication on the TCP connection between two neighbors.
PAGE 448
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Configure the same password on both BGP peers or a connection does not occur.
PAGE 449
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.
PAGE 450
neighbor peer-group (creating group) Allows you to create a peer group and assign it a name. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group To delete a peer group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group command. Parameters peer-group-name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 451
neighbor peer-group passive Enable passive peering on a BGP peer group, that is, the peer group does not send an OPEN message, but responds to one. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive [sessions] To delete a passive peer-group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive command. Parameters peer-group-name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 452
neighbor remote-as Create and specify the remote peer to the BGP neighbor. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remote-as number To delete a remote AS entry, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} remote-as number command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to enter the remote AS in its routing table. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to enter the remote AS into routing tables of all routers within the peer group.
PAGE 453
bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as To return to the default, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} remove-private-as command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to remove the private AS numbers.
PAGE 454
If a confederation contains private AS numbers in its AS-PATH, the software removes the private AS numbers only if they follow the confederation numbers in the AS path. Private AS numbers are from 64512 to 65535 (2 byte). neighbor route-map Apply an established route map to either incoming or outbound routes of a BGP neighbor or peer group.
PAGE 455
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command. If you identify a peer by IP address, the Route map overwrites either the inbound or outbound policies on that peer.
PAGE 456
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information A route reflector reflects routes to the neighbors assigned to the cluster. Neighbors in the cluster do not need not to be fully meshed. By default, when you use no route reflector, the internal BGP (IBGP) speakers in the network must be fully meshed.
PAGE 457
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 458
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Peers that are enabled within a peer group are disabled when their peer group is disabled. The neighbor shutdown command terminates all BGP sessions on the BGP neighbor or BGP peer group. Use this command with caution as it terminates the specified BGP sessions.
PAGE 459
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information This command enables soft-reconfiguration for the BGP neighbor specified. BGP stores all the updates the neighbor receives but does not reset the peer-session. CAUTION: Inbound update storage is a memory-intensive operation.
PAGE 460
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 461
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Timer values configured with the neighbor timers command override the timer values configured with any other command.
PAGE 462
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced ont he C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Loopback interfaces are up constantly and the BGP session may need one interface constantly up to stabilize the session.
PAGE 463
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information In the best path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred. NOTE: In the best-path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred.
PAGE 464
• set next-hop • set origin • set weight If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.
PAGE 465
Related Commands redistribute — redistributes routes into BGP. network backdoor Specify this IGP route as the preferred route. C9000 Series Syntax network ip-address mask backdoor To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask backdoor command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, /24). The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
PAGE 466
permit bandwidth Specify link bandwidth extended-community attribute as the matching criteria to permit incoming or outgoing traffic. Syntax permit bandwidth To disable this setting, enter the no permit bandwidth command. Parameters bandwidth Enter the keyword bandwidth to specify extendedcommunity attribute as the matching criteria for permitting traffic. The range is from 0 to 102400. Defaults N/A Command Modes EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.
PAGE 467
Only the following ROUTE-MAP mode commands are supported: • match ip address • set community • set local-preference • set metric • set next-hop • set origin • set weight If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 468
To redistribute the default route (0.0.0.0/0), configure the neighbor defaultoriginate command. As BGP does not query next-hop information corresponding to locally originated routes, a local route with an unreachable next-hop is chosen as the best route. When a combination of locally originated and peer originated routes occurs, both these routes will exist in the RTM. However, only the best route is kept active in the RTM and the remaining route is rendered in-active.
PAGE 469
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the ability to substitute IGP cost for MED when a peer/peer-group outbound route-map is set as internal. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 470
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information At least one interface must be in Layer 3 mode for the router bgp command to be accepted.
PAGE 471
During configuration, the bandwidth is specified in Mbps, not in bytes/second. While creating the actual LB extended community, the system will attach the AS number and encode the bandwidth in floating point format. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv4 address on the system.
PAGE 472
[. . .] Outgoing packet capture enabled for BGP neighbor 20.20.20.2 Available buffer size 40958758, 27 packet(s) captured using 562 bytes PDU[1] : len 41, captured 00:34:52 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00290104 000100b4 14141401 0c020a01 04000100 01020080 00000000 PDU[2] : len 19, captured 00:34:51 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 PDU[3] : len 19, captured 00:34:50 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 [. . .
PAGE 473
neighbor 123.34.55.123 peer-group suzanne neighbor 123.34.55.123 shutdown Dell(conf-router_bgp)# Related Commands capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size — specifies a size for the capture buffer. show ip bgp View the current BGP IPv4 routing table for the system.
PAGE 474
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Added the add-path option to the S4810. Output on the S4810 shows the ADDPATH parameters. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information When you enable the bgp non-deterministic-med command, the show ip bgp command output for a BGP route does not list the INACTIVE reason. In BGP, this command displays the exact reason why the route is discarded.
PAGE 475
All the show and debugs commands display the link band width extendedcommunity prefixed with DMZ-Link-bw along with other extended communities. Dell#show ip bgp 3.3.3.0/24 BGP routing table entry for 3.3.3.0/24 Paths: (1 available, table Default-IP-Routing-Table.) Not advertised to any peer Received from : 1.1.1.2 (3.3.3.1) Best AS_PATH : Next-Hop : 1.1.1.
PAGE 476
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 477
0 0 i Dell#show ip bgp cluster-list 4.4.4.4 BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.6 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Weight Path *>I 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 0 0 400 500 600 i *>I 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 0 0 500 i *>I 77.0.0.
PAGE 478
local-AS Enter the keywords local-AS to view all routes with the COMMUNITY attribute of NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED. All routes with the NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED (0xFFFFFF03) community attribute must not be advertised to external BGP peers. no-advertise Enter the keywords no-advertise to view all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_ADVERTISE. All routes with the NO_ADVERTISE (0xFFFFFF02) community attribute must not be advertised to other BGP peers.
PAGE 479
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found. The show ip bgp community command without any parameters lists BGP routes with at least one BGP community attribute and the output is the same as for the show ip bgp command output.
PAGE 480
Dell#show ip bgp community no-advertise BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.5 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Weight Path *> 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.
PAGE 481
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 482
Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path *> 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 0 200 i Dell#show ip bgp 55.0.0.0/24 BGP routing table entry for 55.0.0.0/24 Paths: (1 available, table Default-IP-Routing-Table.) Not advertised to any peer Received from : 172.16.0.2 (172.16.0.2) AS_PATH : 200 Best Next-Hop : 172.16.0.2, Cost : 0 Origin IGP, Metric 4294967295 (Default), LocalPref Weight 0, external Communities : 200:1 1000:1 100, 3000:1 show ip bgp dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active).
PAGE 483
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 484
d 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 00:36:23 200 Dell# show ip bgp detail Display BGP internal information for the IPv4 Unicast address family. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] detail Defaults none Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 485
NdOrigPAP 0 NdOrgNHP 0 : NdModPathP 0x419efcc0 : NdModASPAP 0x41a4c000 : NdModCommP 0x41a4c800 NdModOptP 0x41a4d000 : NdModNHP : NdComSortBufP 0x41a19110 : NdComSortHdP 0x41a19d04 : NdUpdAFMsk 0 : AFRstSet 0x41a1a298 : NHopDfrdHdP 0x41a1a3e0 : NumNhDfrd 0 : CfgHdrAFMsk 1 AFChkNetTmrP 0x41ee705c : AFRtDamp 0 : AlwysCmpMed 0 : LocrHld 10 : LocrRem 10 : softReconfig 0x41a1a58c DefMet 0 : AutoSumm 1 : NhopsP 0x41a0d100 : Starts 0 : Stops 0 : Opens 0 Closes 0 : Fails 0 : Fatals 0 : ConnExps 0 : HldExps 0 : KeepE
PAGE 486
0x41a19f98 : NumDfrdPfx 0 AfActPeerHd 0x41a1a3a4 : AfExtDist 1101112312 : AfIntDist 200 : AfLocDist 200 AfNumRRc 0 : AfRR 0 : AfNetRttP 0x41a0d300 : AfNetCtxAddr 1101112392 : AfNetCtxAddrlen 255 AfNwCtxAddr 1101112443 : AfNwCtxAddrlen 255 : AfNetBKDrRttP 0x41a0d500 : AfNetBKDRCnt 0 : AfDampHLife 0 AfDampReuse 0 : AfDampSupp 0 : AfDampMaxHld 0 : AfDampCeiling 0 : AfDampRmapP show ip bgp extcommunity-list View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes.
PAGE 487
Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found.
PAGE 488
show ip bgp filter-list View the routes that match the filter lists. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] filter-list as-path-name vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view route information that matches the filter lists corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 489
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp filter-list hello command shown in the following example.
PAGE 490
show ip bgp flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] flap-statistics [ip-address [mask]] [filter-list aspath-name] [regexp regular-expression] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view flap statistics on BGP routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 491
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element. • { } = (braces) minimum and the maximum match count. • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. • $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 492
Example Field Description Reuse Displays the hours:minutes:seconds until the flapped route is available. Path Lists all the ASs the flapping route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell#show ip bgp flap-statistics BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
PAGE 493
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp inconsistent-as command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned.
PAGE 494
show ip bgp neighbors Allows you to view the information BGP neighbors exchange.
PAGE 495
NOTE: Configure the neighbor softreconfiguration inbound command prior to viewing all the information received from the neighbors. denied-routes [network [network-mask] Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords denied-routes then either the network address (in dotted decimal format) or the network mask (in slash prefix format) to view all information on routes denied via neighbor inbound filters. This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 496
The neighbor information that this command displays does not include counts corresponding to ignored prefixes and updates. However, the martian case is an exception where neighbor information corresponding to ignored updates is displayed. BGP shows the exact information that is exchanged between the BGP peers. It also indicates whether or not this information is received by the BGP peer. The following describes the show ip bgp neighbors command shown in the following examples.
PAGE 497
Example The Lines Beginning with: Description (list of inbound and outbound policies) Displays the policy commands configured and the names of the Route map, AS-PATH ACL, or Prefix list configured for the policy. For address family: Displays the IPv4 Unicast as the address family. BGP table version Displays which version of the primary BGP routing table the router and the neighbor are using.
PAGE 498
Capabilities advertised to neighbor for IPv4 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) ADD_PATH(69) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 InQ : Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 OutQ : Added 0, Withdrawn 0 Allow local AS number 0 times in AS-PATH attribute Prefixes accepted 2, withdrawn 15 by peer, martian prefixes ignored 0 Prefixes advertised 0, denied 0, withdrawn 0 from peer Connections established 1; dropped 0 Last res
PAGE 499
Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp next-hop command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Next-hop Displays the next-hop IP address.
PAGE 500
• + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (one or more sequences). • ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either zero or one sequences). NOTE: Enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. • ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element. • { } = (braces) minimum and the maximum match count.
PAGE 501
Example Field Description Metric Displays the MED attribute for this path attribute. Path Displays the AS path for the route, with the origin code for the route listed last. Numbers listed between braces {} are AS_SET information.
PAGE 502
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp paths as-path command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Address Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored. Hash Displays the hash bucket where the path attribute is stored. Refcount Displays the number of BGP routes using these AS-Paths.
PAGE 503
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.
PAGE 504
show ip bgp peer-group View information on the BGP peers in a peer group. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] peer-group [peer-group-name [detail | summary]] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf to view information on BGP peers in a peer group corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: You can use this attribute to view information on BGP peers in a peer group that correspond to either a default or a non-default VRF.
PAGE 505
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. Introduced on S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Added the add-path option to the S4810. Output on the S4810 shows the ADDPATH parameters. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 506
Peer-group members (* - outbound optimized): 172.16.0.2 Dell# Related Commands • neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) — assigns a peer to a peer-group. • neighbor peer-group (creating group) — creates a peer group show ip bgp regexp Display the subset of the BGP routing tables matching the regular expressions specified.
PAGE 507
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 508
Network Weight Path *> 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 *> 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 Next Hop Metric LocPrf 0 200 i 0 200 i show ip bgp summary View the status of all BGP connections. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] summary vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view the status of all BGP connections corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 509
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information In BGP, route attributes are maintained at different locations. When attributes that correspond to multiple routes change, then attribute counts that the show ip bgp summary command displays are calculated as summations of attributes corresponding to all the associated routes.
PAGE 510
Field Description Dampening enabled Displayed only when you enable dampening. Displays the number of paths designated as history, dampened, or penalized. Neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address. AS Displays the AS number of the neighbor. MsgRcvd Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor received. MsgSent Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor sent. TblVer Displays the version of the BGP table that was sent to that neighbor.
PAGE 511
Field Description If the neighbor is disabled, the phrase (Admin shut) appears in this column. Example Dell#show ip bgp summary BGP router identifier 192.168.11.
PAGE 512
timers bgp Adjust the BGP Keep Alive and Hold Time timers. C9000 Series Syntax timers bgp keepalive holdtime To return to the default, use the no timers bgp command. Parameters keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 60 seconds. holdtime Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between the last keepalive message and declaring the router dead. The range is from 3 to 65535.
PAGE 513
Version Platform Support 9.9(0.0) C9010 9.2(1.0) Z9500 7.8.1.0 TeraScale and C-Series (MBGP for IPv6) 7.8.1.0 S-Series (MBGP for IPv4 Multicast Only) 8.2.1.0 E-Series ExaScale (MBGP) debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp dampening command.
PAGE 514
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for the E-Series. distance bgp Configure three administrative distances for routes. C9000 Series Syntax distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance To return to default values, use the no distance bgp command.
PAGE 515
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information CAUTION: Dell Networking recommends not changing the administrative distance of internal routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies. The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low. Routes assigned an administrative distance of 255 are not installed in the routing table.
PAGE 516
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 517
d 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 00:36:23 200 Dell# BGP Extended Communities (RFC 4360) BGP Extended Communities, as defined in RFC 4360, is an optional transitive BGP attribute. BGP Extended Communities provides two major advantages over Standard Communities: • The range is extended from 4-octet (AA:NN) to 8-octet (Type:Value) to provide enough number communities.
PAGE 518
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. permit — configures to add (permit) rules. show ip extcommunity-list — displays the extended community list.
PAGE 519
Example Dell(conf-ext-community-list)#deny regexp 123 Dell(conf-ext-community-list)# Related Commands permit regex — permits a community using a regular expression. description To designate a meaningful description to the extended community, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax description {line} To remove the description, use the no description {line} command. Parameters line Enter a description (maximum 80 characters). Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 520
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 521
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Like standard communities, you can use extended communities in the route-map to match the attribute. Example Dell(config-route-map)#match extcommunity Freedombird Dell(config-route-map)# permit To add rules (permit) from the two types of extended communities, Route Origin (rt) or Site-of-Origin (soo), use this feature.
PAGE 522
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. deny — configures to delete (deny) rules. show ip bgp extcommunity-list — displays the extended community list. permit regex This feature allows you specify an extended community to forward (permit) using a regular expression (regex).
PAGE 523
set extcommunity rt To set Route Origin community attributes in Route Map, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax set extcommunity rt {as4 ASN4:NN [non-trans] | ASN:NNNN [nontrans] | IPADDR:NN [non-trans]} [additive] To delete the Route Origin community, use the no set extcommunity command. Parameters as4 ASN4:NN Enter the keyword as4 then the 4-octet AS specific extended community number in the format ASN4:NN (4byte AS number:2-byte community value).
PAGE 524
Usage Information If the set community rt and soo are in the same route-map entry, the behavior defines as: Related Commands • If the rt option comes before soo, with or without the additive option, soo overrides the communities rt sets. • If the rt option comes after soo, without the additive option, rt overrides the communities soo sets. • If the rt with the additive option comes after soo, rt adds the communities soo sets.
PAGE 525
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 526
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 527
show ip bgp paths extcommunity To display all BGP paths having extended community attributes, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip bgp paths extcommunity • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 528
show ip extcommunity-list Display the IP extended community list. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip extcommunity-list [word] word • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the name of the extended community list you want to view. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 529
Parameters word Enter the name of the extended community list you want to view. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.
PAGE 530
ipv6unicast Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Enter BGPv6 mode. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 6.5.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Enter ipv6unicast to enter the BGP for IPv6 mode (CONF-ROUTER_BGPv6_AF). address family ipv6 unicast This command changes the context to subsequent address family identifier (SAFI).
PAGE 531
aggregate-address Summarize a range of prefixes to minimize the number of entries in the routing table. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters aggregate-address ipv6-address prefix-length [advertise-map map-name] [as-set] [attribute-map map-name] [summary-only] [suppress-map map-name] ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 532
Usage Information At least one of the routes included in the aggregate address must be in the BGP routing table for the configured aggregate to become active. Do not add the as-set parameter to the aggregate if routes within the aggregate are constantly changing as the aggregate will flap to keep track of the changes in the AS_PATH. In route maps used in the suppress-map parameter, routes meeting the deny clause are not suppress; in other words, they are allowed.
PAGE 533
If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path. bgp bestpath as-path ignore Ignore the AS PATH in BGP best path calculations. C9000 Series Syntax bgp bestpath as-path ignore To return to the default, use the no bgp bestpath as-path ignore command. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software considers the AS_PATH when choosing a route as best). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 534
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The software compares the MEDs only if the path contains no external autonomous system numbers. If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path. bgp bestpath med missing-as-best During path selection, indicate preference to paths with missing MED (MULTI_EXIT_DISC) over those paths with an advertised MED attribute.
PAGE 535
Command Modes Command History ROUTER BGP Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Route reflection to clients is not necessary if all client routers are fully meshed. Related Commands • bgp cluster-id – assigns an ID to a BGP cluster with two or more route reflectors. • neighbor route-reflector-client – configures a route reflector and clients.
PAGE 536
The default format for displaying the cluster-id is dotted decimal, but if you enter the cluster-id as an integer, it is displayed as an integer. Related Commands • bgp client-to-client reflection – enables route reflection between route reflector and clients. • neighbor route-reflector-client – configures a route reflector and clients. • show ip bgp cluster-list – views paths with a cluster ID. bgp confederation identifier Configure an identifier for a BGP confederation.
PAGE 537
bgp dampening Enable BGP route dampening and configure the dampening parameters. C9000 Series Syntax bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map map-name] To disable route dampening, use the no bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters half-life (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes after which the Penalty is decreased.
PAGE 538
dependent; therefore, if you configure one parameter, you must configure the parameters in the order they appear in the command. Related Commands show ip bgp dampened-paths – views the BGP paths. bgp default local-preference Change the default local preference value for routes exchanged between internal BGP peers. C9000 Series Syntax bgp default local-preference value To return to the default value, use the no bgp default local-preference command.
PAGE 539
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information This is enabled by default, that is for all updates received from EBGP peers, BGP ensures that the first AS of the first AS segment is always the AS of the peer. If not, the update is dropped and a counter is incremented. Use the show ip bgp neighbors command to view the “failed enforce-first-as check” counter.
PAGE 540
bgp four-octet-as-support Enable 4-byte support for the BGP process. C9000 Series Syntax bgp four-octet-as-support To disable fast external fallover, use the no bgp four-octet-as-support command. Defaults Disabled (supports 2-Byte format). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.
PAGE 541
Parameters neighbor ipaddress | peergroup-name • ip-address of the neighbor in IP address format of the neighbor. • peer-group-name of the neighbor peer group. restart-time seconds Enter the keywords restart-time followed by the maximum number of seconds needed to restart and bring up all peers. The range is 1 to 3600 seconds. The default is 120 seconds.
PAGE 542
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The bgp log-neighbor-changes command appears in the show config command output. Related Commands show config – views the current configuration. bgp non-deterministic-med Compare MEDs of paths from different autonomous systems. C9000 Series Syntax bgp non-deterministic-med To return to the default, use the no bgp non-deterministic-med command.
PAGE 543
bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop Enable next-hop resolution through other routes learned by BGP. C9000 Series Syntax bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop To disable next-hop resolution, use the no bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 544
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced Usage Information BGP uses regular expressions (regex) to filter route information. In particular, the use of regular expressions to filter routes based on AS-PATHs and communities is quite common.
PAGE 545
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Peering sessions are reset when you change the router ID of a BGP router. bgp soft-reconfig-backup To avoid the peer from resending messages, use this command only when route-refresh is not negotiated. C9000 Series Syntax bgp soft-reconfig-backup To return to the default setting, use the no bgp soft-reconfig-backup command. Defaults Off Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 546
Related Commands clear ip bgp — activates inbound policies without resetting the BGP TCP session. capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size Set the size of the BGP packet capture buffer. This buffer size pertains to both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size 100-102400000 100-102400000 Enter a size for the capture buffer. 40960000 bytes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 547
Command Modes Command History Related Commands • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced • clear ip bgp – enables route reflection between route reflector and clients. • show capture bgp-pdu neighbor – configures a route reflector and clients. • capture bgp-pdu neighbor – enables capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet.
PAGE 548
soft (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword soft to configure and activate policies without resetting the BGP TCP session, that is, BGP Soft Reconfiguration. NOTE: If you enter clear ip bgp ip6-address soft, both inbound and outbound policies are reset. Command Modes Command History in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to activate only inbound policies. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to activate only outbound policies. EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 549
out Command Modes Command History (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to activate only outbound policies. EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced clear ip bgp as-number Reset BGP sessions. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection.
PAGE 550
out Command Modes Command History (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to activate only outbound policies. EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced clear ip bgp ipv6 dampening Clear information on route dampening and return suppressed route to active state.
PAGE 551
Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. filter-list as-pathname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords filter-list followed by the name of a configured AS-PATH list. regexp regularexpression (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword regexp followed by regular expressions. Use one or a combination of the following: .
PAGE 552
clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast Reset MBGP sessions. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast * ipv6-address prefix-length [dampening | flap-statistics] peer-group] * Enter the character * to clear all peers. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 553
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.0 Introduced clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics [network | filterlist list |regexp regexp] network (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 network address in x:x:x:x::x format to clear flap statistics.
PAGE 554
debug ip bgp keepalives Allows you to view information about BGP keepalive messages. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] command. Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128.
PAGE 555
Parameters Command Modes Command History in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound dampened routes. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound dampened routes. EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP.
PAGE 556
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.0 Introduced debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening View information on routes being dampened. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening command. Parameters Command Modes Command History dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear route flap dampening information. EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 557
in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only BGP updates sent to neighbors. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.0 Introduced debug ip bgp notifications Allows you to view information about BGP notifications received from neighbors.
PAGE 558
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP. debug ip bgp updates Allows you to view information about BGP updates.
PAGE 559
default-metric Allows you to change the metrics of redistributed routes to locally originated routes. Use this command with the redistribute command. C9000 Series Syntax default-metric number To return to the default setting, use the no default-metric command. Parameters number Defaults 0 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Enter a number as the metric to be assigned to routes from other protocols. The range is 1 to 4294967295. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 560
Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced router bgp – Enter ROUTER mode on the switch. distance bgp Configure three administrative distances for routes. C9000 Series Syntax distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance To return to default values, use the no distance bgp command.
PAGE 561
The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low. Routes assigned an administrative distance of 255 are not installed in the routing table. Routes from confederations are treated as internal BGP routes. ipv6 prefix-list Configure an IPv6 prefix list. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters ipv6 prefix-list prefix-list name prefix-list name Enter the name of the prefix list. NOTE: There is a 140-character limit for prefix list names.
PAGE 562
Parameters ebgp Enter the keyword ebgp to enable multipath support for External BGP routes. ibgp Enter the keyword ibgp to enable multipath support for Internal BGP routes number Enter a number as the maximum number of parallel paths. The range is 1 to 16. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 563
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information By default, when you create a neighbor/peer group configuration in the Router BGP context, it is enabled for the IPv6/Unicast AFI/SAFI. By using activate in the new context, the neighbor/peer group is enabled for AFI/SAFI. neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group.
PAGE 564
neighbor allowas-in Set the number of times an AS number can occur in the AS path. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} allowas-in number To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} allowas-in command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 565
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of a configured route map. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 566
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced neighbor distribute-list Distribute BGP information via an established prefix list.
PAGE 567
Related Commands • neighbor filter-list – assigns a AS-PATH list to a neighbor or peer group. • neighbor route-map – assigns a route map to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor ebgp-multihop Attempt and accept BGP connections to external peers on networks that are not directly connected. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} ebgp-multihop [ttl] To disallow and disconnect connections, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} ebgp-multihop [ttl] command.
PAGE 568
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Enter the name of the peer group. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 569
out Enter the keyword out to filter outbound BGP routes. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced neighbor maximum-prefix Control the number of network prefixes received.
PAGE 570
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information If you configure the neighbor maximum-prefix command and the neighbor receives more prefixes than allowed by the neighbor maximum-prefix command configuration, the neighbor goes down and the show ip bgp summary command displays (prfxd) in the State/PfxRcd column for that neighbor.
PAGE 571
Usage Information If you configure the set ipv6 next-hop command in ROUTE-MAP mode, its configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self command. neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) Allows you to assign one peer to a existing peer group. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor ipv6-address peer-group peer-group-name To delete a peer from a peer group, use the no neighbor ipv6-address peer-group peer-group-name command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
PAGE 572
A peer group must exist before you add a peer to it. If the peer group is disabled (shutdown), the peers within the group are also disabled (shutdown). Related Commands • clear ip bgp – resets BGP sessions. • neighbor peer-group (creating group) – creates a peer group. • show ip bgp peer-group – view BGP peers. • show ip bgp neighborsshow ip bgp neighbors View BGP neighbors configurations. neighbor peer-group (creating group) Allows you to create a peer group and assign it a name.
PAGE 573
neighbor peer-group passive Enable passive peering on a BGP peer group, that is, the peer group does not send an OPEN message, but responds to one. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive To delete a passive peer-group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive command. Parameters peer-group-name Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Version Description 9.
PAGE 574
number Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Enter a number of the AS. The range is 1 to 65535. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information If the number parameter is the same as the AS number used in the router bgp command, the remote AS entry in the neighbor is considered an internal BGP peer entry.
PAGE 575
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Applies to EBGP neighbors only. If the AS-PATH contains both public and private AS number or contains AS numbers of an EBGP neighbor, the private AS numbers are not removed. If a confederation contains private AS numbers in its AS-PATH, the software removes the private AS numbers only if they follow the confederation numbers in the AS path. Private AS numbers are 64512 to 65535.
PAGE 576
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command. If you identify a peer by IP address, the Route map overwrites either the inbound or outbound policies on that peer.
PAGE 577
When all clients of a route reflector are disabled, the neighbor is no longer a route reflector. neighbor send-community Send a COMMUNITY attribute to a BGP neighbor or peer group. A COMMUNITY attribute indicates that all routes with that attribute belong to the same community grouping. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} send-community To disable sending a COMMUNITY attribute, use the no neighbor {ipv6address | peer-group-name} send-community command.
PAGE 578
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPv6 ADDRESS FAMILY (conf-router_bgpv6_af) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv4 multicast and IPv4 unicast address families.
PAGE 579
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced neighbor shutdown Disable a BGP neighbor or peer group. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} shutdown To enable a disabled neighbor or peer group, use the no neighbor {ipv6address | peer-group-name} shutdown command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
PAGE 580
• show ip bgp neighbors – displays the current BGP neighbors. neighbor timers Set keepalive and hold time timers for a BGP neighbor or a peer group. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} timers keepalive holdtime To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} timers command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 581
• whichever is the lower value; one-third of the new holdtime value, or the configured keepalive value is the new keepalive value. neighbor update-source Enable the software to use Loopback interfaces for TCP connections for BGP sessions. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} update-source loopback interface To use the closest interface, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} update-source loopback interface command.
PAGE 582
To remove a weight value, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} weight weight command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to disable all routers within the peer group. weight Enter a number as the weight. The range is 0 to 65535. The default is 0. Defaults 0 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.
PAGE 583
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The TCP session is authentication and hence prevents the data from being compromised. network Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table. C9000 Series Syntax network ipv6-address prefix-length [route-map map-name] To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 584
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The software resolves the network address configured by the network command with the routes in the main routing table to ensure that the networks are reachable via non-BGP routes and non-default routes. Related Commands redistribute – redistributes routes into BGP. network backdoor Specify this IGP route as the preferred route.
PAGE 585
redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute {connected | static} [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribution [connected | static] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. These routes are treated as incomplete routes.
PAGE 586
redistribute ospf Redistribute OSPFv3 routes into BGP. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [[match external {1 | 2}] [match internal]] [route-map map-name] To stop redistribution of OSPF routes, use the no redistribute ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPFv3 process. The range is 1 to 65535. match external {1 | 2} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external routes.
PAGE 587
router bgp Enter ROUTER BGP mode to configure and enable BGP. C9000 Series Syntax router bgp as-number To disable BGP, use the no router bgp as-number command. Parameters process-id Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Enter the number of the OSPFv3 process. The range is 1 to 65535. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 588
Related Commands • capture bgp-pdu neighbor – enables capture of an IPv6 BGP neighbor packet. • clear ip bgp – specifies a size for the capture buffer. show config View the current ROUTER BGP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 589
Parameters Command Modes Command History Example local-routes (OPTIONAL) Show next-hop information for local routes. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 590
• Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp paths as-path View all unique AS-PATHs in the BGP database. C9000 Series Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip bgp paths as-path • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 591
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp paths extcommunity View all unique Extended community information in the BGP database. C9000 Series Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip bgp paths extcommunity • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 592
NOTE: You must enter an escape sequence (CTRL +v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. • $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 593
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 prefix-list — configures an IPv6 prefix-list. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast View the current BGP routing table. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp ipv6 unicast [network [network-mask] [longerprefixes]] network (OPTIONAL) Enter the network address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network.
PAGE 594
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community View information on all routes with Community attributes or view specific BGP community groups.
PAGE 595
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list View routes that are affected by a specific community list.
PAGE 596
• Command History EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Display BGP internal information for IPv6 Unicast address family. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Defaults none Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 597
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found. The show ip bgp community command without any parameters lists BGP routes with at least one BGP community attribute and the output is the same as for the show ip bgp command output.
PAGE 598
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. filter-list as-pathname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords filter-list followed by the name of a configured AS-PATH ACL. regexp regularexpression Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match: • . = (period) any single character (including a white space). • * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (0 or more sequences). • + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (1 or more sequences).
PAGE 599
• Command History EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors Allows you to view the information exchanged by BGP neighbors.
PAGE 600
Related Commands Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp – view the current BGP routing table. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group Allows you to view information on the BGP peers in a peer group. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group [peer-group-name [summary]] peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about that peer group only.
PAGE 601
For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP neighbor is RR-CLIENT-PASSIV, peer-group internal, Number of peers in this group 1 Peer-group members (* - outbound optimized): 9000::9:2* Dell# show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Allows you to view the status of all BGP connections. C9000 Series Syntax Command Modes Command History Example show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 602
00:16:43 9000::b:14 18508 00:13:01 Dell# 0 29 0 29 0 0 0 timers bgp Allows you to adjust the BGP network timers for all neighbors. C9000 Series Syntax timers bgp keepalive holdtimer To return to the default values, use the no timers bgp command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands keepalive Enter the time interval in seconds between which the software sends keepalive messages. The range is 1 to 65535. The default is 60 seconds.
PAGE 603
show ipv6 mbgproutes Display the selected IPv6 MBGP route or a summary of all MBGP routes in the table. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ipv6 mbgproutes ipv6-address prefix-length | summary ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. summary Display a summary of RPF routes.
PAGE 604
Content Addressable Memory (CAM) 9 You can use Content Addressable Memory (CAM) commands to configure the amount of memory allocated to CAM memory partitions. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. WARNING: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance.
PAGE 605
cam-acl (Configuration) Select the default CAM allocation settings or reconfigure a new CAM allocation for Layer 2, IPv4, and IPv6 ACLs, Layer 2 and Layer 3 (IPv4) QoS, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT), IP and MAC source address validation for DHCP, Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) ACLs, OpenFlow, and Policy-based Routing (PBR).
PAGE 606
l2qos number Enter the keyword l2qos and then the number of FP blocks for l2 qos. The range is from 1to 8. l2pt number Enter the keyword l2pt and then the number of FP blocks for l2 protocol tunnelling. The range is from 0 to 1. Ipmacacl number Enter the keyword ipmacacl and then the number of FP blocks for IP and MAC ACL. The range is from 0 to 6. ecfmacl number Enter the keyword ecfmacacl and then the number of FP blocks for ECFM ACL. The range is from 0 to 5.
PAGE 607
{4|8} | fcoe number [iscsioptacl number] [vrfv4acl number] stored in the NVRAM and is effective after rebooting the switch. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.
PAGE 608
If allocation values are not entered for the CAM regions, the value is 0. If you enable BMP, to perform a reload on the chassis to upgrade any configuration changes that have changed the NVRAM content, use the command reload conditional nvram-cfg-change. cam-acl-egress Allocate CAM for egress ACLs. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters cam-acl-egress default | l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number} default Reset egress CAM ACL entries to default settings.
PAGE 609
ipv4acl Allocates space for the L3 ACL. The default value is 2. ipv6acl Allocates space for the IPv6 L3 ACL. The default value is 2 Defaults None Command Modes CONFIG Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 610
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Guidelines Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Select the CAM allocation for Layer 2, IPv4, and IPv6 ACLs, Layer 2 and Layer 3 (IPv4) QoS, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT), IP and MAC source address validation for DHCP, and Policy-based Routing (PBR). Save the new CAM settings to the startup-config (write-memor copy run start) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect.
PAGE 611
Usage Information When you enable this command, if a Policy Map containing classification rules (ACL and/or dscp/ ip-precedence rules) is applied to more than one physical interface on the same port pipe, only a single copy of the policy is written (only one FP entry is used). NOTE: An ACL itself may still require more that a single FP entry, regardless of the number of interfaces.
PAGE 612
Parameters Command Modes Command History acl (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword acl to display Layer 2 and Layer 3 ACL CAM usage. router (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword router to display Layer 3 CAM usage. switch (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword switch to display Layer 2 CAM usage. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL.
PAGE 613
Example 1 Dell#show cam-usage Linecard|Portpipe| CAM Partition | Total CAM | Used CAM | Available CAM ========|========|=================|============|============| ============== 1 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | 1008 | 320 | 688 | | IN-L2 FIB | 32768 | 1132 | 31636 | | IN-L3 ACL | 12288 | 2 | 12286 | | IN-L3 FIB | 262141 | 14 | 262127 | | IN-L3-SysFlow | 2878 | 45 | 2833 | | IN-L3-TrcList | 1024 | 0 | 1024 | | IN-L3-McastFib | 9215 | 0 | 9215 | | IN-L3-Qos | 8192 | 0 | 8192 | | IN-L3-PBR | 1024 | 0 | 1024 | | IN-V6 AC
PAGE 614
| | 1024 | OUT-L3 ACL | 1024 | 0 Example 3 Dell#show cam-usage router Linecard|Portpipe| CAM Partition | Total CAM | Used CAM | Available CAM ========|========|=================|=============|============| ============== 11 | 0 | IN-L3 ACL | 8192 | 3 | 8189 | | IN-L3 FIB | 196607 | 1 | 196606 | | IN-L3-SysFlow | 2878 | 0 | 2878 | | IN-L3-TrcList | 1024 | 0 | 1024 | | IN-L3-McastFib | 9215 | 0 | 9215 | | IN-L3-Qos | 8192 | 0 | 8192 | | IN-L3-PBR | 1024 | 0 | 1024 | | OUT-L3 ACL | 16384 | 0 | 16384 11
PAGE 615
show cam-acl-pe Display details of global ingress CAM ACL profiles for the port extender. C9000 Series Syntax show cam-acl-pe Defaults None Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 616
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Information The display reflects the settings implemented with the cam-acl-egress-pe command. This command only displays the details of CAM ACL egress profiles configured globally on the PE.
PAGE 617
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information This command applies to both IPv4 and IPv6 CAM Profiles, but is best used when verifying QoS optimization for IPv6 ACLs. QoS Optimization for IPv6 ACLs does not impact the CAM usage for applying a policy on a single (or the first of several) interfaces.
PAGE 618
Unified Forwarding Table Modes Unified Forwarding Table (UFT) consolidates the resources of several search tables (Layer 2, Layer 3 Hosts, and Layer 3 Route [Longest Prefix Match — LPM]) into a single flexible resource. Trident 2 supports several UFT modes to extract the forwarding tables, as required. By default, Dell Networking OS initializes the table sizes to UFT mode 2 profile, since it provides a reasonable shared memory for all the tables.
PAGE 619
hardware forwarding-table mode Select a mode to initialize the maximum scalability size for L2 MAC table or L3 Host table or L3 Route table. Syntax Parameters hardware forwarding-table mode {scaled-l3- hosts | scaled-l3routes} scaled-l3– hosts Enter the keyword scaled-l3–hosts to select the forwarding table mode for scaling l3 host entries.. scaled-l3– routes Enter the keyword scaled-l3–routes to select the forwarding table mode for scaling l3 route entries.
PAGE 620
Control Plane Policing (CoPP) 10 Control plane policing (CoPP) uses access control list (ACL) rules and quality of service (QoS) policies to create filters for a system’s control plane. The CoPP filters prevent traffic that is not identified as legitimate from reaching the control plane, and rate-limit traffic to an acceptable level.
PAGE 621
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 622
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 623
Version Description 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. service-policy rate-limit-cpu-queues Apply a QoS input policy-map that rate-limits traffic on control-plane queues. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters service-policy rate-limit-cpu-queues policy-name policy-name Enter the service-policy name, using a string up to 32 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONTROL-PLANE-CPUQOS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 624
service-policy rate-limit-protocols Apply a QoS input policy-map that rate-limits protocol traffic on the control plane. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters service-policy rate-limit-protocols policy-name policy-name Enter the service-policy name, using a string up to 32 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONTROL-PLANE-CPUQOS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 625
show control-traffic protocol Display per-protocol counters of rate-limited control-plane traffic. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show contol—traffic protocol [cp—switch | linecard slot-id portset port-pipe | pe pe-id stack-unit unit-number portset port-pipe ] counters cp-switch Enter the keyword cp-switch to display counters for ratelimited traffic on the central switch (aggregated CoPP).
PAGE 626
To clear the per-protocol counters of rate-limited control-plane traffic at the aggregated (switch) or line card and port set level, use the clear controltraffic protocol command.
PAGE 627
STATION MOVE/TTL1/IP OPTION/ L3 MTU FAIL/SOURCE MISS 0 0 0 Related Command clear control-traffic protocol show control-traffic queue Display per-queue counters of rate-limited control-plane traffic. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show contol—traffic queue {all | queue-id queue-number} counters all Enter the keyword all to display counters for rate-limited traffic on all CPU queues, including Route Processor, Control Processor, and line-card CPUs.
PAGE 628
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information In the show output, Rx Bytes displays the number of bytes of control-plane traffic received, on which queue-based rate limiting is applied. Tx Counters displays the number of bytes transmitted to a control-plane CPU after queue-based rate limiting is applied. Drop Counters displays the number of bytes of control-plane traffic that have been dropped as a result of queue-based rate limiting.
PAGE 629
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information This command displays the currently configured control-plane queue rate at the aggregated switch.
PAGE 630
show ip protocol-queue-mapping Display the CPU queue mapping for IPv4 protocols. C9000 Series Syntax show ip protocol-queue-mapping queue-id Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Usage Information The show output displays information on CPU traffic flows for IPv4 protocols, including the ingress queue at which the traffic is queued and the CPU to which protocol traffic is sent with the applied rate limits (configured or default) in kilobits per second (kbps).
PAGE 631
PIM any RP 300 UDP (RIP) any RP 200 TCP (SSH) any CP 400 TCP (TELNET) any CP 400 VRRP any RP 400 any _ Q12 520 _ Q13 22 _ Q3 23 _ Q3 any _ Q13 show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping Display the CPU queue mapping for IPv6 protocols. C9000 Series Syntax show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 632
ICMPV6 RP ICMPV6 RP ICMPV6 RP ICMPV6 RP ICMPV6 CP VRRPV6 RP OSPFV3 RP NA any any _ Q3/Q11 CP/ RA any any _ Q3/Q11 CP/ NS any any _ Q2/Q10 CP/ RS any any _ Q2/Q10 CP/ any 300 any 400 any 2500 any _ Q5 any _ Q15 any _ Q15 600 600 600 600 show mac protocol-queue-mapping Display the CPU queue mapping for MAC protocols. C9000 Series Syntax show mac protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 633
Q6 GVRP Q12 STP Q13 ISIS Q13 Q13 CP 500 01:80:c2:00:00:21 RP 200 01:80:c2:00:00:00 RP 150 01:80:c2:00:00:14/15 RP 500 09:00:2b:00:00:04/05 RP 500 any any any any show protocol-queue-mapping Display the protocol-queue mapping for each configured protocol. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show protocol-queue-mapping [queue-id queue-number] queue-id queuenumber Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege (Optional) Display the protocol-queue mapping for a specified control-plane queue.
PAGE 634
------------------------------- ------------- -------------STP Q13 RP 150 150 1000 LLDP Q6 CP 500 500 1000 PVST Q12 RP 200 200 1000 LACP Q13 RP 500 500 1000 ARP Q1/Q8/Q2/Q9 CP/RP 100 100 800 GVRP Q12 RP 200 200 1000 FRRP Q19 LP 300 300 1000 ECFM Q13 RP 150 150 1000 ISIS Q13 RP 500 500 3000 L2PT Q13 RP 150 150 1000 v6 BGP Q13 RP 2500 2500 2000 v6 OSPF Q13 RP 2500 2500 2000 v6 VRRP Q13 RP 400 400 2000 MLD Q12 RP 150 150 500 v6 MULTICAST CATCH ALL Q7 RP 100 100 500 IPv6 DHCP Q6 CP 1200 1200 2000 v6 RAGUARD Q16
PAGE 635
802.
PAGE 636
SFLOW_EGRESS 5000 SFLOW_INGRESS 5000 Dell# 5000 5000 Q20 Q20 3000 3000 LP LP 3000 3000 Dell#show protocol-queue-mapping queue-id 3 Protocol Queue EgPort CommitRate(kbps) Peak Rate(kbps) CommitBurst(kb) Peak Burst(kb) -------------------------------------------------------- -----------NTP Q3 CP 200 200 2000 2000 FTP Q3 CP 400 400 3000 3000 TELNET Q3 CP 400 400 2000 2000 SSH Q3 CP 400 400 2000 2000 VLT GARP Q3/Q10 CP/RP 500 500 3000 3000 VLT CTRL - CP CPU Q3 CP 2000 2000 3000 3000 VLT CTRL - CP & RP CPU
PAGE 637
Data Center Bridging (DCB) 11 Data center bridging (DCB) refers to a set of IEEE Ethernet enhancements that provide data centers with a single, robust, converged network to support multiple traffic types, including local area network (LAN), server, and storage traffic. The Dell Networking operating software commands for data center bridging features include 802.1Qbb priority-based flow control (PFC), 802.1Qaz enhanced transmission selection (ETS), and the data center bridging exchange (DCBX) protocol.
PAGE 638
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON . 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
PAGE 639
all stack-ports all Enter the keywords all stack-ports all to clear the counters on all interfaces. statistics Enter the keyboard statistics to clear the hardware PFC counters. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 640
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Removed from the S-series. Replaced by the dcb-map commands. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
PAGE 641
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Removed from the S-series. Replaced by the dcb-map commands. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information If you apply an input policy with PFC disabled (no pfc mode on): • You can enable link-level flow control on the interface. To delete the input policy, first disable link-level flow control.
PAGE 642
dcb-policy input stack-unit stack-ports all Apply the specified DCB input policy on all ports of the switch stack or a single stacked switch. C9000 Series Syntax dcb-policy input stack-unit {all | stack-unit-id} stack-ports all dcb-input-policy-name To remove all DCB input policies applied to the stacked ports and rest the PFC to its default settings, use the no dcb-policy input stack-unit all command.
PAGE 643
Parameters queue-range Enter the queue range. Separate the queue values with a comma; specify a priority range with a dash; for example, pfc no-drop queues 1,3 or pfc no-drop queues 7 or pfc no-drop queues 0,7. The range is from 0 to 3. queue-range Enter the queue range. Separate the queue values with a comma; specify a priority range with a dash; for example, pfc no-drop queues 1,3 or pfc no-drop queues 2-3. The range is from 0 to 4. Defaults No lossless queues are configured.
PAGE 644
dot1p Value in the Incoming Frame Description heading 5 3 6 3 7 3 pfc priority Configure the CoS traffic to be stopped for the specified delay. C9000 Series Syntax pfc priority priority-range To delete the pfc priority configuration, use the no pfc priority command. Parameters priority-range Enter the 802.1p values of the frames to be paused. Separate the priority values with a comma; specify a priority range with a dash; for example, pfc priority 1,3,5-7. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 645
an interface flap (going down and coming up) when you reconfigure the lossless queues for no-drop priorities in a PFC input policy and reapply the policy to an interface. The maximum number of lossless queues supported on the switch is two. A PFC peer must support the configured priority traffic (as DCBX detects) to apply PFC. show dcb Display the data center bridging status, the number of PFC-enabled ports, and the number of PFCenabled queues.
PAGE 646
show interface pfc Display the PFC configuration applied to ingress traffic on an interface, including priorities and link delay. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show interface port-type slot/port pfc {summary | detail} port-type slot/ port pfc Enter the port-type slot and port PFC information. {summary | detail} Enter the keyword summary for a summary list of results or enter the keyword detail for a full list of results. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 647
Field Description Admin mode is on Admin is enabled PFC admin mode is on or off with a list of the configured PFC priorities. When the PFC admin mode is on, PFC advertisements are enabled to be sent and received from peers; received PFC configuration take effect. The admin operational status for a DCBX exchange of PFC configuration is enabled or disabled.
PAGE 648
Example (Summary) Field Description Application Priority TLV: Remote FCOE Priority Map Status of FCoE advertisements in application priority TLVs from the remote peer port: enabled or disabled. Application Priority TLV: Remote ISCSI Priority Map Status of iSCSI advertisements in application priority TLVs from the remote peer port: enabled or disabled. PFC TLV Statistics: Input TLV pkts Number of PFC TLVs received. PFC TLV Statistics: Output TLV pkts Number of PFC TLVs transmitted.
PAGE 649
Application Priority TLV Parameters : -------------------------------------FCOE TLV Tx Status is disabled ISCSI TLV Tx Status is disabled Local FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Local ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x10 Remote FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Remote ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x8 0 Input TLV pkts, 1 Output TLV pkts, 0 Error pkts, 0 Pause Tx pkts, 0 Pause Rx pkts Example (interface Dell#show interfaces tengigabitethernet 10/0-1 pfc summary port range) Interface TenGigabitEthernet 10/0 Admin mode is on Admin is enabled Remote
PAGE 650
slot/port Enter the slot/port number. Enter the subport number if a 40G port is fanned-out into 10G ports. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 651
Te Te Te Te Te Te 10/0 10/0 10/0 10/0 10/0 10/0 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Interface TenGigabitEthernet 10/1 Interface Priority Rx XOFF Frames Rx Total Frames Tx Total Frames -----------------------------------------------------------------------Te 10/1 P0 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P1 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P2 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P3 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P4 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P5 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P6 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P7 0 0 0 ETS Commands The following ETS commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 652
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information By default, iSCSI is enabled on the unit and the flow control is enabled on all of the interfaces. It is also acts as defaults when the link-level flow control is enabled on one or more interfaces.
PAGE 653
Version Description 9.6(0.0) Removed from the S-series. Replaced by the dcb-map commands. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information To associate a priority group with an ETS output policy with scheduling and bandwidth configuration, create a DCB output policy. You can apply a DCB output policy on multiple egress ports.
PAGE 654
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information When you apply an ETS output policy to on interface, ETS-configured scheduling and bandwidth allocation take precedence over any configured settings in QoS output policies. When you disable DCB, ETS is disabled by default.
PAGE 655
show interfaces ets Displays the ETS configuration applied to egress traffic on an interface, including priority groups with priorities and bandwidth allocation. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show interface port-type slot/port ets {summary | detail} port-type slot/ port ets Enter the port-type slot and port ETS information. {summary | detail} Enter the keyword summary for a summary list of results or enter the keyword detail for a full list of results.
PAGE 656
Field Description Max Supported TC Group Maximum number of priority groups supported. Number of Traffic Classes Number of 802.1p priorities currently configured. Admin mode ETS mode: on or off. When on, the scheduling and bandwidth allocation configured in an ETS output policy or received in a DCBX TLV from a peer can take effect on an interface. Admin Parameters ETS configuration on local port, including priority groups, assigned dot1p priorities, and bandwidth allocation.
PAGE 657
Example (Summary) Dell(conf-qos-policy-out-ets)#show interface te 0/3 ets de Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/3 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : -----------------Admin is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 1 0,1,2 100% ETS 2 3 0 % SP 3 4,5,6,7 0 % SP 4 5 6 7 Remote Parameters : ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth T
PAGE 658
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0,1,2 3 4,5,6,7 100% 0 % 0 % - ETS SP SP - Remote Parameters : ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 1 0,1,2 100% ETS 2 3 0 % SP 3 4,5,6,7 0 % SP 4 5 6 7 Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf T
PAGE 659
------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100% ETS 1 0% ETS 2 0% ETS 3 0% ETS 4 0% ETS 5 0% ETS 6 0% ETS 7 0% ETS Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 13% ETS 1 13% ETS 2 13% ETS 3 13% ETS 4 12% ETS 5 12% ETS 6 12% ETS 7 12% ETS Oper status is init Conf TLV Tx Status is disabled Traffic Class TLV Tx Status is disabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0T LIVnput Traffic Class TLV Pkts, 0
PAGE 660
Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priority# 0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Bandwidth 100% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% TSA ETS ETS ETS ETS ETS ETS ETS ETS Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 13% ETS 1 13% ETS 2 13% ETS 3 13% ETS 4 12% ETS 5 12% ETS 6 12% ETS 7 12% ETS Oper status is init Conf TLV Tx Status is disabled Traffic Class TLV Tx Status is disabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Traffic Class TLV Pkts, 0 Output Traffic Class TLV Pkts, 0 Erro
PAGE 661
% Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) ------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100 ETS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down Reason: Port Shutdown State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled Interface TenGigabitEthernet 10/1 Max Supported TC is 3 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : -----------------Admin is enabled PG-grp Priority# BW-% BW-COMMITT
PAGE 662
State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled DCBX Commands The following DCBX commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS. advertise dcbx-tlv On a DCBX port with a manual role, configure the PFC and ETS TLVs advertised to DCBX peers. C9000 Series Syntax advertise dcbx-tlv {ets-conf | ets-reco | pfc} [ets-conf | etsreco | pfc] [ets-conf | ets-reco | pfc] To remove the advertised ETS TLVs, use the no advertise dcbx-tlv command.
PAGE 663
Usage Information You can configure the transmission of more than one TLV type at a time; for example: advertise dcbx-tlv ets-conf ets-reco. You can enable ETS recommend TLVs (ets-reco) only if you enable ETS configuration TLVs (ets-conf). To disable TLV transmission, use the no form of the command; for example, no advertise dcbx-tlv pfc ets-reco. DCBX requires that you enable LLDP to advertise DCBX TLVs to peers. Configure DCBX operation at the INTERFACE level on a switch or globally on the switch.
PAGE 664
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9000 Series. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information DCBX requires that you enable LLDP to advertise DCBX TLVs to peers.
PAGE 665
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9 (0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information DCBX requires that you enable LLDP to advertise DCBX TLVs to peers.
PAGE 666
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 . 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.
PAGE 667
Version Description 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information This command is available at the global level only. iscsi priority-bits Configure the iSCSI priority advertised for the iSCSI protocol in application priority TLVs. C9000 Series Syntax iscsi priority-bits priority-bitmap To remove the configured iSCSI priority, use the no iscsi priority-bits command. Parameters priority-bitmap Enter the priority-bitmap range. The range is from 1 to FF.
PAGE 668
slot/port Enter the slot/port number. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2.(0.
PAGE 669
Field Description Local DCBX Compatibility mode DCBX version accepted in a DCB configuration as compatible. In autoupstream mode, a port can only receive a DCBX version supported on the remote peer. Local DCBX Configured mode DCBX version configured on the port: CEE, CIN, IEEE v2.5, or Auto (port auto-configures to use the DCBX version received from a peer). Peer Operating version DCBX version that the peer uses to exchange DCB parameters.
PAGE 670
Field Description Total DCBX Frames received Number of DCBX frames received from the remote peer port. Total DCBX Frame errors Number of DCBX frames with errors received. Total DCBX Frames unrecognized Number of unrecognizable DCBX frames received.
PAGE 671
Interface TenGigabitEthernet 10/1 Port Role is Manual DCBX Operational Status is Disabled Reason: Port Shutdown Is Configuration Source? FALSE Local DCBX Compatibility mode is AUTO Local DCBX Configured mode is AUTO Peer Operating version is Not Detected Local DCBX TLVs Transmitted: ERPfi Total DCBX Frames transmitted 0 Total DCBX Frames received 0 Total DCBX Frame errors 0 Total DCBX Frames unrecognized 0 dcb-map Create a DCB map to configure priority flow control (PFC) and enhanced transmission selection
PAGE 672
To display the PFC and ETS settings in DCB maps, enter the show qos dcb-map command. Use the dcb-map command to create a DCB map to specify PFC and ETS settings and apply it on Ethernet ports. After you apply a DCB map to an interface, the PFC and ETS settings in the map are applied when the Ethernet port is enabled. DCBx is enabled on Ethernet ports by default. The dcb-map command is supported only on physical Ethernet interfaces.
PAGE 673
the same priority group. For example, the priority-pgid 0 0 0 1 2 4 4 4 command creates the following groups of 802.1p priority traffic: • Priority group 0 contains traffic with dot1p priorities 0, 1, and 2. • Priority group 1 contains traffic with dot1p priority 3. • Priority group 2 contains traffic with dot1p priority 4. • Priority group 4 contains traffic with dot1p priority 5, 6, and 7. To remove a priority-pgid configuration from a DCB map, enter the no priority-pgid command.
PAGE 674
Version Description 9.6(0.0) Added support to configure peak and committed rate on the S6000 platform. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S6000 platforms. Usage Information Use the dcb-map command to configure priority groups with PFC and/or ETS settings and apply them to Ethernet interfaces. Use the priority-pgid command to map 802.1p priorities to a priority group. You can assign each 802.1p priority to only one priority group. A priority group consists of 802.
PAGE 675
Parameters dcb-map-name Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Enter the name of the DCB map. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON.. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S6000 platforms. Usage Information The dcb-map stack-unit all stack-ports all command overwrites any previous DCB maps applied to stack ports.
PAGE 676
Version Description 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000 platforms. Usage Information Configure the maximum shared buffer available for PFC traffic. You can choose to increase or decrease the shared buffer that is currently allocated in the system by default. You must configure the shared buffer size to be less than the total PFC buffer size.
PAGE 677
buffer size, buffer limit for pausing the acceptance of packets, and the buffer offset limit for resuming the acceptance of received packets. priority Configure the priority for the PFC threshold to be allocated to the buffer space parameters.
PAGE 678
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000 platforms. Usage Information For each priority, you can specify the shared buffer threshold limit, the ingress buffer size, buffer limit for pausing the acceptance of packets, and the buffer offset limit for resuming the acceptance of received packets. When PFC detects congestion on a queue for a specified priority, it sends a pause frame for the 802.
PAGE 679
queue 0 to queue 7 Specify the queue number to which the QoS policy buffer parameters apply pause Pause frames to be sent at the specified buffer limit levels and pause packet settings no-drop The packets for this queue must not be dropped value Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7 to denote the priority to be allocated to the dynamic buffer control mechanism buffer-size Ingress buffer size size Size of the ingress buffer in KB. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7787. The default is 45 KB.
PAGE 680
buffer offset limit for resuming the acceptance of received packets. When PFC detects congestion on a queue for a specified priority, it sends a pause frame for the 802.1p priority traffic to the transmitting device. You can use set up both the administrative and peer-related PFC priorities. For example, you can configure the intended buffer configuration for all 8 priorities.
PAGE 681
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000 platforms. Usage Information You can configure up to a maximum of four lossless (PFC) queues. By configuring four lossless queues, you can configure four different priorities and assign a particular priority to each application that your network is used to process.
PAGE 682
Buffer threshold parameters: pfc priority 0 buffer-size 40 pfc priority 3 buffer-size 50 show hardware stack-unit buffer-stats-snapshot View the buffer statistics tracking resource information with polling details and historical snapshots.
PAGE 683
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform. Usage Information When you enter the instance all option, show hardware stack-unit unit-number buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource X output for all available instances on the history collection is displayed.
PAGE 684
You can use the sample command output to obtain a consolidated, whole-scale set of statistical counters of buffer resource utilization in the system and identify the ports that you want. All resources will be cleared after their values are displayed.
PAGE 685
UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 0 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 <… snip …> Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 104 (interface Te 0/124) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS ------------------------------
PAGE 686
two instances are displayed in the summary output.
PAGE 687
Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 Dell# To determine the port that is congested and monitor all the unicast Queues on that port: Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource port 1 queue ucast all Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0
PAGE 688
PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------6 0 0 Example: Headroom Cells Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource all Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAS
PAGE 689
UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 0 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 <… snip …> Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 104 (interface Te 0/124) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UC
PAGE 690
dcb pfc-total-buffer-size Configure the total buffer size for PFC in kilobytes. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters dcb pfc-total—buffer—size KB KB Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7787. Default The default is 1 KB for S6000 platforms. Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform. Usage Information Configure the maximum buffer available for PFC traffic.
PAGE 691
show running-config dcb-buffer-threshold Display the DCB buffer threshold details in the running configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show running—config buffer-threshold Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 692
Example Field Description resumethreshold-value Buffer offset limit at which the port resumes the peer in KB. shared threshold weight Weightage of the priorities on the shared buffer size in the system.
PAGE 693
-------------------------------------------------------------------------0 No 1 No 2 Yes 20 9 3 Yes 52 25 15 0 4 Yes 45 25 5 5 No 6 No 7 No Denotes dynamic buffering is enabled in respective queues On interface in which PFC is not enabled: Dell#show interface tengigabitethernet 1/20 pfc buffer-threshold On interface in which PFC is not enabled: Dell#show interface gigabitethernet 1/20 pfc buffer-threshold On interface in which PFC is not enabled: Dell#show interface tengigabitethernet 1/20/1 pfc buffer-thre
PAGE 694
particular priority to each application that your network is used to process. For example, you can assign a higher priority for time-sensitive applications and a lower priority for other services, such as file transfers. You can configure the amount of buffer space to be allocated for each priority and the pause or resume thresholds for the buffer. This method of configuration enables you to effectively manage and administer the behavior of lossless queues.
PAGE 695
• Data Center Bridging (DCB) Deprecated CLI “dcb-policy output” and “no dcb ets enable” cannot coexist at interface level.
PAGE 696
12 Debugging and Diagnostics Use the debugging and diagnostics commands described in this chapter to troubleshoot switch operation. This chapter contains the following sections: • Offline Diagnostic Commands • Hardware Commands Offline Diagnostic Commands Use the offline diagnostics test suite to isolate faults and debug switch hardware. While tests are running, the system results are saved as a text file in the flash directory: TestReport-N.
PAGE 697
packets on the corresponding switch line card; for example, line-card CPU 1 processes packets on line card 1. pe pe-id Enter the pe pe-id parameters to run offline diagnostic tests only on a specified port extender unit. The PE ID range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: The pe option is only available when the feature extended bridge is enabled. stack-unit unitnumber Enter the stack-unit value to run offline diagnostic test on a specified stack-unit. The stack-unit range is 0 to 7.
PAGE 698
terminate Enter the keyword terminate to stop the offline diagnostic tests that are running. Defaults All offline diagnostic tests are run on all switch CPUs (Control Processor, Route Processor, and line cards). Command Modes EXEC Privilege Usage Information Before you use this command to run diagnostic test, make sure that the switch is offline (offline system command). You are prompted to reboot when the offline diagnostics complete.
PAGE 699
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the verbose option. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. offline system— bring a switch offline to run diagnostic tests. offline linecard Place the linecard in the offline state in order to run the diagnostics tests.
PAGE 700
offline system Place the switch in the offline state in order to run diagnostic tests. C9000 Series Syntax offline system Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 701
show diag Display results of offline diagnostic tests on a switch. C9000 Series Syntax show diag {cp unit-id [detail | summary]| pe pe-id stack-unit unit-number}|information | linecard slot-id [detail | summary]| testcase {cp | pepe-id | linecard slot-id} } From a PE console, use show diag testcase stack-unit unit number [detail | summary] Parameters cp unit-id Enter the cp unit-id parameters to display the results only of the offline diagnostic tests run on the Control Processor CPU.
PAGE 702
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the verbose option. 7.7.1.
PAGE 703
Part Number Part Number Revision LM CPLD LM extended CPLD SW Version -- 0CYFF2 -- X00 -- c -- 5 -- 1-0(0-4079) Available free memory: 1,705,611,264 bytes LEVEL 0 DIAGNOSTIC Starting test: bcm56854AccessTest ...... + Access Test for unit 0 : PASSED bcm56854AccessTest .......................................... PASS biosVerGetTest .............................................. PASS boardRevisionTest ........................................... PASS cpldAccessTest ..............................................
PAGE 704
PASS Starting test: opticPresenceTest ...... ERROR: optic:9 is not present ERROR: optic:13 is not present ERROR: optic:21 is not present opticPresenceTest ........................................... FAIL Starting test: pcieScanTest ...... 17 PCI devices installed out of 17 pcieScanTest ................................................ PASS rtcTest ..................................................... PASS sataSsdTest ................................................. PASS Starting test: showTemperature ......
PAGE 705
Stop reason : after completion ------ Failed tests (level, times) -----CpuGbeLinkStatusTest (0, 1) hgLinkStatusTest (0, 1) i2cTest (0, 1) opticEepromTest (0, 1) opticPresenceTest (0, 1) udfLinkStatus (0, 1) xeLinkStatusTest (0, 1) Example: show diag testcase stack-unit (PE Console) Dell#show diag testcase stack-unit 1 ----------------------------------------L3 IA boardRevision: ALL RUN NO NO cpldAccess: ALL RUN NO NO cpuSnakeStackExt: ALL RUN NO YES cpuType: ALL RUN NO NO deviceShutPhy: ALL RUN NO YES de
PAGE 706
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO YES NO YES NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO YES NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO YES NO NO NO NO NO YES NO YES NO NO NO YES NO NO NO YES NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO YES poedetails: ALL RUN YES NO NO poeManagerPresence: ALL RUN YES NO NO poeManagerTemp: ALL RUN YES NO NO poeManagerVolt: ALL RUN YES NO NO poepLED: ALL RUN NO NO NO poepLoad: ALL RUN NO NO NO poeUARTStress: ALL RUN
PAGE 707
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO YES NO NO NO NO NO NO NO YES NO YES NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO snakeOneGMac: ALL RUN NO NO YES snakeOneGPhy: ALL RUN NO NO YES snakeSfpPlusMac: ALL RUN NO NO YES snakeSfpPlusPhy: ALL RUN NO NO YES snakeStackMac: ALL RUN NO NO YES snakeStackPhy: ALL RUN NO NO YES stackLED: ALL RUN NO NO NO stackPhyExtLink: ALL RUN NO YES NO stackPhyExtSpeed: ALL RUN NO YES NO stackPhyRW: ALL RUN NO YES NO sy
PAGE 708
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the verbose option. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information Use the show diag information command to view the progress of offline diagnostics in the system.
PAGE 709
Linecard slot 7: Not present. Linecard slot 8: Not present. Linecard slot 9: Not present. Linecard slot 10: Not present. Linecard slot 11: No card diags executed yet (Card not Offline). ------------------------------------------------------------------- Example: PE Console Dell#show diag information Diag information: Diag software image version: 1-0(0-4092) ------------------------------------------------------------------stack-unit Member 0: Not present.
PAGE 710
alllevels Enter the keyword alllevels to display the complete set of offline diagnostic tests. interactive Enter the keyword interactive to display interactive diag testcases. level0 Enter the keyword level0 to display only the Level 0 diagnostic tests. Level 0 diagnostics check for the presence of various components and perform essential path verifications. In addition, they verify the identification registers of the components on the board.
PAGE 711
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information Offline diagnostics tests are grouped into three levels: Example • Level 0 — Level 0 diagnostics check for the presence of various components and perform essential path verifications. In addition, they verify the identification registers of the components on the board. • Level 1 — A smaller set of diagnostic tests.
PAGE 712
NO RUN NO NO ALL RUN YES NO ALL RUN YES NO ALL RUN YES NO ALL RUN NO YES ALL RUN YES NO ALL RUN YES NO ALL RUN YES NO -----------------------------------------L2 L3 IA boardRevision: ALL RUN NO NO NO cpldAccess: ALL RUN NO NO NO cpuType: ALL RUN NO NO NO deviceShutPhy: ALL RUN NO NO YES deviceShutPoe: ALL RUN NO NO YES fanControllerSpeedGet: ALL RUN NO NO NO fanStatusLED: ALL RUN NO NO YES fanStatusMonitor: ALL RUN NO NO NO fePortLED: ALL RUN NO NO YES flashAccess: ALL RUN NO
PAGE 713
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO Debugging and Diagnostics NO oneGPhyExtSpeed: ALL oneGPhyRW: NO poeControllerPresence: NO poeControllerRW: NO poedetails: NO poeManagerPresence: NO poeManagerTemp: NO poeManagerVolt: NO poepLED: YES poepLoad: YES poeUARTStress: NO powerRailStatus: NO ps
PAGE 714
NO NO NO YES YES YES YES YES YES NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO Example (PE Console) 714 sfpPlusPhyExtSpeed: NO sfpPlusPhyRW: NO NO sfpPlusPresence: NO NO snakeOneGMac: NO NO snakeOneGPhy: NO NO snakeSfpPlusMac: NO NO snakeSfpPlusPhy: NO NO snakeStackMac: NO NO snakeStackPhy: NO NO stackLED: NO YES stackPhyExtLink: NO NO stackPhyExtSpeed: NO NO stackPhyRW: NO NO systemInfo: NO YES systemReset: NO YES systemStatusLED: NO YES systemTempMonitorLEDTest: NO YES tsensorAccess: NO NO usbAccess: NO NO
PAGE 715
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO Debugging and Diagnostics fanControllerSpeedGet: NO fanStatusLED: NO YES fanStatusMonitor: NO NO fePortLED: NO YES flashAccess: NO NO flashRW: NO NO gpioAccess: NO NO hotswapControllerAccess: NO NO i2cScan: NO YES i2cTool: NO YES InterruptStatus: NO YES ixiaSnake: NO YES macAccess: NO NO oneGAccess: NO NO oneGPhyExtLink: NO NO oneGPhyExtSpeed: NO NO oneGPhyRW: NO NO poeControllerPresence: NO NO poeControllerRW:
PAGE 716
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO YES NO YES NO YES NO YES NO YES NO YES NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO psuFanAirFlowType: NO psuFanStatus: NO psuInputType: NO psuLEDStatus: YES psuStatusMonitor: NO psuTemp: NO rtcBattery: YES rtcFunctional: YES rtcPresence: NO rtcRollover: YES rtcRW: NO sevendigitStackLED: YES sfpPlusEepromAccess: NO sfpPlusEepro
PAGE 717
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO systemTempMonitorLEDTest: NO YES tsensorAccess: NO NO usbAccess: NO NO usbPowerEnable: NO NO usbRW: NO NO usbStatus: NO NO watchdogTimer: NO YES ALL RUN NO NO ALL RUN YES NO ALL RUN YES NO ALL RUN YES NO ALL RUN NO YES ALL RUN YES NO ALL RUN NO NO Hardware Commands The hardware commands supported on the switch allow you to display information from a hardware sub-component or ASIC. clear control-traffic Clear control-traffic statistics from the CPU.
PAGE 718
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the ES-Series. clear hardware Clear statistics from a specified hardware component.
PAGE 719
output counters to which the stacking module is connected. unit unit-num • cpu i2c statistics : Clears active i2c-address statistics. • cpu sata-interface statistics: Clears satainterface error counter statistics. Enter the unit unit-num parameters with a command option to clear hardware statistics for a specified NPU. The range of NPU numbers is 0 to 3. The command options are: • party-bus pe pe-id counters: Clears the packets counters.
PAGE 720
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 721
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 722
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Modified the drops keyword range, unit keyword range and added the buffer and cpu management statistics options. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 723
cpu {data-plane | i2c | management | sata-interface} statistics | drops {unit unit-num {port {port-num | port-range}} | user-port {user-port-num | port-range}} | unit unit-num {counters | details | ipmc-replication | portstats | register | table-dump} | bp-link-map | bp-link-state | higig unit unit-num [port portnum]} party-bus {port port-num statistics | all} rp {cpu {data-plane | i2c | management | sata-interface} statistics} | sfm sfm-unit-num {buffer {total-buffer | unit unit-num {port | total-buffer}}
PAGE 724
• register: Displays internal control-plane registers. • table-dump: Displays the tables from the bShell. forwarding-table mode Enter the keyword forwarding—table mode to display the statistics related to forwarding table. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters with a command option to display hardware statistics from the specified linecard ports. The range of line-card slot IDs is from 0 to 2.
PAGE 725
pe pe-id stack unit unit-number • bp-link-state: Displays the status of the backplane links on a specified line card. • hg-stats unit unit-num port port-num: Displays input and output statistics for a HiGig port (NPU port number) on a specified line card. • fpga registers Display the statistics from the FPGA registers. Enter pe pe-id stack-unit unit number parameters with a command option to display hardware statistics from the specified port extender (PE) and stack-unit.
PAGE 726
sfm sfm-unitnum system Defaults Command Modes Command History • cpu management statistics: Displays management port counters. • cpu sata-interface statistics: Displays satainterface error counter-statistics. Enter the keyword sfm with a Switch Fabric Module (SFM) unit number and a command option to display hardware statistics from the specified SFM on the switch. The range of SFM unit numbers is from 0 to 5.
PAGE 727
Example (Linecard CPU Dataplane: Statistics) Version Description 9.2(0.0) Modified the drops keyword range, unit keyword range and added the buffer and cpu management statistics options. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.5 Added i2c statistics and sata-interfaces statistics. 8.3.11.4 Added user port information. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 728
Alignment errors = 0 Undersize frames recvd = 0 Oversize frames recvd = 0 Fragments = 0 Jabber = 0 Dropped Frames = 0 Under/oversized frames = 0 FLR frames = 0 RCDE frames = 0 RCSE frames = 0 Example (PartyDell#show hardware party-bus port 0 statistics Bus Port: Statistics) Party Bus Transmit Counters for port 0: Tx Octets = 231162055 Tx Drop Packets = 0 tx_q0_pkts = 303459 tx_q1_pkts = 0 tx_q2_pkts = 0 tx_q3_pkts = 0 tx_q4_pkts = 0 tx_q5_pkts = 0 tx_broad_pkts = 6178 tx_multi_pkts = 852 tx_uni_pkts = 29642
PAGE 729
Total Total Total Total Total Example (Linecard Unit: Drops) Ingress Drops IngMac Drops Mmu Drops EgMac Drops Egress Drops : : : : : 3235 0 0 0 0 Dell#show hardware linecard 2 drops unit 0 UserPort PortNumber Ingress Drops IngMac Drops Total Mmu Drops EgMac Drops Egress Drops 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 4 5 0 0 0 0 0 8 9 0 0 0 0 0 12 13 3258 0 0 0 0 16 17 0 0 0 0 0 17 18 0 0 0 0 0 18 19 0 0 0 0 0 19 20 0 0 0 0 0 20 21 0 0 0 0 0 21 22 0 0 0 0 0 22 23 0 0 0 0 0 23 24 0 0 0 0 0 24 25 0 0 0 0 0 28 29 0 0 0 0 0 32 33 0 0
PAGE 730
0 Internal 0 0 0 0 0 0 Internal Internal Example (Linecard Unit Port: Drops) 730 0 0 59 0 60 0 61 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Dell#show hardware linecard 2 drops unit 0 port 12 Drops in UserPort 12: --- Ingress Drops --Ingress Drops IBP CBP Full Drops PortSTPnotFwd Drops IPv4 L3 Discards Policy Discards Packets dropped by FP (L2+L3) Drops Port bitmap zero Drops Rx VLAN Drops --- Ingress MAC counters--Ingress FCSDrops Ingress MTUExceeds --- MMU Drops --HOL DROPS(TOTAL) HOL DROPS on COS0 HOL DRO
PAGE 731
Unknown Opcodes Internal Mac Receive Errors Example (Linecard Unit: Port-Stats) : 0 : 0 Dell#show hardware linecard 2 unit 0 port-stats ena/ speed/ link auto STP inter max loop port link duplex scan neg? state pause ops face frame back xe0 !ena 40G FD SW No Forward F CR4 1550 xe1 !ena 40G FD SW No Forward F XGMII 1550 xe2 !ena 40G FD SW No Forward F XGMII 1550 xe3 up 40G FD SW No Forward F SR4 1550 xe4 down 10G FD SW No Forward F SFI 1550 xe5 down 10G FD SW No Forward F SFI 1550 xe6 down 10G FD SW No Forw
PAGE 732
F F F F Example (Linecard Unit: Register) 732 XGMII 16360 hg9 up XGMII 16360 hg10 up XGMII 16360 hg11 up XGMII 16360 42G FD SW No Forward None 42G FD SW No Forward None 42G FD SW No Forward None Dell#show hardware linecard 2 unit 0 register 0x77120000 ARB_RAM_DBGCTRL.ipipe0 = 0x00000000 0x04000134 ASF_PORT_CFG.cpu0 = 0x00000000 0x04000107 ASF_PORT_CFG.xe0 = 0x0000001c 0x04000109 ASF_PORT_CFG.xe1 = 0x0000001c 0x0400010b ASF_PORT_CFG.xe2 = 0x0000001c 0x04000141 ASF_PORT_CFG.
PAGE 733
0x56002005 BUF_CFG(5).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x56002006 BUF_CFG(6).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x56002007 BUF_CFG(7).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x56002008 BUF_CFG(8).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x56002009 BUF_CFG(9).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x5600200a BUF_CFG(10).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x5600200b BUF_CFG(11).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x5600200c BUF_CFG(12).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x5600200d BUF_CFG(13).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x5600200e BUF_CFG(14).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x5600200f BUF_CFG(15).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x36000200 CBL_ATTRIBUTE(0).
PAGE 734
0x1e003004 CFAPBANKSTATUS(4).mmu0 = 0x00000023 0x1e003005 CFAPBANKSTATUS(5).mmu0 = 0x00000023 0x1e003006 CFAPBANKSTATUS(6).mmu0 = 0x00000027 0x1e003007 CFAPBANKSTATUS(7).mmu0 = 0x00000026 0x1e003008 CFAPBANKSTATUS(8).mmu0 = 0x00000027 !------------------ output truncated ---------------! Example (Linecard Unit: Counters) Dell#show hardware linecard 0 unit 1 counters RUC.cpu0 : 528,687 +528,687 ING_NIV_RX_FRAMES.cpu0 : 528,687 +528,687 TDBGC6.cpu0 : 528,687 +528,687 PERQ_PKT(0).
PAGE 735
****************************************************** bcmLinkMonStatusShow: The Current Link Status Is Front End Link Status 0x00080800 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 Front End Port Presence 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 Backplane Link Status 0xc0000300 0x000c0000 ****************************************************** Link Status of all the ports in the Device - 0 The linkStatus of Front End Port 1 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 5 is FA
PAGE 736
The The The The The The tm-tp tm-tp tm-tp tm-tp tm-tp tm-tp for for for for for for Index Index Index Index Index Index 6 is 7 is 8 is 9 is 10 is 11 is : : : : -1 | -1 -1 | -1 -1 | -1 -1 | -1 : -1 | -1 : -1 | -1 ************************************************* ModPort Table for Device - 0 For Destination Mod Id 0 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 1 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 2 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 3 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id
PAGE 737
1/51 2/50 2/51 LinkId 93 110 NpuId/PortId 2/53 0/54 88 111 0/52 0/55 89 90 91 92 0/53 1/52 1/53 2/52 LinkId NpuId/PortId 112 1/54 113 1/55 114 2/54 115 2/55 Back Plane GE Links ____________________________________ LinkId NpuId/PortId 138 0/49 139 1/49 140 2/49 Example (Linecard: Dell#show hardware linecard 0 bp-link-state Backplane-link Total valid Links - 39 Status) Valid Link bmp 0xfc0003f0-000fc000-3f0000fc-0003f000-00380000 Valid Link bmp State 0xf40003f0-000fc000-3d0000fc-0003f000
PAGE 738
noClus :0 recvd :15451 dropped :0 recvToNet :15451 rxError :0 rxFwdError :0 rxDatapathErr :0 rxPkt(COS0 ) :0 rxPkt(COS1 ) :0 rxPkt(COS2 ) :0 rxPkt(COS3 ) :0 rxPkt(COS4 ) :0 rxPkt(COS5 ) :0 rxPkt(COS6 ) :9304 rxPkt(COS7 ) :3 rxPkt(COS8 ) :6144 rxPkt(COS9 ) :0 rxPkt(COS10) :0 rxPkt(COS11) :0 rxPkt(UNIT0) :15451 transmitted :15250 txRequested :15250 noTxDesc :0 txError :0 txReqTooLarge :0 txInternalError :0 txDatapathErr :0 txPkt(COS0 ) :0 txPkt(COS1 ) :0 txPkt(COS2 ) :0 txPkt(COS3 ) :0 txPkt(COS4 ) :0 txPkt(C
PAGE 739
HOL DROPS on COS4 HOL DROPS on COS5 : 0 : 0 Example (Forwarding-table mode) Dell>show hardware forwarding-table mode Related Commands clear hardware system-flow — clears the statistics from selected hardware components. Mode L2 MAC Entries L3 Host Entries L3 Route Entries : : : : Current Settings Default 160K 144K 16K show system — displays the current status of all the stack members or a specific member. show hardware buffer Display buffer statistics for a specified interface.
PAGE 740
queue queue number | all Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter the keyword queue and specify a queue number or select all for all the queues. The range for queue number is from 0 to 19. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 741
Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: 8 Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface PeGi 10/1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 4637 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: 8 Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface PeGi 10/1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 4637 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: 8 Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface PeGi 10/1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 4637 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: 8 Used Packet Buffer:
PAGE 742
stack-unit unitnumber Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack unit number. The range is from 0 to 7. port-set port-pipe Enter the keywords port-set port-pipe parameters to specify a port pipe (set of ports) on a line card. The range of port-pipe numbers is 0. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 743
DATA=0x00000005 MASK=0x0000007f action={act=DropCancel, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 110 slice = 2 idx=4 entries=1}{Packets} EID 0x00001101: gid=0xf, slice=2, slice_idx=0x2, part =0 prio=0x1101, flags=0x10202, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, StageEgress IpFrag Offset: 7 Width: 2 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x00000001 IpType Offset: 192 Width: 4 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x0000000e L3Routable Offset: 156 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x00000001 OutPort Offset:
PAGE 744
param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} action={act=EtagNew, param0=327687(0x50007), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 166 slice = 5 idx=0 entries=1}{Packets} EID 0x00000e01: gid=0x2, slice=1, slice_idx=0, part =0 prio=0xe01, flags=0x10602, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=1024, IpType Offset: 325 Width: 4 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x0000000e InPort DATA=0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000004 MASK=0x00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000fdffffffffff
PAGE 745
port-pipe numbers is: 0 to 2 on line card 0 and 0 to 3 on line cards 1 and 2. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 746
flags=0x10204, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, IpType Offset: 208 Width: 5 DATA=0x00000004 MASK=0x0000000c L3Routable Offset: 166 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x00000001 OutPort Offset: 195 Width: 7 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x0000007f action={act=Drop, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 110 slice = 0 idx=4 entries=1} {Packets} Usage Information The port-set values are internal port numbers.
PAGE 747
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 748
HiGig Offset: 320 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x00000001 SrcMac Offset: 89 Width: 48 DATA=0x00000000 08000100 MASK=0x0000ffff ffffffff action={act=DropCancel, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics=NULL show hardware system-flow This command displays hardware system-flow information.
PAGE 749
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 750
DATA=0x7f080151 MASK=0xffffffff OuterVlanId Offset: 8 Width: 12 DATA=0x00000ffc MASK=0x00000fff action={act=CosQNew, param0=8(0x8), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} action={act=RedirectPort, param0=5(0x5), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 59 slice = 0 idx=16 entries=1}{Packets} ######### FP Entry for IPC traffic destined to stack_unit 6 PE CPU####### EID 0x000003f9: gid=0xd, slice=11, slice_idx=0x7, part =0 prio=0x3f9, flags=0x10602, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_in
PAGE 751
OuterVlanId Offset: 8 Width: 12 DATA=0x00000ffc MASK=0x00000fff action={act=CosQNew, param0=8(0x8), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} action={act=RedirectPort, param0=7(0x7), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 61 slice = 0 idx=18 entries=1}{Packets} tcpdump Enable a TCP dump for CPU-bound traffic on the Control and Router Processors..
PAGE 752
write-to Enter the location to save the captured packets. Files can be saved to flash, to FTP, SCP, or TFTP: • flash://filepath • ftp://userid:password@hostip/filepath • scp://userid:password@hostip/filepath • tftp://hostip/filepath Defaults TCP dumps are disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 753
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) 13 Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine.
PAGE 754
conflicts Enter the keyword conflicts to delete all of the log entries created for IP address conflicts. server statistics Enter the keywords server statistics to clear all counter information on the DHCP server. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 755
Command History Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 756
debug ip dhcp client packets Activate the debugging and display of log messages for DHCP packets sent and received on DHCP client interfaces. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters debug ip dhcp client packets [interface type slot/port] interface typeslot/ port Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Enter the keyword interface with the interface type and slot/port information to display DHCP log messages for a specified interface.
PAGE 757
Last logging buffer cleared: Jan 7 01:41:17 Jan 7 01:42:34: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_PKT: DHCP RELEASE sent in Interface Fo 2/0 Jan 7 01:41:39: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_PKT: Received DHCPACK packet in InterfaceFo 2/0 with Lease-IP:100.1.1.253, Mask:255.255.255.0, Server-Id: 100.1.1.
PAGE 758
default-router Assign a default gateway to clients based on the address pool. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters default-router address [address2...address8] address Enter a list of routers that may be the default gateway for clients on the subnet. You may specify up to eight routers. List them in order of preference. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 759
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. dns-server Assign a DNS server to clients based on address pool. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters dns-server address [address2...address8] address Enter a list of DNS servers that may service clients on the subnet.
PAGE 760
Parameters name Give a name to the group of addresses in a pool. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 761
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. hardware-address For manual configurations, specify the client hardware address. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters hardware-address address address Enter the hardware address of the client. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 762
Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced in the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 763
Usage Information You must be in INTERFACE mode in order to configure an interface to dynamically acquire an IP address from a DHCP server. Use the no ip address dhcp in INTERFACE mode to: • Release the IP address that was dynamically acquired from a DHCP server from the interface. • Disable the DHCP client on the interface so it cannot acquire a dynamic IP address from a DHCP server. • Stop DHCP packet transactions on the interface.
PAGE 764
ip address dhcp relay information-option remote-id mac ip address dhcp relay information-option remote-id mac vendorclass-identifier Related Commands ip address dhcp — configures an interface to receive its IP address from the configured DHCP server. ip address dhcp vendor-class-identifier Include the vendor-class identifier option (option 60) in DHCP packets sent by the client.
PAGE 765
ip dhcp relay secondary-subnet Enable DHCP relay secondary-subnet on all the interfaces in a switch. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ip dhcp relay seconday-subnet To disable the dhcp relay secondary-subnet, use theno ip dhcp relay secondary-subnet command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 766
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can add multiple DHCP servers by entering the ip helper-address command multiple times.
PAGE 767
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9000, and Z9500.
PAGE 768
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. netbios-name-server Specify the NetBIOS Windows Internet Naming Service (WINS) name servers, in order of preference, that are available to Microsoft Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) clients. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters netbios-name-server address [address2...address8] address Enter the address of the NETBIOS name server.
PAGE 769
• Hybrid: Enter the keyword h-node. • Mixed: Enter the keyword m-node. • Peer-to-peer: Enter the keyword p-node. Defaults Hybrid Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 770
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. pool Create an address pool. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters pool name name Enter the address pool’s identifying name. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 771
• Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 772
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 773
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp lease Display lease information about the dynamic IP address currently assigned to a DHCP client interface.
PAGE 774
Command History Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 775
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 776
Related Commands Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. arp inspection — enables dynamic ARP inspection on a VLAN. clear ip dhcp snooping Clear the DHCP binding table. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip dhcp snooping binding Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 777
NOTE: Adds the VPN/VRF related sub-options into the relay agent information option( 82). When DHCP broadcasts are forwarded by the relay agent from clients to DHCP server. Default Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 778
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series on Layer 2 interfaces. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series on Layer 3 interfaces. Usage Information When enabled, no learning takes place until you enable snooping on a VLAN.
PAGE 779
Defaults Command Modes Command History slot/port Enter the slot and port number of the interface. lease time Enter the keyword lease then the amount of time the IP address are leased. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 780
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. C9000 Series Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 781
ip dhcp snooping trust Configure an interface as trusted. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping trust Defaults Untrusted Command Modes Command History • INTERFACE • INTERFACE PORT EXTENDER (conf-if-pegi-pepe-id /stack-unitunit number / port-id) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 782
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping vlan Enable DHCP Snooping on one or more VLANs. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters [no] ip dhcp snooping vlan name name Enter the name of a VLAN on which to enable DHCP Snooping.
PAGE 783
ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable the IP Source Guard. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History [no] ip dhcp source-address-validation [ipmac | vlan vlan-id] ipmac Enable IP+MAC Source Address Validation. vlan vlan-id Enable DHCP source address validation on VLAN. Enter the keyword vlan and the VLAN identifier (ID). The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 784
show ip dhcp binding Display the DHCP binding table. C9000 Series Syntax show ip dhcp binding Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 785
interface interface Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter the keyword interface then type one of the following interface types and slot/port or number information: • For a 1–Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number. Range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 786
14 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) Equal cost multi-path (ECMP) supports multiple "best paths" in next-hop packet forwarding to a destination device. ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. A system log is generated when the standard deviation of traffic distribution on a member link exceeds a defined threshold.
PAGE 787
Command Modes Command History • CONFIGURATION • CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 788
Parameters ecmp crc16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB | crcupper | dest-ip | lsb | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16 hg {crc16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16} 788 Enter the keyword ecmp then one of the following options: • crc16: Use CRC16_BISYNC — 16-bit CRC16-bisync polynomial (default) • crc16cc: Use CRC16_CCITT — 16-bit CRC16 using CRC16-CCITT polynomial • crc32MSB: Use CRC32_UPPER — MSB 16 bits of computed CRC32 • crc32LSB: Use CRC32_LOWER — LSB 16 bits o
PAGE 789
crc32MSB | crc32LSB | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16} • crc16cc: Use CRC16_CCITT — 16-bit CRC16 using CRC16-CCITT polynomial • crc32MSB: Use CRC32_UPPER — MSB 16 bits of computed CRC32 • crc32LSB: Use CRC32_LOWER — LSB 16 bits of computed CRC32 • xor1: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR1 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor1 • xor2: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR2 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor2 • xor4: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR4 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and low
PAGE 790
Version Description 6.3.1.0 Added support for ECMP and LAG on TeraScale only. Usage Information To ensure that CRC is not used for LAG, set the default hash-algorithm method. The hash value calculated with the hash-algorithm command is unique to the entire chassis. The hash algorithm command with the line card option changes the hash for a particular line card by applying the mask specified in the IPSA and IPDA fields.
PAGE 791
xor2 Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR2 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor2. xor4 Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR4 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor4. xor8 Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR8 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor8. xor16 Use CR16 — 16-bit XOR. crc16cc Use CRC16_CCITT — 16-bit CRC16 using CRC16-CCITT polynomial. crc32MSB Use CRC32_UPPER — MSB 16 bits of computed CRC32. crc32LSB Use CRC32_LOWER — LSB 16 bits of computed CRC32.
PAGE 792
linecard slot-id port-set port-pipe (Optional) Enter the line-card slot ID and port-pipe number for the set of ports for which you configure HiGig hashing. The range of slot IDs is 0 to 11. The range of port-pipe numbers is 0. Defaults 32-bit chassis MAC and system time Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 793
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Deterministic ECMP sorts ECMPs in order even though RTM provides them in a random order. However, the hash algorithm uses as a seed the lower 12 bits of the chassis MAC, which yields a different hash result for every chassis.
PAGE 794
Defaults 16 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information You must save the new ECMP settings to the startup-config (write-mem) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect. Related Commands show ip cam linecard – Display content-addressable memory (CAM) entries for a set of ports on a line card.
PAGE 795
Dell(conf)# Dell(conf)#no ip ecmp ? weighted Disables Weighted ECMP Dell(conf)#no ip ecmp weighted Dell(conf)#do show running-config | grep ecmp link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold Provides a mechanism to set the threshold to trigger when traffic distribution begins being monitored on an ECMP link bundle. C9000 Series Syntax link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold [percent] To exit from ecmp group mode, use the exit command.
PAGE 796
To exit from ECMP group mode or Port- Channel mode, use the exit command. Command Modes Command History • ECMP-GROUP • PORT-CHANNEL INTERFACE This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 797
show link-bundle distribution Display the link-bundle distribution for the interfaces in the bundle, type of bundle (LAG or ECMP), and the most recently calculated interface utilization (either bytes per second rate or maximum rate) for each interface. C9000 Series Syntax show link-bundle-distribution Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 798
15 FCoE Transit To enable the FCoE Transit feature and configure FIP snooping, use the following Dell Networking Operating System commands on the C9000 platform. In a converged Ethernet network, a switch can operate as an intermediate Ethernet bridge to snoop on FIP packets during the login process on Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) forwarders (FCFs).
PAGE 799
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. clear fip-snooping statistics Clears the statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all VLANs, a specified VLAN, or a specified port interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear fip-snooping statistics [interface vlan vlan-id | interface port-type port/slot | interface port-channel portchannel-number] vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID of the FIP packet statistics to be cleared.
PAGE 800
debug fip snooping Enable debugging on FIP snooping. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters debug fip-snooping [all | acl | error | ifm | info | ipc | tx | rx ] all Enter the keyword all to enable debugging on all the options. acl Enter the keyword acl for ACL-specific debugging. error Enter the keyword error for error-specific debugging. ifm Enter the keyword ifm for IFM-specific debugging. info Enter the keyword info for information-specific debugging.
PAGE 801
debug fip snooping rx Enable debugging for FIP snooping receive-specific packets. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters debug fip-snooping rx packet-type [all | discovery | virtuallink-instantiation | virtual-link-maintenance| vlan-discovery] [interface] packet-type interface Enter the keyword packet-type and then the option type on which to enable debugging. The options are: • all — Enter the keyword all to enable debugging on all the options.
PAGE 802
Version Description 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. Added the receive parameters packet-type and interfaces and their options. feature fip-snooping Enable FCoE transit and FIP snooping on a switch. C9000 Series Syntax feature fip-snooping To disable the FCoE transit feature, use the no feature fip-snooping command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 803
Command Modes Command History • CONFIGURATION • VLAN INTERFACE This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 804
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. fip-snooping max-sessions-per-enodemac Configure the maximum session limit per ENode MAC address. C9000 Series Syntax fip-snooping max—sessions—per—enode—mac max-sessions-value To return the configured maximum sessions to the default value, use the no fipsnooping max—sessions—per—enode—mac command. Parameters max-sessionsvalue Enter the maximum number of sessions allowed per ENode MAC address.
PAGE 805
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The maximum number of FCFs supported per FIP snooping-enabled VLAN is twelve.
PAGE 806
NOTE: This command is not supported on cascade interfaces or extended ports. show fip-snooping config Display the FIP snooping status and configured FC-MAP values. C9000 Series Syntax Command Modes Command History show fip-snooping config • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 807
Parameters Command Modes Command History enode-macaddress • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the MAC address of the ENodes to display. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Inroduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 808
Parameters Command Modes Command History fcf-mac-address • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the MAC address of the FCF to display. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 809
show fip-snooping sessions Display information on FIP-snooped sessions on all VLANs or a specified VLAN, including the ENode interface and MAC address, the FCF interface and MAC address, VLAN ID, FCoE MAC address and FCoE session ID number (FC-ID), worldwide node name (WWNN) and the worldwide port name (WWPN).
PAGE 810
FCoE MAC FC-ID Port WWPN Port WWNN ------------------ -------------- ------------------------------aa:bb:cc:00:00:00 Te 10/0 aa:bb:cf:00:00:00 Te 10/1 2 0e:fc:00:01:00:02 01:00:02 31:00:0e:fc:00:00:00:00 21:00:0e:fc:00:00:00:00 aa:bb:cd:00:00:00 Te 11/0 aa:bb:cf:00:00:00 Te 10/1 2 0e:fc:00:01:00:01 01:00:01 31:00:0e:fc:00:00:00:01 21:00:0e:fc:00:00:00:01 aa:bb:ce:00:00:00 Te 2/0 aa:bb:cf:00:00:00 Te 10/1 2 0e:fc:00:01:00:03 01:00:03 31:00:0e:fc:00:00:00:02 21:00:0e:fc:00:00:00:02 Dell# show fip-snooping ses
PAGE 811
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The following describes the show fip-snooping statistics command shown in the following example. FCoE Transit Field Description Number of VLAN Requests Number of FIP-snoop VLAN request frames received on the interface. Number of VLAN Notifications Number of FIP-snoop VLAN notification frames received on the interface.
PAGE 812
Example Field Description Number of FDISC Rejects Number of FIP FDISC reject frames received on the interface. Number of FLOGO Accepts Number of FIP FLOGO accept frames received on the interface. Number of FLOGO Rejects Number of FIP FLOGO reject frames received on the interface. Number of CVLs Number of FIP clear virtual link frames received on the interface. Number of FCF Discovery Timeouts Number of FCF discovery timeouts that occurred on the interface.
PAGE 813
Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Example (Port Channel) of of of of of of of of of of of of of VN Port Keep Alive :3136 Multicast Discovery Advertisement :0 Unicast Discovery Advertisement :0 FLOGI Accepts :0 FLOGI Rejects :0 FDISC Accepts :0 FDISC Rejects :0 FLOGO Accepts :0 FLOGO Rejects :0 CVL :0 FCF Discovery Timeouts :0 VN Port Session Timeouts :0 Session failures due to Hardware Config :0 Dell# show fip-snooping statistics interface port-cha
PAGE 814
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell# show fip-snooping system Global Mode : Enabled FCOE VLAN List (Operational) : FCFs : Enodes : Sessions : 1, 100 1 2 17 show fip-snooping vlan Display information on the FCoE VLANs on which FIP snooping is enabled. C9000 Series Syntax Command Modes Command History show fip-snooping vlan • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 815
FIPS Cryptography 16 To configure federal information processing standards (FIPS) cryptography, use the commands described in this chapter. fips mode enable Enable the FIPS cryptography mode on the platform. C9000 Series Syntax [no] fips mode enable To disable the FIPS cryptography mode, use the no fips mode enable command.
PAGE 816
show fips status Displays the status of the FIPS mode. C9000 Series Syntax show fips status Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Example Dell#show fips status FIPS Mode: Enabled Dell# Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
PAGE 817
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell# show ip ssh SSH server SSH server version Password Authentication Hostbased Authentication RSA Authentication Vty Encryption 1 3des-cbc 2 3des-cbc : enabled. : v1 and v2. : enabled. : disabled. : disabled. HMAC Remote IP hmac-md5 10.1.20.48 hmac-md5 10.1.20.
PAGE 818
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. -c encryption cipher Enter the following encryption cipher to use. (For v2 clients only.) Without the FIPS mode enabled: • 3des-cbc: Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher. With the FIPS mode enabled: • aes128–cbc: Force ssh to use the aes128–cbc encryption cipher. • aes256–cbc: Force ssh to use the aes256–cbc encryption cipher. -l username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword —l then the user name used in this SSH session.
PAGE 819
Defaults As indicated above. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 820
Dell# ssh 10.11.8.12 -c ? aes128-cbc Force ssh to use aes128-cbc encryption cipher aes256-cbc Force ssh to use aes256-cbc encryption cipher Dell# ssh 10.11.8.
PAGE 821
Flex Hash and Optimized Boot-Up 17 This chapter describes the Flex Hash and fast-boot enhancements. encapsulation dot1q Configures lite-subinterfaces. This command is supported on the S6000 platform. Syntax encapsulation dot1q vlan-id To remove a previously configured lite-subinterface, use the no version of this command. Parameters Command Modes Command History dot1q vlan-id Enter the keyword dot1q followed by the VLAN ID to which the host belongs. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 822
lacp fast-switchover Cause the physical ports to be aggregated faster by configuring this capability in a port-channel on both the nodes that are members of a port-channel. C9000 Series Syntax lacp fast-switchover To disable the capability of faster aggregation of the member ports of a LAG or a port-channel bundle, use the no version of this command. Defaults Not configured Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-po-number) Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.3(0.
PAGE 823
Parameters ipv4 Denotes whether Flex Hash needs to be enabled for IPv4 packets. ipv6 Denotes whether Flex Hash needs to be enabled for IPv6 packets. protocol number Represents the Outer IPv4 protocol field in case of IPv4 packets, and the Outer IPv6 next header field in case of IPv6 packets. The ipv4/ipv6 keyword and the IP protocol value are used as keys to identify if a duplicate flex hash configuration is already present. Duplicate flex hash configuration is not possible.
PAGE 824
header are processed when hashing is performed for packets over LAG and ECMP links. The Flex Hash functionality enables you to configure a packet search key and matches packets based on the search key. When a packet matches the search key, two 16-bit hash fields are extracted from the start of the L4 header and provided as inputs (bins 2 and 3) for RTAG7 hash computation. You must specify the offset of hash fields from the start of the L4 header, which contains a flow identification field.
PAGE 825
Flex hash APIs do not mask out unwanted byte values after extraction of the data from the Layer 4 headers for the offset value.
PAGE 826
Force10 OS Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) 18 Force10 OS resilient ring protocol (FRRP) is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP). The resilient ring protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a high-speed token across a ring to verify the link status. All the intelligence is contained in the master node with practically no intelligence required of the transit mode.
PAGE 827
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 828
To disable debugging, use the no debug frrp {event | packet | detail} {ring-id} [countnumber] command. Parameters event Enter the keyword event to display debug information related to ring protocol transitions. packet Enter the keyword packet to display brief debug information related to control packets. detail Enter the keyword detail to display detailed debug information related to the entire ring protocol packets. ring-id (Optional) Enter the ring identification number.
PAGE 829
description Enter an identifying description of the ring. C9000 Series Syntax description Word To remove the ring description, use the no description [Word] command. Parameters Word Enter a description of the ring. Maximum: 255 characters. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 830
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 831
secondary interface control-vlan vlanid Enter the keyword secondary to configure the secondary interface then one of the following interfaces and slot/port information: • Fast Ethernet interface: enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/port information. • Port Channel interface: enter the keyword portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 832
member-vlan Specify the member VLAN identification numbers. C9000 Series Syntax member-vlan {vlan-range} To return to the default, use the no member-vlan [vlan-range] command. Parameters vlan-range Enter the member VLANs using VLAN IDs (separated by commas), a range of VLAN IDs (separated by a hyphen), a single VLAN ID, or a combination. For example: VLAN IDs (comma-separated): 3, 4, 6. Range (hyphen-separated): 5-10. Combination: 3, 4, 5-10, 8.
PAGE 833
Parameters master Enter the keyword master to set the Ring node to Master mode. transit Enter the keywordtransit to set the Ring node to Transit mode. Defaults Mode None Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 834
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information This command places you into the resilient ring protocol. After executing this command, the command line prompt changes to conf-frrp.
PAGE 835
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. The system requires a command line confirmation before the command executes.
PAGE 836
timer Set the hello interval or dead interval for the Ring control packets. C9000 Series Syntax timer {hello-interval milliseconds}| {dead-interval milliseconds} To remove the timer, use the no timer {hello-interval [milliseconds]}| {dead-interval milliseconds} command. Parameters hello-interval milliseconds Enter the keyword hello-interval then the time, in milliseconds, to set the hello interval of the control packets.
PAGE 837
Usage Information The hello interval command is the interval at which ring frames are generated from the primary interface of the master node. The dead interval command is the time that elapses before a time-out occurs.
PAGE 838
GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) 19 The Dell Networking OS supports basic GVRP commands on the switch. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes. At the same time, based on received declarations or withdrawals, GARP handles attributes of other participants.
PAGE 839
• VLANs created dynamically with GVRP exist only as long as a GVRP-enabled device is sending updates. If the devices no longer send updates, or GVRP is disabled, or the system is rebooted, all dynamic VLANs are removed. • GVRP manages the active topology, not non-topological data such as VLAN protocols. If a local bridge must classify and analyze packets by VLAN protocols, manually configure protocol-based VLANs, and simply rely on GVRP for VLAN updates.
PAGE 840
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series show gvrp statistics — displays the GVRP statistics. debug gvrp Enable debugging on GVRP. C9000 Series Syntax debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} To disable debugging, use the no debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} command. Parameters config Enter the keyword config to enable debugging on the GVRP configuration. event Enter the keyword event to enable debugging on the JOIN/LEAVE events.
PAGE 841
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series disable Globally disable GVRP. C9000 Series Syntax disable To re-enable GVRP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 842
garp timers Set the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. C9000 Series Syntax garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} To return to the previous setting, use the no garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} command. Parameters join Enter the keyword join then the number of milliseconds to configure the join time. The range is from 100 to 147483647 milliseconds. The default is 200 milliseconds. NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100.
PAGE 843
Usage Information Related Commands • Join Timer — Join messages announce the willingness to register some attributes with other participants. For reliability, each GARP application entity sends a Join message twice and uses a join timer to set the sending interval. • Leave Timer — Leave announces the willingness to de-register with other participants. Together with Join, Leave messages help GARP participants complete attribute reregistration and de-registration.
PAGE 844
gvrp registration Configure the GVRP register type. C9000 Series Syntax gvrp registration {fixed | normal | forbidden} To return to the default, use the gvrp register normal command. Parameters fixed Enter the keyword fixed then the VLAN range in a commaseparated VLAN ID set. normal Enter the keyword normal then the VLAN range in a comma-separated VLAN ID set. This setting is the default. forbidden Enter the keyword forbidden then the VLAN range in a comma-separated VLAN ID set.
PAGE 845
Related Commands show gvrp — displays the GVRP configuration including the registration. protocol gvrp Access GVRP protocol — (config-gvrp)#. C9000 Series Syntax protocol gvrp Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 846
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series gvrp enable — enables GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. protocol gvrp — accesses the GVRP protocol.
PAGE 847
Example Dell# show garp timers GARP Timers Value (milliseconds) ---------------------------------------Join Timer 200 Leave Timer 600 LeaveAll Timer 10000 Dell# Related Commands garp timers — sets the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. show gvrp Display the GVRP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show gvrp [brief | interface] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display a brief summary of the GVRP configuration.
PAGE 848
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series Usage Information If no ports are GVRP participants, the message output changes from GVRP Participants running on to GVRP Participants running on no ports. Example R3# show gvrp brief GVRP Feature is currently enabled.
PAGE 849
Defaults Command Modes Command History none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Inroduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.
PAGE 850
Related Commands 850 show gvrp — displays the GVRP configuration.
PAGE 851
High Availability (HA) 20 High availability (HA) in the Dell Networking operating software is configuration synchronization to minimize recovery time in the event of a route processor module (RPM) failure. In general, a protocol is defined as “hitless” in the context of an RPM failure/failover and not failures of a line card, SFM, or power module. A protocol is defined as hitless if an RPM failover has no impact on the protocol. You must specifically enable some protocols for HA.
PAGE 852
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 853
rpm Enter the keyword rpm to disable auto-reboot of the failed RPM. Default Disabled (that is, the failed module is automatically rebooted). Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(0.
PAGE 854
pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender ID to force the standby stack unit to become the primary (or master) stack unit. Range is from 0 to 255. Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command-Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 855
rpm1 Enter the keyword rpm1 to set the RPM in slot R1 as the primary RPM. Default The RPM in slot R0 is the Primary RPM. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 856
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#redundancy reset-counter pe 1 redundancy synchronize Manually synchronize data between the RPMs and PEs at any time. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters redundancy synchronize [full] full Enter the keyword full to synchronize all data. Default Not configured.
PAGE 857
synchronized consists of configuration data, operational data, state and status, and statistics depending on the Dell Networking OS version. show redundancy Display the current redundancy configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show redundancy pe pe-id From a PE console, use show redundancy to view the current high availability (HA) status for a specified port extender unit.
PAGE 858
• grep — show only text that matches a pattern. • no-more — do not paginate the output. • save — save the output to a file. The following describes the show redundancy command shown in the following example. Field Description RPM Status Displays the following information: Slot number of the RPM. • Whether the RPM is Primary or Standby. • The state of the RPM: Active, Standby, Booting, or Offline. • Whether the link to the second RPM is up or down.
PAGE 859
Field Description This field only appears when you enter the command from the Primary RPM. Example Dell# show redundancy -- RPM Status ------------------------------------------------RPM Slot ID: 1 RPM Redundancy Role: Primary RPM State: Active RPM SW Version: 7.5.1.0 Link to Peer: Up -- PEER RPM Status ------------------------------------------------RPM State: Standby RPM SW Version: 7.5.1.
PAGE 860
-- pe Redundancy Configuration ------------------------------------------------Primary pe: mgmt-id 0 Auto Data Sync: Full Failover Type: Hot Failover Auto reboot pe: Disabled Auto failover limit: 3 times in 60 minutes -- pe Failover Record ------------------------------------------------Failover Count: 0 Last failover timestamp: None Last failover Reason: None Last failover type: None -- Last Data Block Sync Record: ------------------------------------------------stack-unit Config: succeeded Jun 26 2015 16:
PAGE 861
21 Interfaces The Dell Networking OS supports the interface configuration commands described in this chapter. This chapter contains the following sections: • Basic Interface Commands • EIS Commands • Port Channel Commands • High-Gigabit Port Channel Commands Basic Interface Commands The following commands are for Physical, Loopback, and Null interfaces.
PAGE 862
information. The slot range is from 0 to 1 and the port range is 0. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port (ports, portrange) information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port (range of ports) information. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel. The range is from 1 to 16383.
PAGE 863
Version Description 8.4.1.0 Added support (E-Series only) for VRRP groups in a VRF instance. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale. Prior to the release, 2094 was supported. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Updated the definition of the learning-limit option for clarity.
PAGE 864
Example (learning- Clear learning-limit counters for a single port Dell#clear counters tengigabitethernet 0/8 learning-limit limit) Clear "show learning-limit" counters on Te 0/8 [confirm] y Clear learning-limit counters for a range of ports Dell#clear counters tengigabitethernet 0/8-12 learning-limit Clear "show learning-limit" counters on Te 0/8-12 [confirm] y Clear learning-limit counters for any random port number Dell#clear counters tengigabitethernet 0/8,16 learning-limit Clear "show learning-limit" c
PAGE 865
unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 0 to 47. Defaults Without an interface specified, the command clears all interface dampening counters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 866
period expires. The range is from 1 to 30 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. reuse-threshold Enter a number as the reuse threshold, the penalty value below which the interface state is changed to “up”. The range is from 1 to 20000. The default is 750. suppressthreshold Enter a number as the suppress threshold, the penalty value above which the interface state is changed to “error disabled”. The range is from 1 to 20000. The default is 2500.
PAGE 867
Example Related Commands Dell(conf-if-te-2/2)# dampening 20 800 4500 120 Dell(conf-if-te-2/2)# • clear dampening — clears the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface. • show interfaces dampening — displays interface dampening information. description Assign a descriptive text string to the interface. C9000 Series Syntax description desc_text To delete a description, use the no description command. Parameters desc_text Enter a text string up to 240 characters long.
PAGE 868
Related Commands • Entering a text string after the description command overwrites any previous text string that you previously configured as the description. • The shutdown and description commands are the only commands that you can configure on an interface that is a member of a port-channel. • Use the show interfaces description command to display descriptions configured for each interface. show interfaces — displays information about an interface.
PAGE 869
interface is disabled (shutdown) with no assigned IP address or switchport (no ip address). This command removes all software settings and all L3, VLAN, VXLAN, and portchannel configurations on a physical interface.
PAGE 870
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.
PAGE 871
tx off Enter the keywords tx off so that flow control frames are not sent from this port to the connected device when a higher rate of traffic is received. pause-threshold Enter the keyword pause-threshold to configure the buffer threshold (in Kilobytes) at which the interface starts transmitting pause frames for link-level flow control. Valid values are 1 to 12480KB. The default is 60KB.
PAGE 872
flow control frame sent by the switch. The discard threshold should be larger than the buffer threshold so that the buffer holds at least hold at least three packets. Changes in the flow-control values may not be reflected automatically in the show interface output. As a workaround, apply the new settings, execute shut then no shut on the interface, then check the running-config of the port using the show interface command.
PAGE 873
interface Configure a physical or logical interfaces on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters interface interface range [group interface] interface group interface Interfaces Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port, pe-id / stack-unit or number information: • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 874
range (Optional) Enter the keyword range to configure an interface range. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 875
Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :a068003f92bd MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit, Mode full duplex Auto-mdix enabled, ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 02:44:11 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 5150004 packets, 4996095648 bytes 164432 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 4985572 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 5150004 Unicasts 0 runts,
PAGE 876
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced Example Dell(conf)# interface loopback 1655 Dell(conf-if-lo-1655)# Related Commands interface — configures a physical interface.
PAGE 877
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S55, S60, and S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information You cannot delete a Management port. The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). To assign an IP address to the Management port, use the ip address command.
PAGE 878
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information You cannot delete the Null interface. The only configuration command possible in a Null interface is ip unreachables.
PAGE 879
tengigabitethernet 0/1 - 5 is valid; interface range tengigabitethernet 0/1-5 is NOT valid. • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 880
Usage Information When creating an interface range, interfaces appear in the order they are entered; they are not sorted. The command verifies that interfaces are present (physical) or configured (logical). Important Points to Remember: • Bulk configuration is created if at least one interface is valid. • Non-existing interfaces are excluded from the bulk configuration with a warning message. • The interface range prompt includes interface types with slot/port information for valid interfaces.
PAGE 881
Example (peGigESingle Range) This example shows single range configuration for PE Gigabit Ethernet ports. Dell(conf)#interface range pegigE 1/0/3-14 Dell(conf-if-range-pegi-1/0/3-14)# Example (Multiple Range) This example shows how to use commas to add different interface types to the range enabling all 10-Gigabit Ethernet interfaces in the range 2/1 to 2/23 and both 10-Gigabit Ethernet interfaces 1/1 and 1/2.
PAGE 882
tengigabitethernet 0/1 - 5 is valid; interface range tengigabitethernet 0/1-5 is NOT valid. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383.
PAGE 883
Example (Single Range) This example shows how to define an interface range macro named test. Execute the show running-config command to display the macro definition.
PAGE 884
Example (Single Range) Version Description 6.2.1.0 Introduced This example displays the macro named test. Dell(config)# interface range macro test Dell(config-if-range-te-0/0-3,te-1/0-47,te-2/0-89)# Dell Related Commands • interface range — configures a range of command (bulk configuration). • interface range macro (define) — defines a macro for an interface range (bulk configuration). interface vlan Configure a VLAN. You can configure up to 4094 VLANs.
PAGE 885
• show vlan – displays the current VLAN configuration on the switch. • shutdown – disables/enables the VLAN. • tagged – adds a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as a tagged interface. • untagged – adds a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as an untagged interface. keepalive Send keepalive packets periodically to keep an interface alive when it is not transmitting data. C9000 Series Syntax keepalive [seconds] To stop sending keepalive packets, use the no keepalive command.
PAGE 886
linecard portmode Split a single 40G port into four 10G ports on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters linecard slot-id port number portmode quad linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of a line card to reset. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 11. number Enter the port number of the 40G port to be split. The port range is from 0 to 20. A 40G port number is a multiple of 4; for example, 0, 4, 8, 12, ... 120, 124, 128). Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 887
linecard slot-id Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For the management port, enter the keyword managementethernet then the slot (0 or 1) and the port (0). • For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the slot/port. The range is from 1 to 16383. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 888
Example Key Description systest-3 Displays the host name assigned to the system. monitor time Displays the amount of time since the monitor interface command was entered. time Displays the amount of time the chassis is up (since last reboot). m Change the view from a single interface to all interfaces on the line card or visa-versa. c Refresh the view. b Change the counters displayed from Packets on the interface to Bytes.
PAGE 889
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Fo 2/48 Down Fo 2/52 Down Fo 2/56 Down Fo 2/60 Down Fo 2/64 Down Fo 2/68 Down Fo 2/72 Down Fo 2/76 Down Fo 2/80 Down Fo 2/84 Down Fo 2/88 Down Fo 2/92 Down Fo 2/96 Down screen 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 m - Change mode b - Display bytes pkts/bytes per sec l - Page up T - Increase refresh interval refresh interval q - Quit c - Clear r - Display a - Page down t - Decrease Dell# monitor interface Dell
PAGE 890
0 0 0 0 0 0 Fo 2/32 Up Fo 2/36 Down Fo 2/40 Up Fo 2/44 Up Ma 0/0 Down screen 11 12 0 13 12 1 0 11 0 0 0 17 0 0 0 0 0 m - Change mode b - Display bytes pkts/bytes per sec l - Page up T - Increase refresh interval refresh interval q - Quit c - Clear r - Display a - Page down t - Decrease Dell# monitor interface managementethernet 0/0 Dell Networking operating system uptime is 4 minute(s) Monitor time: 00:00:00 Refresh Intvl.
PAGE 891
pps pps pps pps Input overrun: Output underruns: Output throttles: screen 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 m - Change mode l - Page up T - Increase refresh interval refresh interval q - Quit c - Clear a - Page down t - Decrease mtu Set the link maximum transmission unit (MTU) (frame size) for an Ethernet interface. C9000 Series Syntax mtu value To return to the default MTU value, use the no mtu command. Parameters value Enter a maximum frame size in bytes. The range is from 594 to 12000.
PAGE 892
Usage Information If the packet includes a Layer 2 header, the difference between the link MTU and IP MTU (ip mtu command) must be enough bytes to include the Layer 2 header. When you enter the no mtu command, the system reduces the IP MTU value to 1536 bytes. Link MTU and IP MTU considerations for port channels and VLANs are as follows. port channels: • All members must have the same link MTU value and the same IP MTU value.
PAGE 893
To return a port to accept either tagged or untagged frames (non-hybrid), use the no portmode hybrid command. Defaults non-hybrid Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 894
Dell(conf-if-vl-10)# untagged te 2/0 Dell(conf-if-vl-10)# interface vlan 20 Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# tagged te 2/0 Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# Example Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# do show interfaces switchport Name: TenGigabitEthernet 2/0 802.
PAGE 895
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The output of the show interfaces command displays the configured rate interval, along with the collected traffic data.
PAGE 896
Example Dell(conf)#int peg 255/1/0 Dell(conf-if-pegi-255/1/0)#sho con ! interface peGigE 255/1/0 dampening 20 200 800 80 no shutdown Dell(conf-if)# show conf ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/7 no ip address switchport no shutdown Dell(conf-if)# show config (from INTERFACE RANGE mode) Display the bulk configured interfaces (interface range). C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE RANGE (conf-if-range) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 897
switchport no shutdown Dell(conf-if-range-te-1/1-2)# show interfaces Display information on a specific physical or virtual interface, or the interfaces of the same type on a line card. C9000 Series Syntax show interfaces [interface] [linecard slot-id] From a PE console, use show interfaces to view the information on a specific physical or virtual interface.
PAGE 898
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.00 Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Added support for the tunnel interface type. 9.1(0.
PAGE 899
The following table describes the show interfaces command shown in the 10G example. Line Description TenGigabitEthern et 0/0... Interface type, slot/port, and administrative and line protocol status. Hardware is... Interface hardware information, assigned MAC address, and current address. Pluggable media present... Present pluggable media wavelength, type, and rate.
PAGE 900
Line Description – Multicasts = number of MAC multicast packets – Broadcasts = number of MAC broadcast packets • Number of runts, giants, and throttles packets: – runts = number of packets that are less than 64B – giants = packets that are greater than the MTU size – throttles = packets containing PAUSE frames • Number of CRC, overrun, and discarded packets: – CRC = packets with CRC/FCS errors – overrun = number of packets discarded due to FIFO overrun conditions – discarded = the sum of runts, giants,
PAGE 901
Interface index is 151060994 Internet address is not set MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 10000 Mbit Flowcontrol rx on tx off ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:08:58 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statist
PAGE 902
NOTE: The port-range option is only available for 1 Gigabit Ethernet, 10Gigabit Ethernet, 40-Gigabit Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, FC, Port Channel, and VLAN interfaces. Example (TenGigabit Interface) Dell# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 2 TenGigabitEthernet 2/0 is down, line protocol is down Hardware is DellForce10Eth, address is 74:86:7a:ff:6f:18 Current address is 74:86:7a:ff:6f:18 Pluggable media present, Media type is unknown Wavelength is 0.
PAGE 903
0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 904
of line-rate Time since last interface status change: 02:19:12 TenGigabitEthernet 6/2 is down, line protocol is down Hardware is DellEth, address is 34:17:eb:00:20:95 Current address is 34:17:eb:00:20:95 Pluggable media present, Media type is unknown Wavelength unknown Interface index is 7340292 Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :3417eb002095 MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed auto Flowcontrol rx off tx off ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last cl
PAGE 905
DHCP Client-ID :3417eb002094 MTU 16364 bytes, IP MTU 16346 bytes LineSpeed 10000 Mbit Flowcontrol rx off tx off ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 02:26:52 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 1715563966 packets, 1371858136501 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 63901828 over 64-byte pkts, 151474752 over 127-byte pkts 303141318 over 255-byte pkts, 603711156 over 511-byte pkts, 593334912 over 1023-byte pkts 20742 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 1715543204 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 gia
PAGE 906
line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Time since last interface status change: 02:27:41 Example (TenGigabit Interface— random ports) Dell#show interfaces tengigabitethernet 6/1,3 TenGigabitEthernet 6/1 is up, line protocol is up Port is part of Port-channel 513 Hardware is DellEth, address is 34:17:eb:00:20:94 Current address is 34:17:eb:00:20:94 Pluggable media present, SFP+ type is 10GBASE-SR Medium is MultiRate, Wavelength is 850nm SFP+ receive power reading is -1.
PAGE 907
LineSpeed auto Flowcontrol rx off tx off ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 02:34:38 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127
PAGE 908
Global IPv6 address: 2::1/64 Virtual-IP is not set Virtual-IP IPv6 address is not set MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit, Mode full duplex ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:06:14 Queueing strategy: fifo Input 791 packets, 62913 bytes, 775 multicast Received 0 errors, 0 discarded Output 21 packets, 3300 bytes, 20 multicast Output 0 errors, 0 invalid protocol Time since last interface status change: 00:06:03 Example (PE Gigabit Ethernet Inter
PAGE 909
line-rate Output 20.00 Mbits/sec, 39175 packets/sec, 2.
PAGE 910
0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 911
ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 6d21h14m Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 5
PAGE 912
Interface index is 1258422784 Minimum number of links to bring Port-channel up is 1 Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :f8b15662610a MTU 16364 bytes, IP MTU 16346 bytes LineSpeed 10000 Mbit Members in this channel: Te 1/1(U) ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 4062996 packets, 799504603 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 193370 over 64-byte pkts, 3869429 over 127-byte pkts 2 over 255-byte pkts, 20 over 511-byte pkts, 175 over 1023-
PAGE 913
show interfaces configured Display any interface with a non-default configuration. C9000 Series Syntax Command Modes Command History show interfaces configured • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 914
Output Statistics: 753 packets, 65838 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 744 over 64-byte pkts, 1 over 127-byte pkts 1 over 255-byte pkts, 6 over 511-byte pkts, 1 over 1023byte pkts 184 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 569 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 915
Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :3417eb00bb8a MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit, Mode full duplex Auto-mdix enabled, ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:57:53 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 110 packets, 7040 bytes 110 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 110 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0
PAGE 916
Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Time since last interface status change: 00:55:34 Related Commands show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces dampening Display interface dampening information.
PAGE 917
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 918
800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 918 80 255/1/12 80 255/1/13 80 255/1/14 80 255/1/15 80 255/1/16 80 255/1/17 80 255/1/18 80 255/1/19 80 255/1/20 80 255/1/21 80 255/1/22 80 255/1/23 80 255/1/24 80 255/1/25 80 255/1/26 80 255/
PAGE 919
PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi Interfaces 255/1/47 80 255/1/48 80 255/2/1 80 255/2/2 80 255/2/3 80 255/2/4 80 255/2/5 80 255/2/6 80 255/2/7 80 255/2/8 80 255/2/9 80 255/2/10 80 255/2/11 80 255/2/12 80 255/2/13 80 255/2/14
PAGE 920
800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 920 80 255/2/35 80 255/2/36 80 255/2/37 80 255/2/38 80 255/2/39 80 255/2/40 80 255/2/41 80 255/2/42 80 255/2/43 80 255/2/44 80 255/2/45 80 255/2/46 80 255/2/47 80 255/2/48 80 255/3/1 80 255/3
PAGE 921
PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 PeGi 800 Example show interfaces dampening detail Interfaces 255/3/22 80 255/3/23 80 255/3/24 80 255/3/25 80 255/3/26 80 255/3/27 80 255/3/28 80 255/3/29 80 255/3/30 80 255/3/31 80 255/3/32 80 255/3/33 80 255/3/34 80 255/3/35 80 255/3/36 80 255/3/37 80 255/3/38 80 255/3/39 8
PAGE 922
Time since last suppressed : 0 Time remaining to change state to up : 0 Related Commands • dampening — configures dampening on an interface. • show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. • show interfaces configured — displays any interface with a non-default configuration. show interfaces phy Display auto-negotiation and link partner information.
PAGE 923
Mode Control Indicates if auto negotiation is enabled. If so, indicates the selected speed and duplex. Mode Status Displays auto negotiation fault information. When the interface completes auto negotiation successfully, the autoNegComplete field and the linkstatus field read “True.” AutoNegotiation Advertise Displays the control words the local interface advertises during negotiation. Duplex is either half or full. Asym- and Sym Pause is the types of flow control the local interface supports.
PAGE 924
• 100MB • 10MB Example Dell#show int tengigabitethernet 1/0 phy Mode Control: SpeedSelection: 10b AutoNeg: ON Loopback: False PowerDown: False Isolate: False DuplexMode: Full Mode Status: AutoNegComplete: False RemoteFault: False LinkStatus: False JabberDetect: False AutoNegotation Advertise: 100MegFullDplx: True 100MegHalfDplx: True 10MegFullDplx: False 10MegHalfDplx: True Asym Pause: False Sym Pause: False AutoNegotiation Remote Partner's Ability: 100MegFullDplx: False 100MegHalfDplx: False 10MegFull
PAGE 925
100MegFullDplx 100MegHalfDplx 10MegFullDplx 10MegHalfDplx Asym Pause Sym Pause : : : : : : False False False False False False AutoNegotiation Expansion ParallelDetectionFault : False 1000Base-T Control MasterSlave_Mode 1000MegFullDplx 1000MegHalfDplx : Auto : True : False 1000Base-T Status Master/Slave Fault Master/Slave Local RX OK Remote RX OK Link Partner 1G FD Link Partner 1G HD Idle Err Cnt : : : : : : : PHY Extended Control MDI Crossover_mode : Enabled No Slave False False False False 0 I
PAGE 926
1000MegHalfDplx : False 1000Base-T Status Master/Slave Fault Master/Slave Local RX OK Remote RX OK Link Partner 1G FD Link Partner 1G HD Idle Err Cnt : : : : : : : PHY Extended Control MDI Crossover_mode : Enabled No Slave False False False False 0 Example Related Commands show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface.
PAGE 927
Defaults Command Modes Command History none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.
PAGE 928
Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Te Te Te Te Te Te Te Te 928 2/4 2/5 2/6 2/7 2/8 2/9 2/10 2/11 2/12 2/13 2/14 2/15 2/16 2/17 2/18 2/19 2/20 2/21 2/22 2/23 5/0 5/4 5/8 5/12 5/16 5/20 6/0 6/1 6/2 6/3 6/4 6/5 6/6 6/7 6/8 6/9 6/10 6/11 6/12 6/13 6/14 6/15 6/16 6/17 6/18 6/19 6/20 6/21 6/22 6/23 9/0 9/4 9/8 9/12 9/16 9/20 10/0 10/1 10/2 10/3 11/0 11/1 11/2 11/3 Down Down Down
PAGE 929
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi Interfaces 255/1/1 255/1/2 255/1/3 255/1/4 255/1/5 255/1/6 255/1/7 255/1/8 255/1/9 255/1/10 255/1/11 255/1/12 255/1/13 255/1/14 255/1/15 255/1/16 255/1/17 255/1/18 255/1/19 255/1/20 255/1/21
PAGE 930
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi 930 255/2/17 255/2/18 255/2/19 255/2/20 255/2/21 255/2/22 255/2/23 255/2/24 255/2/25 255/2/26 255/2/27 255/2/28 255/2/29 255/2/30 255/2/31 255/2/32 255/2/33 255/2/34 255/2/35 255/2/36 255/2/
PAGE 931
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi Related Commands 255/3/33 255/3/34 255/3/35 255/3/36 255/3/37 255/3/38 255/3/39 255/3/40 255/3/41 255/3/42 255/3/43 255/3/44 255/3/45 255/3/46 255/3/47 255/3/48 Up Up Up Up Up Up Down Up Down Down Up Up Up Down Up Up 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 Auto 1000 Auto Auto 1000 1000 1000 Auto 1000 1000 Mbit Mbit Mbit Mbit Mbit Mbit Mbit Mbit Mbit Mbit Mbit Mbit Full Full Full Full Full Full Auto Full Auto Auto Full Full Full Auto
PAGE 932
linecard slot-id Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the switch ports on a line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 11. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 933
Example Items Description 802.1QTagged Displays whether if the VLAN tagged (“True”), untagged (“False”), or hybrid (“Hybrid”), which supports both untagged and tagged VLANs by port 13/0. Vlan membership Lists the VLANs to which the interface is a member. Dell#show interfaces switchport Codes: U x G i untagged, V Untagged, T - Tagged Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged GVRP tagged, M - Trunk Internal untagged, I - Internal tagged, v - VLT - VLT tagged Name: TenGigabitEthernet 10/3 802.
PAGE 934
T 111 Name: peGigE 255/2/38 (Port-channel 111) 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/2/39 (Port-channel 111) 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/3/1 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/3/40 (Port-channel 111) 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/3/45 (Port-channel 111) 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/3/47 802.
PAGE 935
G - GVRP tagged, M - Trunk i - Internal untagged, I-Internal tagged, v-VLT untagged, V-VLT tagged Name: TenGigabitEthernet 10/0 802.1QTagged: False Vlan membership: Q Vlans U 1 Name: TenGigabitEthernet 10/1 802.1QTagged: False Vlan membership: Q Vlans U 1 Related Commands • interface — configures a physical interface on the switch. • show ip interface — displays Layer 3 information about the interfaces. • show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface.
PAGE 936
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.
PAGE 937
Interfaces Line Description Voltage Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Bias Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. TX Power Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. RX Power Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Temp High Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+.
PAGE 938
Line Description Tx Power Present Tx power of the SFP. If this crosses Tx power alarm/ warning thresholds, the Tx power high alarm/warning flag is set to true. If it falls below the low alarm/warning thresholds, the Tx power low alarm/ warning flag is set to true. Rx Power Present receiving (Rx) power of the SFP. This value is either average Rx power or OMA. This depends on the Rx Power measurement type displayed above.
PAGE 939
Line Description Tx Power Low Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx power value displayed above. Rx Power Low Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Rx power value displayed above. Temperature High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Temperature value displayed above. Voltage High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Voltage value displayed above.
PAGE 940
SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Length(62.
PAGE 941
=================================== !-------output truncated -------------------------! Exampletengigabitethernet (port-range) Dell#show interfaces tengigabitethernet 10/0-2 transceiver Interface Name :TenGigabitEthernet 10/0 SFP is present SFP+ 0 Serial Base ID fields SFP+ 0 Id = 0x03 SFP+ 0 Ext Id = 0x04 SFP+ 0 Connector = 0x07 SFP+ 0 Transceiver Code = 0x10 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 SFP+ 0 Encoding = 0x06 SFP+ 0 BR Nominal = 0x67 SFP+ 0 Length(SFM) Km = 0x00 SFP+ 0 Length(OM3) 2m = 0x00 SFP+ 0
PAGE 942
SFP+ 0 Data Ready state Bar SFP+ 0 Rx LOS state SFP+ 0 Tx Fault state SFP+ 0 Rate Select state SFP+ 0 RS state SFP+ 0 Tx Disable state =================================== SFP+ 0 Temperature High Alarm Flag SFP+ 0 Voltage High Alarm Flag SFP+ 0 Tx Bias High Alarm Flag SFP+ 0 Tx Power High Alarm Flag SFP+ 0 Rx Power High Alarm Flag SFP+ 0 Temperature Low Alarm Flag SFP+ 0 Voltage Low Alarm Flag SFP+ 0 Tx Bias Low Alarm Flag SFP+ 0 Tx Power Low Alarm Flag SFP+ 0 Rx Power Low Alarm Flag ========================
PAGE 943
SFP+ 1 RX Power High Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 Temp Low Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 Voltage Low Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 Bias Low Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 TX Power Low Alarm threshold SFP+ 1 RX Power Low Alarm threshold =================================== SFP+ 1 Temp High Warning threshold SFP+ 1 Voltage High Warning threshold SFP+ 1 Bias High Warning threshold SFP+ 1 TX Power High Warning threshold SFP+ 1 RX Power High Warning threshold SFP+ 1 Temp Low Warning threshold SFP+ 1 Voltage Low Warning threshold SFP+ 1 Bias
PAGE 944
• show inventory — displays the switch type, components (including media), Dell Networking OS version including hardware identification numbers and configured protocols. show interfaces vlan Display VLAN statistics. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show interfaces vlan {vlan-id} [LINE] {description} vlan-id Enter the interface VLAN number. The range is from 1 to 4094. LINE (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the VLAN.
PAGE 945
show range Display all interfaces configured using the interface range command. C9000 Series Syntax show range Command Modes INTERFACE RANGE (config-if-range) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 946
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.
PAGE 947
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The shutdown command marks a physical interface as unavailable for traffic. To discover if an interface is disabled, use the show ip interface brief command. Disabled interfaces are listed as down. Disabling a VLAN or a port channel causes different behavior. When a VLAN is disabled, the Layer 3 functions within that VLAN are disabled. Layer 2 traffic continues to flow.
PAGE 948
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S55, S60, and S4810 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is found on the Management interface only.
PAGE 949
port-channel Enter the keywords port-channel if the backup port is a static or dynamic port channel. slot/port Specify the line card and port number of the backup port. Defaults Disabled (The interface is in Layer 3 mode.) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 950
show interfaces switchport — displays information about switchport interfaces. Egress Interface Selection (EIS) Commands The following commands are Egress Interface Selection (EIS) commands. application Configure the management egress interface selection. C9000 Series Syntax application {all | application-type} To remove a management application configuration, use the no application {all | application-type} command.
PAGE 951
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. clear management application pkt-cntr Clear management application packet counters for all management application types. C9000 Series Syntax clear management application pkt-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 952
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. show ip management-eis-route Display the management routes used by EIS. C9000 Series Syntax show ip management-eis-route Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 953
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 954
telnet tftp : : 0 0 Port Channel Commands A Link Aggregation Group (LAG) is a group of links that appear to a MAC client as if they were a single link according to IEEE 802.3ad. In Dell Networking OS, a LAG is also known as a Port Channel. • For the C9010, the maximum port channel ID is 128 and the maximum members per port channel is 16. The default value for per port channel member is 1.
PAGE 955
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 956
shutdown — disables/enables the port channel. group Group two LAGs in a supergroup (“fate-sharing group” or “failover group”). C9000 Series Syntax group group_number port-channel number port-channel number To remove an existing LAG supergroup, use the no group group_number command. Parameters group_number Enter an integer from 1 to 32 that uniquely identifies this LAG fate-sharing group. port-channel number Enter the keywords port-channel then an existing LAG number.
PAGE 957
interface port-channel Create a Port Channel interface, which is a link aggregation group (LAG) containing sixteen physical interfaces on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax interface port-channel channel-number To delete a Port Channel, use the no interface port-channel channelnumber command. Parameters channel-number For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 958
description, and name commands configured. The Port Channel’s configuration is applied to the interfaces within the Port Channel. A Port Channel can contain both 100/1000 interfaces and GE interfaces. Based on the first interface configured in the Port Channel and enabled, the system determines if the Port Channel uses 100 Mb/s or 1000 Mb/s as the common speed. For more information, refer to channel-member. If a port extender (PE) is provisioned, cascade LAGs are created automatically (auto-LAGs).
PAGE 959
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 960
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information This feature groups two LAGs to work in tandem as a supergroup. For example, if one LAG goes down, the other LAG is taken down automatically, providing an alternate path to reroute traffic, avoiding oversubscription on the other LAG.
PAGE 961
Example Version Description 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-if-po-1)# show config ! interface Port-channel 1 no ip address shutdown Dell(conf-if-po-1)# show interfaces port-channel Display information on configured Port Channel groups. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show interfaces port-channel [channel-number] [brief] channel-number For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 513.
PAGE 962
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To view the show output for multiple ports of a specified slot at a time, you can specify any random port number or a range of ports, or a combination of both. To specify a port range, you can enter a hyphenated range of one or more port range values separated with commas; for example, show interfaces port— channel 1-2,7.
PAGE 963
Example (peGigE) Interfaces Field Description 0 64-byte... Displays the size of packets and the number of those packets entering that interface. This information is displayed over two lines. Received 0... Displays the type and number of errors or other specific packets received. This information is displayed over three lines. Output 0... Displays the type and number of packets sent out the interface. This information is displayed over three lines. Rate information...
PAGE 964
Example Dell# show interfaces port-channel 20 Port-channel 20 is up, line protocol is up (Failover-group 1 is down) Hardware address is 00:01:e8:01:46:fa Port-channel is part of failover-group 1 Internet address is 1.1.120.
PAGE 965
Field Description • Example In Layer 3 port channels, the primary port is not indicated. Dell# sh int por 1 br LAG Mode Status Uptime 1 L2 up 00:00:08 Dell# Example (portrange) Dell#show interfaces port-channel 1-2 brief Codes: L - LACP Port-channel O - OpenFlow Controller Port-channel A - Auto Port-channel I - Internally Lagged LAG 1 Related Commands Ports Te 2/0 (Up) * Te 2/1 (Down) Te 2/2 (Up) Mode L3 Status down Uptime 00:00:00 Ports Te 11/1 (Down) show lacp — displays the LACP matrix.
PAGE 966
• For a port extender (PE) Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the peid/stack-unit/port-pipe id information. NOTE: The peGigE option is available only when the extended bridge feature is enabled. source-ip address Enter the keywords source-ip then the IP source address in IP address format. destination-ip address Enter the keywords destination-ip then the IP destination address in IP address format. source-port number Enter the keywords source-port then the source port number.
PAGE 967
MAC-based hashing is configured for a Layer 2 interface and you are trying to display a Layer 3 flow. The output displays three entries: • Egress port for unfragmented packets. • In the event of fragmented packets, the egress port of the first fragment. • In the event of fragmented packets, the egress port of the subsequent fragments. NOTE: In the show port channel flow command output, the egress port for an unknown unicast, multicast, or broadcast traffic is not displayed.
PAGE 968
• An SFM NPU uses 10 HiGig port channels, one port channel to transmit data to each line-card NPU. Each HiGig port channel in an SFM NPU consists of three HiGig links. • A line-card NPU supports 24 front-end I/O ports and six backplane HiGig ports. The six backplane links are members of two HiGig port channel that connects the line-card NPU to each SFM NPU. Three HiGig links in the port channel are used to connect to each SFM NPU.
PAGE 969
0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions 0 wredDrops 0 Green WredDrops 0 Yellow WredDrops, 0 Red WredDrops Rate info (interval 15 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.
PAGE 970
Usage Information You can configure HiGig link bundle monitoring so that a system log message or an SNMP trap is generated when traffic distribution in a bundle is uneven. The formula that determines uneven traffic distribution is predefined. hg-link-bundle-monitor rate-interval Specify the interval (in seconds) for polling traffic distribution in the member links of a HiGig link bundle.
PAGE 971
Defaults Version Description 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 platform. The default trigger-threshold value is 60. Usage Information The trigger-threshold of bandwidth usage, which determines when the calculation of link-bundle utilization is performed, is set at 60 percent of the link-bundle bandwidth. When the total traffic use (mean) is below the trigger-threshold percentage, unevenness in link-bundle traffic distribution is not reported.
PAGE 972
Example (Linecard HiGig Port) Dell#show hardware linecard 0 hg-stats unit 0 port 27 Higig Port Statistics: HiGigabitEthernet 0/0/27, Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts,
PAGE 973
63970532045 packets, 5117642582960 bytes 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 63970531981 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 63970532058 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions 0 wredDrops Rate info (interval 15 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 37096.40 Mbits/sec, 57963128 packets/sec, 94.
PAGE 974
slot slot-id npuUnit npu-id hg-port-channel 0 Command Modes Command History Specify a HiGig port channel on a line-card (leaf) NPU by entering the keyword slot and slot number, then npuUnit and NPU ID, then hg-port-channel 0. Line-card slot numbers are 0 to 11; line-card NPU ID is 0. The HiGig portchannel ID is from 0 to 2. EXEC, EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2.(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 975
Example Field Description Utilization (In Percent) Percentage of total link-bundle bandwidth used on each member link.
PAGE 976
Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) 22 The intermediate system to intermediate system (IS-IS) is an interior gateway protocol that uses a shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered an intermediate system. Networks are partitioned into manageable routing domains, called areas.
PAGE 977
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To perform protocol-support consistency checks on hello packets, use this command. The adjacency-check is enabled by default.
PAGE 978
Defaults Command Modes Command History level1-into-level2 (Level 1 to Level 2 leaking enabled and Level 2 to Level 1 leaking is disabled.) • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 979
Parameters hmac-md5 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords hmac-md5 to encrypt the password. encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES. password Enter a 1 to 16-character length alphanumeric string to prevent unauthorized access or incorrect routing information corrupting the link state database. The password is processed as plain text, which only provides limited security. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 980
clear isis Restart the IS-IS process. All IS-IS data is cleared. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear isis [vrf vrf-name] [tag] {* | database | traffic} vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to restart the IS-IS process corresponding to that VRF. tag (Optional) Enter an alphanumeric string to specify the IS-IS routing tag area. * Enter the keyword * to clear all IS-IS information and restart the IS-IS process.
PAGE 981
clns host Define a name-to-network service mapping point (NSAP) that you use with commands that require NSAPs and system IDs. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clns host name nsap name Enter an alphanumeric string to identify the name-to-NSAP mapping. nsap Enter a specific NSAP address that is associated with the name parameter. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 982
To disable debugging of IS-IS, use the no debug isis command. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 983
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 984
all Enter the keyword all to enable debugging information that includes all the logs that are related to graceful-restart. events Enter the keyword events to enable debugging information that includes logs that are related to generated events. hello Enter the keyword hello to enable debugging information that includes restart TLV related information. states Enter the keyword states to enable debugging information that includes state machine related information.
PAGE 985
vrf vrf-name • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable the debugging information on IS-IS corresponding to that VRF. This information contains local updates tied to the VRF that you specify. This command displays the local LSP debugging details of the current unit.
PAGE 986
vrf vrf-name • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 987
To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis [vrf vrf-name] spftriggers command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable debugging information on IS-IS corresponding to that VRF. This information contains spf trigger detail tied to the VRF that you specify. When SPF is triggered, this debugging information is displayed. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 988
vrf vrf-name • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.The range is from 1 to 512.
PAGE 989
default-information originate Generates a default route into an IS-IS routing domain and controls the distribution of default information. C9000 Series Syntax default-information originate [always] [metric metric] [routemap map-name] To disable the generation of a default route into the specified IS-IS routing domain, use the no default-information originate [always] [metric metric] [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 990
router does not always generate a default route into a routing domain. The router still requires its own default route before it can generate one. How a metric value assigned to a default route advertises depends on the metricstyle command configuration. If the metric-style command is set for Narrow mode and the metric value in the default-information originate command is set to a number higher than 63, the metric value advertised in the LSPs is 63.
PAGE 991
distance Define the administrative distance for learned routes. C9000 Series Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask [prefix-list]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History weight The administrative distance value indicates the reliability of a routing information source. The range is from 1 to 255. (A higher relative value indicates lower reliability. Routes with smaller values are given preference.) The default is 115.
PAGE 992
distribute-list in Filter network prefixes received in updates. C9000 Series Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To return to the default values, use the no distribute-list prefix-listname in [interface] command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History prefix-list-name Specify the prefix list to filter prefixes in routing updates.
PAGE 993
Related Commands • distribute-list out — suppresses networks from being advertised in updates. • redistribute — redistributes routes from one routing domain to another routing domain. distribute-list out Suppress network prefixes from being advertised in outbound updates.
PAGE 994
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information You can assign a name to a routing process so a prefix list IS applied to only the routes derived from the specified routing process. Related Commands • distribute-list in — filters the networks received in updates.
PAGE 995
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information When you execute this command, IS-IS does not download the route to the routing table if the same route was redistributed into IS-IS routing protocol on the same router. domain-password Set the authentication password for a routing domain.
PAGE 996
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information The domain password is inserted in Level 2 link state PDUs (LSPs), complete sequence number PDUs (CSNPs), and partial sequence number PDUs (PSNPs). Related Commands • area-password — configures an IS-IS area authentication password. • isis priority — configures the authentication password for an interface. graceful-restart ietf Enable graceful restart on an IS-IS router.
PAGE 997
Usage Information Every graceful restart enabled router’s HELLO PDUs includes a restart TLV. This restart enables (re)starting as well as the existing ISIS peers to detect the GR capability of the routers on the connected network. A flag in the Restart TLV contains restart request (RR), restart acknowledge (RA) and suppress adjacency advertisement (SA) bit flags. The ISIS graceful restart-enabled router can co-exist in mixed topologies where some routers are graceful restart-enabled and others are not.
PAGE 998
graceful-restart restart-wait Enable the graceful restart maximum wait time before a restarting peer comes up. C9000 Series Syntax NOTE: Set the t3 timer to adjacency on the restarting router when implementing this command. graceful-restart restart-wait seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart restart-wait command. Parameters seconds Enter the graceful restart time in seconds. The range is from 5 to 300 seconds. The default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 999
graceful-restart t1 Set the graceful restart wait time before unacknowledged restart requests are generated. This wait time is the interval before the system sends a restart request (an IIH with RR bit set in Restart TLV) until the CSNP is received from the helping router. C9000 Series Syntax graceful-restart t1 {interval seconds | retry-times value} To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t1 command. Parameters interval Enter the keyword interval to set the wait time.
PAGE 1000
graceful-restart t2 Configure the wait time for the graceful restart timer T2 that a restarting router uses as the wait time for each database to synchronize. C9000 Series Syntax graceful-restart t2 {level-1 | level-2} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t2 command. Parameters level-1, level-2 Enter the keywords level-1 or level-2 to identify the database instance type to which the wait interval applies. seconds Enter the gracefule-restart t2 time in seconds.
PAGE 1001
Parameters adjacency Enter the keyword adjacency so that the restarting router receives the remaining time value from its peer and adjusts its T3 value so if you have configured this option. manual Enter the keyword manual to specify a time value that the restarting router uses. The range is from 50 to 120 seconds. The default is 30 seconds. Defaults manual, 30 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1002
hello padding Use to turn ON or OFF padding for LAN and point-to-point hello PDUs or to selectively turn padding ON or OFF for LAN or point-to-point hello PDUs. C9000 Series Syntax hello padding [multi-point | point-to-point] To return to the default, use the no hello padding [multi-point | pointto-point] command. Parameters multi-point (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords multi-point to pad only LAN hello PDUs. point-to-point (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords point-to-point to pad only point-to-point PDUs.
PAGE 1003
hostname dynamic Enables dynamic learning of hostnames from routers in the domain and allows the routers to advertise the hostname in LSPs. C9000 Series Syntax hostname dynamic To disable this command, use the no hostname dynamic command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1004
Defaults In IS-IS, the default deletes LSPs with internal checksum errors (no ignore-lsperrors). Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1005
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.
PAGE 1006
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.
PAGE 1007
Parameters level-1 You can form a Level 1 adjacency if there is at least one common area address between this system and neighbors. You cannot form Level 2 adjacencies on this interface. level-1-2 You can form a Level 1 and Level 2 adjacencies when the neighbor is also configured as Level-1-2 and there is at least one common area, if not, a Level 2 adjacency is established. This setting is the default.
PAGE 1008
isis csnp-interval Configure the IS-IS complete sequence number PDU (CSNP) interval on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax isis csnp-interval seconds [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis csnp-interval [seconds] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters seconds Interval of transmission time between CSNPs on multiaccess networks for the designated intermediate system. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 10.
PAGE 1009
isis hello-interval Specify the length of time between hello packets sent. C9000 Series Syntax isis hello-interval seconds [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis hello-interval [seconds] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters seconds Allows you to set the length of time between hello packet transmissions. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 10. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Select this value to configure the hello interval for Level 1. This value is the default.
PAGE 1010
isis hello-multiplier Specify the number of IS-IS hello packets a neighbor must miss before the router declares the adjacency down. C9000 Series Syntax isis hello-multiplier multiplier [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis hello-multiplier [multiplier] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters multiplier Specifies an integer that sets the multiplier for the hello holding time. Never configure a hello-multiplier lower than the default (3). The range is from 3 to 1000.
PAGE 1011
isis hello padding Turn ON or OFF padding of hello PDUs from INTERFACE mode. C9000 Series Syntax isis hello padding To return to the default, use the no isis hello padding command. Defaults Padding of hello PDUs is enabled (ON). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1012
Parameters default-metric Metric assigned to the link and used to calculate the cost from each other router via the links in the network to other destinations. You can configure this metric for Level 1 or Level 2 routing. The range is from 0 to 16777215. The default is 10. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to configure the shortest path first (SPF) calculation for Level 1 (intra-area) routing. This value is the default.
PAGE 1013
To return to the default values, use the no isis metric [default-metric] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters default-metric Metric assigned to the link and used to calculate the cost from each other router via the links in the network to other destinations. You can configure this metric for Level 1 or Level 2 routing. The range is from 0 to 16777215 irrespective of the metric style. The default is 10.
PAGE 1014
isis network point-to-point Enable the software to treat a broadcast interface as a point-to-point interface. C9000 Series Syntax isis network point-to-point To disable the feature, use the no isis network point-to-point command. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1015
level-1 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the authentication password for Level 1. The router acts as a station router for Level 1 routing. This setting is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the authentication password for Level 2. The router acts as an area router for Level 2 routing. Defaults No default password. level-1 (if not otherwise specified). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1016
To return to the default values, use the no isis priority [value] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters value This value sets the router priority. The higher the value, the higher the priority. The range is from 0 to 127. The default is 64. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Specify the priority for Level 1. This setting is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Specify the priority for Level 2. Defaults value = 64; level-1 (if not otherwise specified).
PAGE 1017
is-type Configure IS-IS operating level for a router. C9000 Series Syntax is-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only} To return to the default values, use the no is-type command. Parameters level-1 Allows a router to act as a Level 1 router. level-1-2 Allows a router to act as both a Level 1 and Level 2 router. This setting is the default. level-2-only Allows a router to act as a Level 2 router. Defaults level-1-2 Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1018
log-adjacency-changes Generate a log messages for adjacency state changes. C9000 Series Syntax log-adjacency-changes To disable this function, use the no log-adjacency-changes command. Defaults Adjacency changes are not logged. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1019
Parameters level-l (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to apply the configuration to generation of Level-1 LSPs. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-2 to apply the configuration to generation of Level-2 LSPs. interval seconds Enter the maximum number of seconds between LSP generations. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. initial_wait_interv al seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the initial wait time, in seconds, before running the first LSP generation.
PAGE 1020
are no triggers for two times the maximum interval, fast behavior is restored (the initial wait time). lsp-mtu Set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) of IS-IS link-state packets (LSPs). This command only limits the size of LSPs this router generates. C9000 Series Syntax lsp-mtu size To return to the default values, use the no lsp-mtu command. Parameters size The maximum LSP size, in bytes. The range is from 512 to 16000 for Non-Jumbo mode and from 128 to 9195 for Jumbo mode. The default is 1497.
PAGE 1021
Because each device can generate a maximum of 255 LSPs, consider carefully whether you use the lsp-mtu command. lsp-refresh-interval Set the link state PDU (LSP) refresh interval. LSPs must be refreshed before they expire. When the LSPs are not refreshed after a refresh interval, they are kept in a database until their max-lsp-lifetime reaches zero and then LSPs is purged. C9000 Series Syntax lsp-refresh-interval seconds To restore the default refresh interval, use the no lsp-refresh-interval command.
PAGE 1022
Usage Information The refresh interval determines the rate at which route topology information is transmitted preventing the information from becoming obsolete. The refresh interval must be less than the LSP lifetime specified with the max-lsplifetime command. A low value reduces the amount of time that undetected link state database corruption can persist at the cost of increased link utilization. A higher value reduces the link utilization the flooding of refreshed packets causes.
PAGE 1023
Usage Information To configure the number of area addresses on router, use this command. This value must be consistent with routers in the same area, otherwise the router forms only Level 2 adjacencies. The value must be same among all the routers to form Level 1 adjacencies. max-lsp-lifetime Set the maximum time that link-state packets (LSPs) exist without being refreshed. C9000 Series Syntax max-lsp-lifetime seconds To restore the default time, use the no max-lsp-lifetime command.
PAGE 1024
Related Commands lsp-refresh-interval — sets the link-state packet (LSP) refresh interval. maximum-paths Configure the maximum number of equal cost paths allowed in a routing table. C9000 Series NOTE: You can use the maximum-paths command to configure a single system wide value that is common for both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. Syntax maximum-paths number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths command.
PAGE 1025
metric-style Configure a router to generate and accept old-style, new-style, or both styles of type, length, and values (TLV). C9000 Series Syntax metric-style {narrow [transition] | transition | wide [transition]} [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no metric-style {narrow [transition] | transition | wide [transition]} [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters narrow Allows you to generate and accept old-style TLVs. The metric range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 1026
Usage Information If you enter the metric-style wide command, the Dell Networking OS generates and accepts only new-style TLVs. The router uses less memory and other resources rather than generating both old-style and new-style TLVs. The new-style TLVs have wider metric fields than old-style TLVs. When wide transition is configured, narrow metric is sent for the narrow metric TLV and the actual wide metric is sent in wide metric TLV. The receiver can choose to use the metric that is requires.
PAGE 1027
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced. net To configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process, use this mandatory command. If you did not configure a NET, the IS-IS process does not start. C9000 Series Syntax net network-entity-title To remove a net, use the no net network-entity-title command. Parameters network-entitytitle Specify the area address and system ID for an IS-IS routing process. The first 1 to 13 bytes identify the area address.
PAGE 1028
passive-interface Suppress routing updates on an interface. This command stops the router from sending updates on that interface. C9000 Series Syntax passive-interface interface To delete a passive interface configuration, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1029
redistribute Redistribute routes from one routing domain to another routing domain. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute {static | connected | rip} [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [metric-type {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] To end redistribution or disable any of the specified keywords, use the no redistribute {static | connected | rip} [metric metric-value] [metric-type {external | internal}] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 1030
• Command History CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.
PAGE 1031
redistribute bgp Redistribute routing information from a BGP process. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute bgp AS number [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [metric-type {external| internal}] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, use the no redistribute bgp command with the appropriate parameters. Parameters AS number Enter a number that corresponds to the autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65355.
PAGE 1032
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added support for IPv6 ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information BGP to IS-IS redistribution supports “match” options using route maps.
PAGE 1033
metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) The value used for the redistributed route. Use a metric value that is consistent with the destination protocol. The range is from 0 to 16777215. The default is 0. metric-type {external | internal} (OPTIONAL) The external link type associated with the default route advertised into a routing domain. The two options are: • external • internal level-1 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into ISIS as Level 1 routes.
PAGE 1034
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added support for IPv6 ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information How a metric value assigned to a redistributed route is advertised depends on how on the configuration of the metric-style command. If the metric-style command is set for Narrow mode and the metric value in the redistribute ospf command is set to a number higher than 63, the metric value advertised in LSPs is 63.
PAGE 1035
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information Configure a network entity title (the net command) to specify the area address and the router system ID. Enable routing on one or more interfaces to establish adjacencies and establish dynamic routing.
PAGE 1036
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added support for multi-topology ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1037
Example (RouterIsis) Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled in Transition mode. Dell(conf-router_isis)# show config ! router isis clns host ISIS 49.0000.0001.F100.E120.0013.00 log-adjacency-changes net 49.0000.0001.F100.E120.0013.
PAGE 1038
local (OPTIONAL) Displays local link-state database information. detail (OPTIONAL) Detailed link-state database information of each LSP displays when specified. If not specified, a summary displays. summary (OPTIONAL) Summary of link-state database information displays when specified. system-id (OPTIONAL) Display link-state database for system-id. lspid (OPTIONAL) Display only the specified LSP.
PAGE 1039
Field Description LSPID Displays the LSP identifier. The first six octets are the System ID of the originating router. The first six octets are the System ID of the originating router. The next octet is the pseudonode ID. If this byte is not zero, the LSP describes system links. If this byte is zero (0), the LSP describes the state of the originating router. The designated router for a LAN creates and floods a pseudonode LSP and describes the attached systems. The last octet is the LSP number.
PAGE 1040
ISIS.00-00 * 0x00000006 0xCF43 580 0/0/0 IS-IS Level-2 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.00-00 * 0x00000006 0xCF43 580 0/0/0 ! Dell#show isis database detail ISIS.00-00 IS-IS Level-1 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.00-00 * 0x0000002B 0x853B 1075 0/0/0 Area Address: 49.0000.0001 NLPID: 0xCC 0x8E IP Address: 10.1.1.1 IPv6 Address: 1011::1 Topology: IPv4 (0x00) IPv6 (0x8002) Metric: 10 IS OSPF.
PAGE 1041
show isis graceful-restart detail Display detailed IS-IS graceful restart related settings. C9000 Series Syntax Command Modes Parameters show isis graceful-restart detail [vrf vrf-name] • EXEC • EXEC Privilege vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name if the VRf to display IS-IS graceful restart details corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, the IS-IS graceful restart details corresponding to the default VRF are displayed.
PAGE 1042
====================== Current Mode/State T3 Time left T2 Time left Restart ACK rcv count Restart Req rcv count Suppress Adj rcv count Restart CSNP rcv count Database Sync count : : : : : : : : Normal/RUNNING 0 0 (level-1), 0 0 (level-1), 0 0 (level-1), 0 0 (level-1), 0 0 (level-1), 0 0 (level-1), 0 (level-2) (level-2) (level-2) (level-2) (level-2) (level-2) show isis hostname Display IS-IS host names configured or learned on the switch.
PAGE 1043
show isis interface Display detailed IS-IS interface status and configuration information. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show isis interface [interface][vrf vrf-name] interface vrf vrf-name Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1044
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Example Dell>show isis int GigabitEthernet 1/7 is up, line protocol is up MTU 1497, Encapsulation SAP Routing Protocol: IS-IS Circuit Type: Level-1-2 Interface Index 37847070, Local circuit ID 1 Level-1 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.01 Hello Interval: 10, Hello Multiplier: 3, CSNP Interval: 10 Number of active level-1 adjacencies: 1 Level-2 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.
PAGE 1045
Circuit Type: Level-1-2 Interface Index 37847070, Local circuit ID 1 Level-1 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.01 Hello Interval: 10, Hello Multiplier: 3, CSNP Interval: 10 Number of active level-1 adjacencies: 1 Level-2 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.
PAGE 1046
• vrf vrf-name Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrffollowed by the name of the VRF to display adjacent router information corresponding to that VRF This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1047
Example Field Description Priority IS-IS priority the neighbor advertises. The neighbor with highest priority becomes the designated router for the interface. Uptime Displays the interfaces uptime. Circuit Id The neighbor’s interpretation of the designated router for the interface. The bold sections below identify that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled. This command displays only one IP address per line.
PAGE 1048
show isis protocol Display IS-IS routing information. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show isis protocol [vrf vrf-name] vrf vrf-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display IS-IS routing information corresponding to that VRF. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1049
Generate wide metrics: none Accept wide metrics: none Multi Topology Routing is enabled in transition mode. Dell# Dell#show isis protocol IS-IS Router: System Id: F100.E120.0013 IS-Type: level-1-2 Manual area address(es): 49.0000.0001 Routing for area address(es): 49.0000.
PAGE 1050
vrf vrf-name Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number.
PAGE 1051
Example Item Description Level-1/Level-2 LSPs sourced (new/refresh) Displays the number of new and refreshed LSPs. Level-1/Level-2 LSPs flooded (sent/rcvd) Displays the number of flooded LSPs sent and received. Level-1/Level-2 LSPs CSNPs (sent/ rcvd) Displays the number of CSNP LSPs sent and received. Level-1/Level-2 LSPs PSNPs (sent/ rcvd) Displays the number of PSNP LPSs sent and received. Level-1/Level-2 DR Elections Displays the number of times designated router elections ran.
PAGE 1052
spf-interval Specify the minimum interval between shortest path first (SPF) calculations. C9000 Series Syntax spf-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] To restore default values, use the no spf-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] command.
PAGE 1053
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for multi-topology ISIS. 7.5.1.0 Added support for SPF Throttling Enhancement. Usage Information This command spf-interval in CONFIG-ROUTER-ISIS-AF-IPV6 mode is used for IPv6 Multi-Topology route computation only. If using Single Topology mode, use the spf-interval command in CONFIG-ROUTER-ISIS mode for both IPv4 and IPv6 route computations. SPF throttling slows down the frequency at which route calculations are performed during network instability.
PAGE 1054
Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) 23 IGMP and IGMP snooping commands are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the switch. This chapter contains the following sections: • IGMP Commands • IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands The system supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376. Important Points to Remember • The system supports protocol-independent multicast-sparse (PIM-SM) and protocol-independent source-specific multicast (PIM-SSM) include and exclude modes.
PAGE 1055
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1056
• For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.
PAGE 1057
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The access list accepted is an extended ACL.
PAGE 1058
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip igmp immediate-leave Enable IGMP immediate leave. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp immediate-leave [group-list prefix-list-name] To disable ip igmp immediate leave, use the no ip igmp immediateleave command. Parameters group-list prefixlist-name Enter the keywords group-list then a string up to 16 characters long of the prefix-list-name. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1059
ip igmp last-member-query-interval Change the last member query interval, which is the Max Response Time inserted into Group-Specific Queries sent in response to Leave Group messages. This interval is also the interval between GroupSpecific Query messages. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp last-member-query-interval milliseconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp last-member-queryinterval command. Parameters milliseconds Enter the number of milliseconds as the interval.
PAGE 1060
ip igmp querier-timeout Change the interval that must pass before a multicast router decides that there is no longer another multicast router that should be the querier. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp querier-timeout seconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp querier-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the router must wait to become the new querier. The range is from 60 to 300. The default is 125 seconds.
PAGE 1061
ip igmp query-interval Change the transmission frequency of IGMP general queries the Querier sends. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp query-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip igmp query-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds between queries sent out. The range is from 1 to 18000. The default is 60 seconds. Defaults 60 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1062
Usage Information If you have configured the hello interval value to be greater than 18000, you must first reset that value to be less than or equal to 18000 before upload. Otherwise, the command execution fails during bootup and the hello interval value is set to the default value. ip igmp query-max-resp-time Set the maximum query response time advertised in general queries.
PAGE 1063
ip igmp ssm-map To translate (*,G) memberships to (S,G) memberships, use a statically configured list. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp ssm-map std-access-list source-address Undo this configuration, that is, remove SSM map (S,G) states and replace them with (*,G) state, use the ip igmp ssm-map std-access-list sourceaddress command. Parameters std-access-list Specify the standard IP access list that contains the mapping rules for multicast groups.
PAGE 1064
ip igmp static-group Configure an IGMP static group. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp static-group {group address [exclude [source address]] | [include {source address}]} To delete a static address, use the no ip igmp static-group {group address [exclude [source address]] | [include {source address}]} command. Parameters group address Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). exclude source address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword exclude then the source address, in dotted decimal format (A.
PAGE 1065
Command Limitations Related Commands • Only one mode (include or exclude) is permitted per multicast group per interface. To configure another mode, all sources belonging to the original mode must be unconfigured. • If a static configuration is present and a packet for the same group arrives on an interface, the dynamic entry completely overwrites all the static configuration for the group. show ip igmp groups — displays IGMP group information.
PAGE 1066
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip igmp groups View the IGMP groups. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip igmp groups [group-address [detail] | detail | interface [group-address [detail]]] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format to view information on that group only.
PAGE 1067
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Expanded to support the detail option. E-Series legacy command. Usage Information This command displays the IGMP database, including configured entries for either all groups on all interfaces, all groups on specific interfaces, or specific groups on specific interfaces. The following describes the show ip igmp groups command shown in the following example.
PAGE 1068
Example (Details) 225.0.0.1 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 225.0.0.2 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 225.0.0.3 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 225.0.0.4 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 Dell#show ip igmp group details Interface Vlan 20 Group 232.1.1.5 Uptime 00:11:22 Expires Never Router mode INCLUDE Last reporter 35.0.0.2 Group source list Source address Expires 65.0.0.1 00:01:22 65.0.0.2 00:01:22 65.0.0.3 00:01:22 65.0.0.4 00:01:22 65.0.0.
PAGE 1069
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command. Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results.
PAGE 1070
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1071
• The IGMP snooping implementation is based on draft-ietf-magma-snoop-10. • The system supports IGMP snooping on JUMBO-enabled cards. • IGMP snooping is not enabled by default on the switch. • A maximum of 1800 groups and 600 VLAN are supported. • IGMP snooping is not supported on a default VLAN interface. • IGMP snooping is not supported over VLAN-Stack-enabled VLAN interfaces (you must disable IGMP snooping on a VLAN interface before configuring VLAN-Stack-related commands).
PAGE 1072
• For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on S-Series and Z–Series.
PAGE 1073
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000– ON, Z9000, and Z9500.
PAGE 1074
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To enable IGMP snooping, enter this command. When you enable this command from CONFIGURATION mode, IGMP snooping enables on all VLAN interfaces (except the default VLAN). NOTE: Execute the no shutdown command on the VLAN interface for IGMP Snooping to function. ip igmp snooping fast-leave Enable IGMP snooping fast-leave for this VLAN.
PAGE 1075
Usage Information Queriers normally send some queries when a leave message is received prior to deleting a group from the membership database. There may be situations when you require a fast deletion of a group. When you enable IGMP fast leave processing, the switch removes an interface from the multicast group as soon as it detects an IGMP version 2 leave message on the interface. ip igmp snooping flood Control the flooding behavior of unregistered multicast data packets.
PAGE 1076
To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp snooping last-memberquery-interval command. Parameters milliseconds Enter the interval in milliseconds. The range is from 100 to 65535. The default is 1000 milliseconds. Defaults 1000 milliseconds Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1077
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is from 1 to 128. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN — (conf-if-vl-n) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1078
Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN — (conf-if-vl-n) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1079
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If the port channel is a VLT port channel, an asterisk (*) after the port channel number (Po 100*) indicates the port channel is locally down and that a remote VLT port is up.
PAGE 1080
detail Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the IGMPv3 source information.
PAGE 1081
Example Field Description Member Ports Indicates the port channel. If the port channel is VLT, an asterisk (*) after the port channel number indicates the port channel is locally down and that a remote VLT port is up. Dell#show ip igmp snooping groups Total Number of Groups: 1 IGMP Connected Group Membership Group Address Interface Mode Expires Last Reporter 225.1.1.1 Vlan 10 IGMPv2-Compat 00:02:09 1.1.1.
PAGE 1082
Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) 24 Internet protocol security (IPSec) is an end-to-end security scheme for securing IP communications by authenticating and encrypting all packets in a session. Use IPSec between hosts, gateways, or hosts and gateways. IPSec uses a series of protocol functions to achieve information security: • Authentication Headers (AH) — connectionless integrity and origin authentication for IP packets.
PAGE 1083
To delete a transform set, use the no crypto ipsec transform-set name {ah-authentication {md5|sha1|null} | esp-authentication {md5| sha1|null} | esp-encryption {3des|cbc|des|null}} command. Parameters name Enter the name for the transform set. ah-authentication Enter the keywords ah-authentication then the transform type of operation to apply to traffic. The transform type represents the encryption or authentication applied to traffic.
PAGE 1084
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. • Both sides of the link must specify the same transform set. • You can create up to 64 transform sets. Dell(conf)#int ten 0/4 Dell(conf-if-te-0/4)#ipv6 address 200:1::/64 eui64 Dell(conf)#int ten 0/6 Dell(conf-if-te-0/6)#ipv6 address 801:10::/64 eui64 crypto ipsec policy Create a crypto policy used by ipsec.
PAGE 1085
Usage Information This command creates a crypto policy entry and enters the crypto policy configuration mode for configuring the flow parameters. Example Dell(conf)#crypto ipsec policy West 10 ipsec-manual Dell(conf-crypto-policy)# management crypto-policy Apply the crypto policy to management traffic. C9000 Series Syntax management crypto-policy name To remove the management traffic crypto policy, use the no management crypto-policy name command. Parameters name Enter the name for the crypto policy.
PAGE 1086
To remove the match filter for the crypto map, use the no match seq-num tcp [source ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {source-port number}] [destination ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {destination-port number}] command. Parameters seq-num Enter the match command sequence number. sourceip-address | ipv6 address Enter the keyword source then the IPv4 or IPv6 address for the source. mask Enter the mask prefix length in /nn format. source-port number Enter the source port number.
PAGE 1087
session-key Specify the session keys used in the crypto policy entry. C9000 Series Syntax session-key {inbound | outbound} {ah spi hex-key-string | esp spi encrypt hex-key-string auth hex-key-string To delete the session key information from the crypto policy, use the no session-key {inbound | outbound} {ah | esp} command. Parameters name Enter the name for the transform set. inbound Specify the inbound session key for IPSec. outbound Specify the outbound session key for IPSec.
PAGE 1088
show crypto ipsec transform-set Display the transform set configuration. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show crypto ipsec transform-set name name Enter the name of the transform set. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1089
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 1090
Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interface num : : : : : : 0 a::2 /128 21 Match sequence Num Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source address Source mask Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interface num : : : : : : : : : : : 3 tcp IPv6 a::1 /128 21 a::2 /128 0 Dell# transform-set Specify the transform set for crypto policy use.
PAGE 1091
25 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system on the switch. arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP). C9000 Series Syntax arp ip-address mac-address interface To remove an ARP address, use the no arp ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format. mac-address Enter a MAC address in nnnn.nnnn.nnnn format.
PAGE 1092
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1093
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The arp backoff timer is an exponential backoff timer. Over the specified period, the time between ARP requests increases.
PAGE 1094
arp retries Set the number of ARP retries in case the system does not receive an ARP reply in response to an ARP request. C9000 Series Syntax arp retries number Parameters number Enter the number of retries. The range is from 5 to 20. The default is 5. Defaults 5 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1095
Defaults Command Modes Command History 240 minutes (4 hours) • INTERFACE • INTERFACE PORT EXTENDER (conf-if-pegi-pe-id/ stack-unit / port-id) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1096
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a port extender (PE) Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / portid information.
PAGE 1097
clear host Remove one or all dynamically learned host table entries. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear host name name Enter the name of the host to delete. Enter * to delete all host table entries. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1098
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information To clear Layer 3 CAM inconsistencies, use this command. CAUTION: Executing this command causes traffic disruption. Related Commands show ip fib linecard — shows FIB entries on a specified stack-unit.
PAGE 1099
Related Commands Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • ip route — assigns an IP route to the switch. • show ip route — views the routing table • show ip route summary — views a summary of the routing table. clear ip traffic Clear IP traffic statistics on the switch CPUs.
PAGE 1100
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip traffic — displays IP traffic statistics. clear tcp statistics Clear TCP counters. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear tcp statistics [all | cp | rp] all Enter the keyword all to clear TCP statistics maintained on all switch processors. cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the cp to clear TCP statistics only from the Control Processor. rp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp1 to clear TCP statistics only from the Route Processor.
PAGE 1101
debug arp View information on ARP transactions. C9000 Series Syntax debug arp [interface] [count value] To stop debugging ARP transactions, use the no debug arp command. Parameters interface count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1 and the port range is 0.
PAGE 1102
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the count option. Usage Information To stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on, use the count option.
PAGE 1103
Example Related Commands IPv4 Routing Version Description 6.4.10 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#debug ip dhcp 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.17 BOOTP Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xbf05140f, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, teaddr = 0.0.0.0 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREQUEST: Forwarded BOOTREQUEST for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 14.4.4.2 00:12:26 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.
PAGE 1104
debug ip icmp View information on the internal control message protocol (ICMP). C9000 Series Syntax debug ip icmp [interface] [count value] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip icmp command. Parameters interface count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1 and the port range is 0.
PAGE 1105
Example Version Description 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the count option. ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: echo request rcvd from src 40.40.40.40 src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.40.40.40, echo src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.40.40.40, echo echo request sent to dst 40.40.40.
PAGE 1106
• For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port extender (PE) Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / portid information.
PAGE 1107
Example Field Description d= Lists the destination address of the packet and the name of the interface (in parentheses) through which the packet is being sent out on the network. len Displays the packet’s length. sending, rcvd, fragment, sending broad/multicast proto, unroutable The last part of each line lists the status of the packet. TCP src= Displays the source and destination ports, the sequence number, the acknowledgement number, and the window size of the packets in that TCP packets.
PAGE 1108
The access-group option supports only the equal to (eq) operator in TCP ACL rules. Port operators not equal to (neq), greater than (gt), less than (lt), or range are not supported in access-group option (refer to the following example). ARP packets (arp) and Ether-type (ether-type) are also not supported in the accessgroup option. The entire rule is skipped to compose the filter.
PAGE 1109
• Parameters Command Modes Command History Use the no deny arp {destination-mac-address mac-address-mask | any} vlan vlan-id {ip-address | any | opcode code-number} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 1110
ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port.
PAGE 1111
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information You must be in INTERFACE mode before you add an IP address to an interface. Assign an IP address to an interface prior to entering ROUTER OSPF mode. ip directed-broadcast Enable the interface to receive directed broadcast packets.
PAGE 1112
ip domain-list Configure ip domain names to complete unqualified host names. C9000 Series Syntax ip domain-list name To remove the name, use the no ip domain-list name command. Parameters name Enter an ip domain name to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1113
Related Commands ip domain-name — specifies a DNS server. ip domain-lookup Enable dynamic host-name to address resolution (that is, DNS). C9000 Series Syntax ip domain-lookup To disable DNS lookup, use the no ip domain-lookup command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1114
ip domain-name Configure one domain name for the switch. C9000 Series Syntax ip domain-name name To remove the domain name, use the no ip domain-name command. Parameters name Enter one domain name to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1115
ip helper-address hop-count disable Disable the hop-count increment for the DHCP relay agent. C9000 Series Syntax ip helper-address hop-count disable To re-enable the hop-count increment, use the no ip helper-address hopcount disable command. Defaults Enabled; the hops field in the DHCP message header is incremental by default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1116
ip host Assign a name and IP address for the host-to-IP address mapping table. C9000 Series Syntax ip host name ip-address To remove an IP host, use the no ip host name [ip-address] command. Parameters name Enter a text string to associate with one IP address. ip address Enter an IP address, in dotted decimal format, to be mapped to the name. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1117
To place no limit on the number of fragments allowed, use the no ip max-fragcount command. Parameters count Enter a number for the number of fragments allowed for reassembly. The range is from 2 to 256. Defaults No limit is set on number of fragments allowed. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1118
Defaults 1500 bytes Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 1119
Related Commands Layer 2 Overhead Difference between Link MTU and IP MTU Ethernet (untagged) 18 bytes VLAN Tag Tag 22 bytes Untagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 22 bytes Tagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 26 bytes mtu — sets the link MTU for an Ethernet interface. ip name-server Enter up to six IPv4 addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use. C9000 Series Syntax ip name-server ipv4-address [ipv4-address2...
PAGE 1120
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The system does not support sending DNS queries over a VLAN. DNS queries are sent out on all other interfaces, including the Management port.
PAGE 1121
Related Commands Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip interface — displays the interface routing status and configuration. ip route Assign a static route to the switch.
PAGE 1122
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the slot/port information. The range is from 1 to 4094. • For a port extender (PE) Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
PAGE 1123
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Included the weighted parameter to support weighted ECMP feature. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2.(0.0) Added support for tunnel interface type. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1124
weight assigned to it and other paths do not have any weight configured, then regular ECMP is used for forwarding. You can specify the weight value only to destination address and not on the egress port. A route is considered for weighted ECMP calculations only if each path corresponding to that route is configured with a weight. You cannot use the VRF attribute of this command to configure routes in a management VRF.
PAGE 1125
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip unreachables Enable the generation of internet control message protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages.
PAGE 1126
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ipv4 unicast-host-route Enable the storage of IPv4 route prefixes in the L3 host table. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ipv4 unicast-host-route Defaults Disabled; by default, all IPv4 route prefixes are stored installed only in the Longest Prefix Match (LPM) table. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1127
load-balance By default, the system uses an IP 4-tuple (IP SA, IP DA, Source Port, and Destination Port) to distribute IP traffic over members of a Port Channel as well as equal-cost paths. To designate another method to balance traffic over Port Channel members, use the load-balance command.
PAGE 1128
ingress-port enable Enter the keywords to distribute traffic based on the following: • enable — Takes the source port into consideration when doing hash computations. This option is disabled by default. Defaults IP 4-tuple (IP SA, IP DA, Source Port, Destination Port) Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1129
management route Configure a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router.
PAGE 1130
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for forty gigabit, vlan, and tengigabit ethernet interfaces. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 and added support for IPv6. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1131
interface interface To specify an interface, enter one of the following interface types and slot/port or number information: • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1132
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Augmented to display local ARP entries learned from private VLANs (PVLANs). 7.6.1.
PAGE 1133
Internet Internet Internet Internet Internet Internet Internet Internet Example (Private VLAN) 192.2.1.250 192.2.1.251 192.2.1.250 192.2.1.249 192.2.1.248 192.2.1.247 192.2.1.246 192.2.1.
PAGE 1134
show arp retries Display the configured number of ARP retries. C9000 Series Syntax Command Modes Command History show arp retries • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.
PAGE 1135
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6 addresses. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show hosts command in the following example. Field Description Default domain...
PAGE 1136
Example Related Commands Dell#show hosts Default domain is not set Name/address lookup uses static Name servers are not set Host Flags TTL Type -------- -------- ---ks (perm, OK) IP 4200-1 (perm, OK) IP 1230-3 (perm, OK) IP ZZr (perm, OK) IP Z10-3 (perm, OK) IP Dell# mappings Address ------2.2.2.2 192.68.69.2 192.68.99.2 192.71.18.2 192.71.23.1 traceroute — views the DNS resolution. ip host — configures a host. show ip cam linecard View CAM entries for a port pipe on a line card..
PAGE 1137
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.2 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale E600i. 8.1.1.
PAGE 1138
Field Example Description • RP2 = route processor 2 • Gi = Gigabit Ethernet interface • So = SONET interface • Te = 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface Dell#show ip cam linecard 0 port‐set 0 Destination EC C VId Mac‐Addr Port ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 1.1.32.140/32 0 0 200 00:00:00:00:1f:8a PeGigE // show ip fib linecard View all forwarding information base (FIB) entries.
PAGE 1139
Example Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell>show ip fib linecard 2 Destination Gateway FirstHop Mac-Addr Port VId EC ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- -----------1.1.32.140/32 via 1.1.32.140, PeGigE PE‐ID/Slot/Port 1.1.32.140 00:00:00:00:1f:8a PeGigE PE‐ID/Slot/Port 200 0 show ip flow Show how a Layer 3 packet is forwarded when it arrives at a particular interface.
PAGE 1140
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1141
show ip interface View IP-related information on all interfaces. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip interface [interface | brief] [linecard slot-id] [configured] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword Loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then zero (0).
PAGE 1142
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.2 Supported on the E-Series ExaScale E600i. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1143
TenGigabitEthernet 2/1 is down, line protocol is down Internet address is not set IP MTU is 1500 bytes Directed broadcast forwarding is disabled Proxy ARP is enabled Split Horizon is enabled Poison Reverse is disabled ICMP redirects are not sent ICMP unreachables are not sent TenGigabitEthernet 2/2 is down, line protocol is down Internet address is not set IP MTU is 1500 bytes Directed broadcast forwarding is disabled Proxy ARP is enabled Split Horizon is enabled Poison Reverse is disabled ICMP redirects ar
PAGE 1144
Address determined by config file IP MTU is 1500 bytes Directed broadcast forwarding is disabled Proxy ARP is enabled Split Horizon is enabled Poison Reverse is disabled ICMP redirects are not sent ICMP unreachables are not sent --More-Usage Information The following describes the show ip interface brief command shown in the following example. Example (Brief) 1144 Fields Description Interface Displays type of interface and the associated slot and port number.
PAGE 1145
show ip management-route View the IP addresses assigned to the Management interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip management-route [all | connected | summary | static] all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all IP addresses assigned to all Management interfaces on the switch. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to view only routes directly connected to the Management interface.
PAGE 1146
show ipv6 management-route Display the IPv6 static routes configured for the management interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ipv6 management-route [all | connected | summary | static] all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all IP addresses assigned to all Management interfaces on the switch. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to view only routes directly connected to the Management interface.
PAGE 1147
show ip protocols View information on all routing protocols enabled and active on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip protocols • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example IPv4 Routing Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.
PAGE 1148
show ip route View information, including how they were learned, about the IP routes on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip route hostname | ip-address [mask] [longer-prefixes] | list prefix-list | protocol [process-id | routing-tag] | all | connected | static | summary] [vrf vrf-name] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the VRF name to list the routes in the route table of a specific VRF.
PAGE 1149
summary Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary. For more information, refer to the show ip route summary command. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1150
----------- ------- ----------- ----------R 3.0.0.0/8 via 100.10.10.10, So 2/8 via 101.10.10.10, So 2/9 100.10.10.0/24 Direct, Te 2/8 > R 100.10.10.0/24 Direct, Te 2/8 C 101.10.10.0/24 Direct, Te 2/9 > R 101.10.10.
PAGE 1151
Example Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1152
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1153
show ip traffic View IP traffic statistics related to switch CPUs, including ICMP, UDP, TCP and ARP counters. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip traffic {all | cp | rp} all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view IP traffic statistics from all processors. cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cp to view only IP traffic statistics from the Control Processor. rp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp to view only IP traffic statistics from the Route Processor.
PAGE 1154
Keyword Definition • route not found for unicast/multicast; ingress interfaces do not belong to the destination multicast group • destination IP address belongs to reserved prefixes; the host/network is unreachable bad options... Unrecognized IP option on a received packet. Frags: IP fragments received. ... reassembled Number of IP fragments that were reassembled. ... timeouts Number of times a timer expired on a reassembled queue. ... too big Number of invalid IP fragments received. ...
PAGE 1155
• Example ARP Statistics: Sent: Proxy: Object = f10ArpProxySent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.2.
PAGE 1156
rp Enter the keyword rp1 to view TCP statistics only from the Route Processor. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Default Display TCP information from all processors. Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 1157
Example Field Description 7 out-of-order... Displays the number of packets and bytes received out of order. 0 packets with data after window Displays the number of packets and bytes received that exceed the switch’s window size. 0 packets after close Displays the number of packet received after the TCP connection was closed. 0 window probe packets... Displays the number of window probe and update packets received. 41 dup ack...
PAGE 1158
0 partially dup packets (0 bytes) 7 out-of-order packets (0 bytes) 0 packets ( 0 bytes) with data after window 0 packets after close 0 window probe packets, 41 window update packets 41 dup ack packets, 0 ack packets with unsend data 10184 ack packets (12439508 bytes) Sent: 12007 Total, 0 urgent packets 25 control packets (including 24 retransmitted) 11603 data packets (12439677 bytes) 24 data packets (7638 bytes) retransmitted 355 ack only packets (41 delayed) 0 window probe packets, 0 window update packets
PAGE 1159
IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) 26 IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Networking operating system. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, refer to the Access Control Lists (ACL) chapter. Important Points to Remember • Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment. For more information, see the cam-acl command. • Egress IPv6 ACL and IPv6 ACL on the Loopback interface is not supported. • Reference to an empty ACL permits any traffic.
PAGE 1160
l2acl number • L2 ACL(l2acl): 5 • IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 0 • L3 QoS (ipv4qos): 2 • L2 QoS (l2qos): 1 • OpenFlow: 0 (disabled) • FCoE (fcoeacl): 0 (disabled) • iSCSI Optimization (iscsioptacl): 0 (disabled) • L2 PT : 0 • IP-MAC ACL : 0 • Vman QoS : 0 • ECFM ACL: 0 • IPv4 PBR : 0 • VRFv4 ACL : 0 • FedGov ACL : 0 • NLB Cluster ACL : 0 Allocate space to each CAM region. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount for CAM space allocation.
PAGE 1161
l2pt number Enter l2pt and the FP block number for L2–Protocol tunneling. The FP block number range is from 0 to 1. ipmacacl number Enter ipmacacl and the FP block number for IP-MAC ACL. The FP block number range is from 0 to 6. vman-qos number Enter vman-qos and the FP block number for Vman QoS. The FP block number range is from 0 to 6. ecfmacl number Enter ecfmacl and the FP block number for ECFM ACL. The FP block number range is from 0 to 5.
PAGE 1162
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Added support for the fcoe parameter on the S4810 and S4820T. 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OpenFlow on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added the keywords fcoeacl and iscsioptacl on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Added the keywords ecfmacl, vman-qos, and vmandual-qos. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1163
l2acl 1-3 ipv4acl 1- 3 ipv6acl 0-2 • L3 ACL (ipv4acl: 1 • IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 2 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name then the allocation amount. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1164
clear counters ipv6 access-group Erase all counters maintained for the IPv6 access lists. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History clear counters ipv6 access-group [access-list-name] access-list-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured access-list, up to 140 characters. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1165
• Parameters Defaults Use the no deny {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ipv6 | tcp | udp} command log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100.
PAGE 1166
You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface.
PAGE 1167
generated. You can enter an interval in the range of 1-10 minutes. monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is 5 minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled.
PAGE 1168
deny tcp (for IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter that drops TCP packets that match the filter criteria.
PAGE 1169
Version Description 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
PAGE 1170
Parameters Command Modes Command History log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100.
PAGE 1171
particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). ipv6 access-list Configure an access list based on IPv6 addresses or protocols.
PAGE 1172
Related Commands show config — views the current configuration. ipv6 control-plane egress-filter Enable egress Layer 3 ACL lookup for IPv6 CPU traffic. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 control-plane egress-filter Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1173
• Parameters Defaults Use the no permit {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ipv6 | tcp | udp} command log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100.
PAGE 1174
You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering theflow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface.
PAGE 1175
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History ACCESS-LIST Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.
PAGE 1176
permit tcp (for IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter to pass TCP packets that match the filter criteria. C9000 Series Syntax permit tcp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} [operator port [port]] {destination address | any | host ipv6address} [bit] [operator port [port]] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 1177
Version Description 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
PAGE 1178
• Parameters Command Modes Command History Use the no permit udp {source address mask | any | host ipv6address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands.
PAGE 1179
the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port.
PAGE 1180
Command Modes Command History ACCESS-LIST Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 1181
Parameters access-list Enter the keywords access-list to display information for all ipv6 access-lists. acl_name Enter the keywords acl_name to display information for a specified ipv6 access-list. in Enter the keyword in to display information for an ipv6 ingress access-list attached to an interface. out Enter the keyword out to display information for an ipv6 egress access-list attached to an interface.
PAGE 1182
Command Modes Command History cam_count List the count of the CAM rules for this ACL. interface interface Enter the keyword interface and the interface type and slot/port or number information: • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel a port channel number.The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet and the slot/port information.
PAGE 1183
seq 5 permit tcp any any count (0 packets) seq 10 permit udp any any count (0 packets) show running-config Display the ACL running configurations. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show running-config {acl [ip | mac | ipv6]} acl Enter the keyword acl to display all access-lists and acl sub commands. ip Enter the keyword ip to display all ip access-list and the ip sub commands. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to display all ipv6 access-lists and ipv6 sub commands.
PAGE 1184
27 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell Networking operating system. NOTE: For information about the Dell Networking operating software version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, refer to the IPv6 Addressing chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. cam-ipv6 extended-prefix Enable LPM CAM partitioning to support the storage of extended IPv6 (/65 to /128) route prefixes in LPM partition 1.
PAGE 1185
Usage Information You can partition the LPM table to store extended IPv6 route prefixes with /65 to /128 mask lengths. LPM CAM partitioning requires a switch reload to take effect. To disable LPM CAM partitioning and return the number of the IPv6 /65-/128 route prefixes stored in Partition 1 to 0, enter the no cam-ipv6 extended-prefix command. clear ipv6 fib Clear (refresh) all forwarding information base (FIB) entries on a line card.
PAGE 1186
clear ipv6 mld_host Clear the IPv6 MLD host counters and reset the elapsed time. C9000 Series Syntax clear ipv6 mld_host Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1187
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example IPv6 Basics Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Updated Usage Information. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Added support on the management Ethernet port. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1188
ipv6 address autoconfig Configure IPv6 address auto-configuration for the management interface. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 address autoconfig To disable the address autoconfig operation on the management interface, use the no ipv6 address autoconfig command. Default Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE (management interface only) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1189
ipv6 address eui64 Configure IPv6 EUI64 address configuration on the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefix-length} eui64 To disable IPv6 EUI64 address autoconfiguration, use the no ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefix-length} eui64 command. Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 prefix in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 1190
ipv6 control-plane icmp error-rate-limit Configure the maximum number of ICMP error packets generated and sent in one second. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 control-plane icmp error-rate-limit {1-200} To restore the default value, use the no ipv6 control-plane icmp errorrate-limit command. Parameters pps Enter the maximum number of error packets generated per second. The range is from 1 to 200. Default 100 pps Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1191
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1192
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. ipv6 name-server Enter up to six IPv6 addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 name-server ipv6-address [ipv6-address2...
PAGE 1193
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage Information You can separately configure both IPv4 and IPv6 domain name servers. ipv6 nd dad attempts Configure the number of neighbor solicitation messages that are sent to perform duplicate address detection (DAD) on the interface.
PAGE 1194
ipv6 nd dns-server Configure Recursive DNS Server (RDNSS) addresses for distribution via IPv6 router advertisements to an IPv6 device. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 nd dns-server {ipv6-RDNSS-address} {lifetime | infinite} To remove the IPv6 RDSS configuration, use no ipv6 nd dns-server {ipv6RDNSS-address} {lifetime | infinite} Parameters ipv6-RDNSSaddress Enter the IPv6 Recursive DNS Server’s (RDNSS) address. You can specify up to 4 IPv6 RDNSS server addresses. lifetime Enter the lifetime in seconds.
PAGE 1195
ipv6 nd prefix Specify which IPv6 prefixes are included in Neighbor Advertisements. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters ipv6 nd prefix {ipv6-prefix | prefix-length | default} [noadvertise] | [no-autoconfig] [no-rtr-address] [off-link] [lifetime {valid | infinite} {preferred | infinite}] ipv6-prefix Enter an IPv6 prefix. prefix-length Enter the prefix then the prefix length. The length range is from 0 to 128. default Enter the keyword default to set default parameters for all prefixes.
PAGE 1196
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale, C-Series, and SSeries. Usage Information By default, all prefixes configured as addresses on the interface are advertised. This command allows control over the individual parameters per prefix; you can use the default keyword to use the default parameters for all prefixes.
PAGE 1197
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel interface number. The range is from 1 to 16383. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword VLAN then the vlan number. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1198
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Also included the weight parameter to support weighted ECMP feature. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.
PAGE 1199
Related Commands show ipv6 route — views the IPv6 configured routes. ipv6 unicast-host-route Enable the storage of extended IPv6 route prefixes (/65 to /128) in the L3 host table. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ipv6 unicast-host-route Defaults Enabled; by default, extended IPv6 route prefixes are stored only in the L3 host table. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1200
To disable unicast routing, use the no ipv6 unicast-routing command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1201
show cam-ipv6 extended-prefix Display the currently configured and next-boot settings for extended IPv6 prefixes (/65 to /128) in LPM CAM. C9000 Series Syntax show cam-ipv6 extended-prefix Defaults None Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1202
port-set Enter the keyword port-set and specify the port-set number. The port-set number value is 0. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed and the name of the VRF to display IPv6 CAM entries corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, IPv6 CAM entries corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. X:X:X:X::X (OPTIONAL) Enter the network address or host name.
PAGE 1203
show ipv6 control-plane icmp Displays the status of the icmp control-plane setting for the error eate limit setting. C9000 Series Syntax show ipv6 control-plane icmp Default 100 Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1204
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1205
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 nd dad attempts — Configure system to set the flow label field in the packets to zero. show ipv6 interface Display the status of interfaces configured for IPv6.
PAGE 1206
Defaults Command Modes Command History configured (OPTIONAL) View information on all IPv6 configured interfaces. managementethe rnet slot/ port (OPTIONAL) View information on an IPv6 Management port. Enter the slot number (0-1) and port number zero (0). loopback (OPTIONAL) View information for IPv6 Loopback interfaces. port-channel (OPTIONAL) View information for IPv6 port channels. tengigabitethernet (OPTIONAL) View information for an IPv6 tengigabitethernet interface.
PAGE 1207
Usage Information The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). If necessary, use the ipv6 address command to assign an IPv6 address to the Management port.
PAGE 1208
ff02::2 ff02::1:ff00:8 ff02::1:ffff:6f08 ND MTU is 0 ICMP redirects are not sent DAD is enabled, number of DAD attempts: 3 ND reachable time is 27000 milliseconds ND base reachable time is 30000 milliseconds ND advertised reachable time is 0 milliseconds ND advertised retransmit interval is 0 milliseconds ND router advertisements are sent every 200 to 600 seconds ND router advertisements live for 1800 seconds ND advertised hop limit is 64 IPv6 hop limit for originated packets is 64 Dell# show ipv6 interface
PAGE 1209
Example Field Description Valid MLD Packets The total number of packets received and sent from the last time the elapsed time was cleared. Reports The total number of reports (queries and unsolicited reports generated from joins or leaves) that have been received or sent. Leaves The number of Multicast leaves that have been sent. MLDv1 queries The number of MLDv1 queries that have been received. MLDv2 queries The number of MLDv2 queries that have been received.
PAGE 1210
connected (OPTIONAL) View only the directly connected IPv6 routes. isis (OPTIONAL) View information for all IPv6 IS-IS routes. list (OPTIONAL) View the IPv6 prefix list. ospf (OPTIONAL) View information for all IPv6 OSPF routes. vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to display IPv6 routes corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, routes corresponding to the default VRF are displayed.
PAGE 1211
Example Field Description (undefined) Identifies the type of route: • L = Local • C = connected • S = static • R = RIP • B = BGP • IN = internal BGP • EX = external BGP • LO = Locally Originated • O = OSPF • IA = OSPF inter-area • N1 = OSPF NSSA external type 1 • N2 = OSPF NSSA external type 2 • E1 = OSPF external type 1 • E2 = OSPF external type 2 • i = IS-IS • L1 = IS-IS level-1 • L2 = IS-IS level-2 • IA = IS-IS inter-area • * = candidate default • > = non-active
PAGE 1212
C L Example (Summary) 1212 2::/64 [0/0] Direct, Te 10/1, 00:01:53 fe80::/10 [0/0] Direct, Nu 0, 00:01:53 Dell#show ipv6 route summary Route Source Active Routes Non-active Routes connected 5 0 static 0 0 Total 5 0 Total 5 active route(s) using 952 bytes IPv6 Basics
PAGE 1213
iSCSI Optimization 28 Internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) optimization enables quality-of-service (QoS) treatment for iSCSI storage traffic on a switch. To configure and verify the iSCSI optimization feature, use the following Dell Networking OS commands. advertise dcbx-app-tlv Configure DCBX to send iSCSI TLV advertisements. C9000 Series Syntax advertise dcbx-app-tlv iscsi To disable DCBX iSCSI TLV advertisements, use the no advertise dcbx-apptlv iscsi command. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1214
iscsi aging time Set the aging time for iSCSI sessions. C9000 Series Syntax iscsi aging time time To remove the iSCSI session aging time, use the no iscsi aging time command. Parameters time Enter the aging time for the iSCSI session. The range is from 5 to 43,200 minutes. Defaults 10 minutes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1215
disable Enter the keyword disable to disable the application of preferential QoS treatment to iSCSI frames. dot1p vlanpriority-value Enter the dot1p value of the VLAN priority tag assigned to the incoming packets in an iSCSI session. The range is from 0 to 7. The default is the dot1p value in ingress iSCSI frames is not changed and is the same priority is used in iSCSI TLV advertisements if you did not enter the iscsi prioritybits command.
PAGE 1216
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. iscsi priority-bits Configure the priority bitmap that advertises in the iSCSI application TLVs.
PAGE 1217
Defaults Dell Compellent disk arrays are not detected. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 1218
Version Description 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Usage Information You can configure up to 16 target TCP ports on the switch in one command or multiple commands. When you use the no iscsi target port command and the TCP port you want to delete is one bound to a specific IP address, the IP address value must be included in the command. show iscsi Display the currently configured iSCSI settings.
PAGE 1219
• show iscsi session detailed— displays detailed information about active iSCSI sessions on the switch. • show run iscsi— shows run iscsi. show iscsi session Display information about active iSCSI sessions on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax Command Modes Command History show iscsi session • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1220
In a VLT configuration, show iscsi session output is not accurate unless there are iSCSI traffic flows on VLT LAGs on both the target and the initiator side of the VLT domain. Related Commands • show iscsi — displays the currently configured iSCSI settings. • show iscsi session detailed— displays detailed information about active iSCSI sessions on the switch. • show run iscsi— shows run iscsi. show iscsi session detailed Display detailed information on active iSCSI sessions on the switch.
PAGE 1221
Initiator:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia.ixload:initiator-iscsi-35 Up Time:00:00:01:22(DD:HH:MM:SS) Time for aging out:00:00:09:31(DD:HH:MM:SS) ISID:806978696102 Initiator Initiator Target Target Connection IP Address TCP Port IP Address TCPPort ID 10.10.0.53 33432 10.10.0.101 3260 0 Related Commands • show iscsi— displays the currently configured iSCSI settings. • show iscsi session— displays information about active iSCSI sessions on the switch. • show run iscsi — shows run iscsi.
PAGE 1222
29 Layer 2 This chapter describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. This chapter contains the following sections: • MAC Addressing Commands • Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands • Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses. clear mac-address-table Clear the MAC address table of all MAC address learned dynamically.
PAGE 1223
vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan then a VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 1224
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 On the E-Series, available in INTERFACE VLAN context, reduced the minimum aging time in the INTERFACE VLAN context from 10 seconds to 1 second. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1225
• output-range interface vlan vlan-id For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. For a multicast MAC address, enter the keyword outputrange then one of the following interfaces to indicate a range of ports for which traffic is forwarded: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1226
mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Ensure that address resolution protocol (ARP) refreshes the egress interface when a station move occurs due to a topology change. C9000 Series Syntax [no] mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1227
Parameters threshold number Enter the keyword threshold with the maximum number of times a MAC-address station move is detected within the configured interval. The range is from 5 to 50. interval seconds Enter the keyword interval with the interval (in seconds). The range is from 1 to 60. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C1048P.
PAGE 1228
mac learning-limit Limit the maximum number of MAC addresses (static + dynamic) learned on a selected interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults mac learning-limit address_limit [vlan vlan-id] [station-moveviolation [dynamic]] [dynamic [no-station-move| station-move]] address_limit Enter the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned on the interface. The range is from 1 to 1000000. vlan vlan-id E-Series only: Enter the keyword then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1229
Version Description 6.5.1.0 Added support for MAC Learning-Limit on the LAG. Usage Information This command and its options are supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, LACP LAGs, and VLANs. If you do not specify the vlan option, the MAC address counters are not VLANbased. That is, the sum of the addresses learned on all VLANs (not having any learning limit configuration) is counted against the MAC learning limit. MAC Learning Limit violation logs and actions are not available on a per-VLAN basis.
PAGE 1230
Parameters log Enter the keyword log to generate a syslog message on a learning-limit violation. shutdown Enter the keyword shutdown to shut down the port on a learning-limit violation. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1231
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1232
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, and LACP LAGs.
PAGE 1233
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show cam mac linecard (dynamic or static) Display the CAM size and the portions allocated for MAC addresses and for MAC ACLs.
PAGE 1234
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1235
Command Modes Command History aging-time Enter the keyword aging-time to display only aging-time information. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface then the interface type, slot and port information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1236
Usage Information The following describes the show mac-address-table command shown in the following example. Column Heading Description VlanId Displays the VLAN ID number. Mac Address Displays the MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. Type Lists whether the MAC address was manually configured (Static), learned dynamically (Dynamic), or associated with a specific port (Sticky). Interface Displays the interface type and slot/port information.
PAGE 1237
Column Heading State Description • po — Port Channel followed by a number. Range for Terascale is from 1 to 255. \ • te — 10–Gigabit Ethernet followed by a slot/port. • fo — 40-Gigabit Ethernet then a slot/port. Lists if the MAC address is in use (Active) or not in use (Inactive). The following describes the show mac-address-table count command shown in the following example. Line Beginning Description With MAC Entries... Displays the number of MAC entries learned per VLAN. Dynamic Address...
PAGE 1238
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the vlan option on the E-Series.
PAGE 1239
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stackunit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48. This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1240
Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands The following commands configure and monitor virtual LANs (VLANs). VLANs are a virtual interface and use many of the same commands as physical interfaces. You can configure an IP address and Layer 3 protocols on a VLAN called Inter-VLAN routing. FTP, TFTP, ACLs and SNMP are not supported on a VLAN. Occasionally, while sending broadcast traffic over multiple Layer 3 VLANs, the VRRP state of a VLAN interface may continually switch between Master and Backup.
PAGE 1241
Usage Information To return VLAN 1 as the Default VLAN, use this command syntax (default-vlanid 1). The Default VLAN contains only untagged interfaces. Related Commands interface vlan — configures a VLAN. default-vlan disable Disable the default VLAN so that all switchports are placed in the Null VLAN until they are explicitly configured as a member of another VLAN. C9000 Series Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1242
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1243
Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-if-vl-100)#show config ! interface Vlan 100 no ip address no shutdown Dell(conf-if-vl-100)# show vlan Display the current VLAN configurations on the switch.
PAGE 1244
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Updated to support OpenFlow. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Augmented to display PVLAN data for the C-Series and SSeries and revised the output to include the Description field to display a user-entered VLAN description. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and revised the output to display Native VLAN. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1245
Column Heading Description Ports Example • I (capitalized I) for Internal tagged • v (not capitalized v) for VLT untagged • V (capitalized V) for VLT tagged Displays the type, slot, and port information.
PAGE 1246
Example (Brief) Example (Name) Dell#show vlan brief VLAN Name Address ---- ------------------------------------------------1 unassigned 10 unassigned 20 2.3.3.3/24 30 2.1.1.
PAGE 1247
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stackunit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48.
PAGE 1248
track ip Track the Layer 3 operational state of a Layer 3 VLAN, using a subset of the VLAN member interfaces. C9000 Series Syntax track ip interface To remove the tracking feature from the VLAN, use the no track ip interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1249
If the track ip command is not configured, the VLAN's Layer 3 operational state depends on all the members of the VLAN. The Layer 2 state of the VLAN, and hence the Layer 2 traffic, is not affected by the track ip command configuration. Related Commands interface vlan — configures a VLAN. tagged — specifies which interfaces in a VLAN are tagged. untagged Add a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as an untagged interface.
PAGE 1250
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Untagged interfaces can only belong to one VLAN. In the Default VLAN, you cannot use the no untagged interface command.
PAGE 1251
packets Enter the keyword packets to enable debugging of FEFD to view information on packets sent and received. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1252
When the interface is placed in an “unknown” state, the software brings down the line protocol. • aggressive: Change the link state to “error-disabled” when a far-end failure is detected by the software on that interface. When an interface is placed in an “errordisabled” state, you must enter the fefd reset command to reset the interface state. Range is normal or aggressive. Default is normal. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1253
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1254
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. fefd mode Change the FEFD mode on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax fefd mode {normal | aggressive}] To return the FEFD mode to the default of normal, use the no fefd mode command. Parameters normal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword normal to change the link state to “unknown” when a far-end failure the software detects on that interface.
PAGE 1255
fefd reset Reset all interfaces or a single interface that was in “error-disabled” mode. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters fefd reset [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1256
Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time between FEFD control packets. The range is from 3 to 300 seconds. The default is 15 seconds. Defaults 15 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1257
interface is placed in “error-disabled” state, t enter the fefd reset command to reset the interface state. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.
PAGE 1258
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1259
Te 1/2 Te 1/3 Te 1/4 Te 1/5 Te 1/6 Te 1/7 Te 1/8 Te 1/9 Te 1/10 Te 1/11 Dell# Related Commands Layer 2 Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive NA Aggressive 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 NA 10 Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Locally disabled Err-disabled • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. • fefd disable — disables FEFD on an interface only.
PAGE 1260
30 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This chapter contains commands for Dell Networks’s implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell Networking operating software. NOTE: For static LAG commands, refer to Port Channel Commands in the Interfaces chapter), based on the standards specified in the IEEE 802.
PAGE 1261
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show lacp — displays the LACP configuration. debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, and so on). C9000 Series Syntax debug lacp {config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]} To disable LACP debugging, use the no debug {config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]} command.
PAGE 1262
Defaults Command Modes Command History none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 1263
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command applies to dynamic port-channel interfaces only. When applied on a static port-channel, this command has no effect.
PAGE 1264
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. lacp system-priority Configure the LACP system priority. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters lacp system-priority priority-value priority-value Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value number, the lower the priority.
PAGE 1265
port-channel mode Configure the LACP port channel mode. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters port-channel number mode [active] [passive] [off] number Enter the keywords number then a number. active Enter the keyword active to set the mode to the active state. NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information. passive Enter the keyword passive to set the mode to the passive state. NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information. off Enter the keyword off to set the mode to the off state.
PAGE 1266
Mode Function passive An interface is not in an active negotiating state in this mode. LACP runs on any link configured in the passive state. Ports in a passive state respond to negotiation requests from other ports that are in active states. Ports in a passive state respond to LACP packets off An interface cannot be part of a dynamic port channel in off mode. LACP does not run on a port configured in off mode. port-channel-protocol lacp Enable LACP on any LAN port.
PAGE 1267
show lacp Display the LACP matrix. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show lacp port-channel-number [sys-id | counters] port-channelnumber Enter a port-channel number. The range is from 1 to 128. sys-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords sys-id and the value that identifies a system. counters (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword counters to display the LACP counters. Without a Port Channel specified, the command clears all Port Channel counters.
PAGE 1268
I-Collection enabled, J-Collection disabled, K-Distribution enabled L-Distribution disabled, M-Partner Defaulted, N-Partner Non-defaulted, O-Receiver is in expired state, P-Receiver is not in expired state Port Te 1/6 is enabled, LACP is Actor Admin: State ACEHJLMP Oper: State ACEGIKNP Partner Admin: State BDFHJLMP Oper: State BCEGIKNP Dell# Example (Sys-id) enabled and mode is lacp Key 1 Priority 128 Key 1 Priority 128 Key 0 Priority 0 Key 1 Priority 128 Dell#show lacp 1 sys-id Actor System ID: Priority
PAGE 1269
Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) 31 Link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. This chapter contains the following sections: • LLPD Commands • LLDP-MED Commands LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management.
PAGE 1270
vlan-name Enter the keywords vlan-name to advertise the vlan-name TLV. This keyword is only supported on the C-Series and SSeries. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1271
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1272
Usage Information The advertise dot3–tlv power—via—mdi command enables the system to advertise IEEE 802.3at power-via-mdi TLV to advertise its power negotiation capabilities with the powered devices via Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP). You can configure this command either on a specific interface or globally.
PAGE 1273
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The command options management-address,system-capabilities, systemdescription, and system-name can be invoked individually or together, in any sequence. advertise management-tlv (Interface) Advertise management type, length, values (TLVs) to the specified interface.
PAGE 1274
Version Description 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000 and S4810. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. clear lldp counters Clear LLDP transmitting and receiving counters for all physical interfaces or a specific physical interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear lldp counters interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1275
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. clear lldp neighbors Clear LLDP neighbor information for all interfaces or a specific interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear lldp neighbors {interface} interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1–Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet then the slot/ port information.
PAGE 1276
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. debug lldp interface To display timer events, neighbor additions or deletions, and other information about incoming and outgoing packets, enable LLDP debugging. C9000 Series Syntax debug lldp interface {interface | all}{events | packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} To disable debugging, use the no debug lldp interface {interface | all}{events} {packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} command.
PAGE 1277
rx (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rx to display receive-only packet information. both (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword both to display both receive and transmit packet information. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1278
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 1279
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. management-interface Enable and configure LLDP protocol parameters on the management interface. C9000 Series Syntax management-interface To remove LLDP configuration on a management interface, use the no management-interface command. Command Modes LLDP (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1280
Defaults Both transmit and receive. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1281
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) Enable the LLDP globally on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax protocol lldp To disable LLDP globally on the chassis, use the no protocol lldp command.
PAGE 1282
protocol lldp (Interface) Enter the LLDP protocol in INTERFACE mode. C9000 Series Syntax [no] protocol lldp To return to the global LLDP configuration mode, use the no protocol lldp command from Interface mode. Defaults LLDP is not enabled on the interface. Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1283
From a PE console, use show lldp neighbors to view the LLDP neighbor information. Parameters interface detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Management Ethernet interface, enter the keyword managementethernet then the slot/port information..
PAGE 1284
Usage Information Omitting the keyword detail displays only the remote chassis ID, Port ID, and Dead Interval. Example: show lldp neighbors Dell#show lldp neighbors Loc PortID Rem Host Name Rem Port Id Rem Chassis Id --------------------------------------------------------------------Te 0/4 TenGigabitEthernet 1/49 34:17:eb:00:aa:1b Te 1/0 TenGigabitEthernet 2/48 34:17:eb:00:aa:1b Ma 0/0 mgmt-13-11-99.2...
PAGE 1285
Next packet will be sent after 1 seconds The neighbors are given below: ----------------------------------------------Remote Chassis ID Subtype: Mac address (4) Remote Chassis ID: 34:17:eb:00:aa:1b Remote Port Subtype: Interface name (5) Remote Port ID: TenGigabitEthernet 1/49 Local Port ID: TenGigabitEthernet 0/4 Locally assigned remote Neighbor Index: 1 Remote TTL: 9 Information valid for next 8 seconds Time since last information change of this neighbor: 00:05:32 -----------------------------------------
PAGE 1287
Next packet will be sent after 16 seconds The neighbors are given below: ------------------------------------------------Remote Chassis ID Subtype: Mac address (4) Remote Chassis ID: 00:01:e8:8c:53:2e Remote Port Subtype: Interface name (5) Remote Port ID: TenGigabitEthernet 0/33 Local Port ID: peGigE 253/0/34 Locally assigned remote Neighbor Index: 1 Remote TTL: 120 Information valid for next 112 seconds Time since last information change of this neighbor: 00:05:22 -----------------------------------------
PAGE 1288
show management-interface Display LLDP management interface configuration information. C9000 Series Syntax show management-interface Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 1289
Example Dell#show running-config lldp ! protocol lldp advertise dot1-tlv port-protocol-vlan-id port-vlan-id advertise dot3-tlv max-frame-size advertise management-tlv system-capabilities systemdescription hello 15 multiplier 3 no disable Dell# LLDP-MED Commands The following are the LLDP-MED (Media Endpoint Discovery) commands. The Dell Networking OS LLDP-MED commands are an extension of the set of LLDP TLV advertisement commands. The C-Series and S-Series support all commands.
PAGE 1290
To return to the default, use the no advertise med guest-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged number Enter the keywords priority-tagged followed the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults Unconfigured.
PAGE 1291
To return to the default, use the no advertise med guest-voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged number Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults unconfigured.
PAGE 1292
To return to the default, use the no advertise med locationidentification {coordinate-based value | civic-based value | ecs-elin value} command. Parameters coordinate-based value Enter the keywords coordinate-based then the coordinated based location in hexadecimal value of 16 bytes. civic-based value Enter the keywords civic-based then the civic based location in hexadecimal format. The range is from 6 to 255 bytes.
PAGE 1293
advertise med power-via-mdi Configure the system to advertise the IEEE 802.1ab extended power via MDI TLV. C9000 Series Syntax [no] advertise med power-via-mdi To return to the default, use the no advertise med power-via-mdi command. Defaults Command Modes Command History unconfigured. • LLDP CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) • INTERFACE LLDP CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-lldp) This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1294
show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med softphone-voice To advertise softphone to enable IP telephony on a computer so that the computer can be used as a phone, configure the system. C9000 Series Syntax advertise med softphone-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med softphone-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command.
PAGE 1295
show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med streaming-video To advertise streaming video services for broadcast or multicast-based video, configure the system. This command does not include video applications that rely on TCP buffering.
PAGE 1296
show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med video-conferencing To advertise dedicated video conferencing and other similar appliances that support real-time interactive video, configure the system. C9000 Series Syntax advertise med video-conferencing {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med video-conferencing {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command.
PAGE 1297
show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med video-signaling To advertise video control packets that use a separate network policy than video data, configure the system. C9000 Series Syntax advertise med video-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med video-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID.
PAGE 1298
show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med voice To advertise a dedicated IP telephony handset or other appliances supporting interactive voice services, configure the system. C9000 Series Syntax advertise med voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID.
PAGE 1299
show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med voice-signaling To advertise when voice control packets use a separate network policy than voice data, configure the system. C9000 Series Syntax advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID.
PAGE 1300
show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 1301
32 Multicast The multicast commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system. This chapter contains the following sections: • IPv4 Multicast Commands • IPv6 Multicast Commands IPv4 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv4 multicast commands. clear ip mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table. To clear the protocol-independent multicast (PIM) tree information base, use the clear ip pim tib command.
PAGE 1302
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands show ip pim tib — shows the PIM tree information base. ip mroute Assign a static mroute.
PAGE 1303
static ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the Static IP address in dotted decimal format of the RPF neighbor. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the RPF neighbor. distance (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the distance metric assigned to the mroute. The range is from 0 to 255. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1304
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This feature allows you to limit the number of multicast entries on the system. This number is the total of all the multicast entries on all line cards in the system.
PAGE 1305
Version Description 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. E-Series legacy command Usage Information After you enable multicast, you can enable IGMP and PIM on an interface. In INTERFACE mode, enter the ip pim sparse-mode command to enable IGMP and PIM on the interface. Related Commands ip pim sparse-mode — enables IGMP and PIM on an interface. show ip mroute View the multicast routing table.
PAGE 1306
address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) to limit the information displayed to the multicast routes for a specified multicast group and optionally a source multicast address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) to limit the information displayed for a specified multicast source. Enter the keyword count to display the total number of multicast routes with the spanned IIF. Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1307
Incoming vlan: Vlan 2 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 4/11 GigabitEthernet 4/13 (165.87.1.7, 225.1.2.1), uptime 00:03:17 Incoming vlan: Vlan 2 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 4/11 GigabitEthernet 4/13 GigabitEthernet 4/20 Example (VLT) Dell#show ip mroute vlt IP Multicast Routing Table Flags: S – Synced (*, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:39:33 flags: S Incoming interface: Vlan 10 Spanned outgoing interface list: Vlan 20 (S) Vlan 30 (50.1.1.2, 225.1.1.
PAGE 1308
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1309
To discontinue collection of debug information for the MLD host transactions, use the no debug ipv6 mld_host command. Parameters int-count Enter the keyword count to indicate the number of required debug messages. interface type Enter the following keywords and slot/port information: • For a 10G Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40G interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1310
ip multicast-limit To limit the number of multicast entries on the system, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters ip multicast-limit limit limit Enter the desired maximum number of multicast entries on the system. The S-Series range is from 1 to 16000. Defaults The S-Series default is 4000. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1311
Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) 33 Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM Sparse-Mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections. clear ip msdp peer Reset the TCP connection to the peer and clear all the peer statistics.
PAGE 1312
clear ip msdp sa-cache Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 1313
clear ip msdp statistic Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 1314
debug ip msdp Turn on MSDP debugging. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip msdp {event peer address | packet peer address | pim} To turn debugging off, use the no debug ip msdp {event peer address | packet peer address | pim} command. Parameters event peer address Enter the keyword event then the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). packet peer address Enter the keyword packet then the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 1315
To clear the MSDP rejected source-active entries, use the no ip msdp cacherejected-sa {number} command then the ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} command. Parameters number Enter the number of rejected SA entries to cache. The range is from 0 to 32766. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1316
treated as the default peer. If no access list is specified, then all SAs from the peer are accepted. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.
PAGE 1317
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp mesh-group To be a member of a mesh group, configure a peer. C9000 Series Syntax ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} To remove the peer from a mesh group, use the no ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} command.
PAGE 1318
Usage Information An MSDP mesh group is a mechanism for reducing SA flooding, typically in an intra-domain setting. When some subset of a domain’s MSDP speakers are fully meshed, they can be configured into a mesh-group. If member X of a mesh-group receives a SA message from an MSDP peer that is also a member of the meshgroup, member X accepts the SA message and forwards it to all of its peers that are not part of the mesh-group.
PAGE 1319
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp peer Configure an MSDP peer. C9000 Series Syntax ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source] [description] [salimit number] To remove the MSDP peer, use the no ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source interface] [description name] [sa-limit number] command.
PAGE 1320
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.
PAGE 1321
Parameters list acl-name lEnter the name of an extended ACL that contains permitted SAs. If you do not use this option, all local entries are blocked. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1322
peer-address Enter the peer address of the MSDP peer in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). access-list name Enter the name of an extended ACL that contains permitted SAs. If you do not use this option, all local entries are blocked. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1323
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The system counts the SA messages originated by itself and those messages received from the MSDP peers. When the total SA messages reach this limit, the subsequent SA messages are dropped (even if they pass RPF checking and policy checking).
PAGE 1324
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip multicast-msdp Enable MSDP. C9000 Series Syntax ip multicast-msdp To exit MSDP, use the no ip multicast-msdp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1325
show ip msdp Display the MSDP peer status, SA cache, or peer summary. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show ip msdp {peer peer address | sa-cache | summary} peer peer address Enter the keyword peer then the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). sa-cache Enter the keywords sa-cache to display the Source-Active cache. summary Enter the keyword summary to display an MSDP peer summary. Not configured.
PAGE 1326
Example (Sacache) Example (Summary) Dell#show ip msdp sa-cache MSDP Source-Active Cache - 1 entries GroupAddr SourceAddr RPAddr UpTime 224.1.1.1 172.21.220.10 172.21.3.254 00:02:52 Dell# Dell#show ip msdp summary Peer Addr Local Addr State Source 72.30.1.2 72.30.1.1 Established none 72.30.2.2 72.30.2.1 Established none 72.30.3.2 72.30.3.1 Established none Dell# LearnedFrom Expire 172.21.3.
PAGE 1327
00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 Dell# 225.1.2.2 10.1.1.4 225.1.2.3 10.1.1.3 225.1.2.4 10.1.1.4 225.1.2.5 10.1.1.3 225.1.2.6 10.1.1.4 225.1.2.7 10.1.1.3 225.1.2.8 10.1.1.4 225.1.2.9 10.1.1.3 225.1.2.10 10.1.1.4 225.1.2.11 10.1.1.3 225.1.2.11 10.1.1.3 225.1.2.12 10.1.1.4 225.1.2.13 10.1.1.3 225.1.2.14 10.1.1.4 225.1.2.15 10.1.1.3 225.1.2.16 10.1.1.4 225.1.2.17 10.1.1.
PAGE 1328
34 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell Networking operating system, conforms to IEEE 802.1s. debug spanning-tree mstp Enable debugging of the multiple spanning tree protocol and view information on the protocol. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters debug spanning-tree mstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations.
PAGE 1329
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1330
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. protocol spanning-tree mstp — enters MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State.
PAGE 1331
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. max-age — changes the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information. hello-time — changes the time interval between bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). hello-time Set the time interval between generation of MSTB bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). C9000 Series Syntax hello-time seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command.
PAGE 1332
Related Commands Version Description 6.5.1.0 Introduced. forward-delay — the amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. max-age — changes the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information. max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the MSTB.
PAGE 1333
Related Commands forward-delay — the amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. max-hops Configure the maximum hop count. C9000 Series Syntax max-hops number To return to the default values, use the no max-hops command. Parameters range Enter a number for the maximum hop count. The range is from 1 to 40. The default is 20.
PAGE 1334
hops reach zero, the switch discards the BPDU and ages out any information that it holds for the port. msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance, bridge priority, and one or multiple VLANs mapped to the MST instance. C9000 Series Syntax msti instance {vlan range | bridge-priority priority} To disable mapping or bridge priority, use the no msti instance {vlan range | bridge-priority priority} command. Parameters msti instance Enter the MSTP iInstance. The range is from zero (0) to 63.
PAGE 1335
Version Description 6.5.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information By default, all VLANs are mapped to MST instance zero (0) unless you use the vlan range command to map it to a non-zero instance. name The name you assign to the multiple spanning tree region. C9000 Series Syntax name region-name To remove the region name, use the no name command. Parameters region-name Enter the MST region name. The range is 32 character limit. Defaults no default name.
PAGE 1336
revision — assigns the revision number to the MST configuration. protocol spanning-tree mstp To enable and configure the multiple spanning tree group, enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. C9000 Series Syntax protocol spanning-tree mstp To disable the multiple spanning tree group, use the no protocol spanningtree mstp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1337
Related Commands disable — disables multiple spanning tree. revision The revision number for the multiple spanning tree configuration. C9000 Series Syntax revision range To return to the default values, use the no revision command. Parameters range Enter the revision number for the MST configuration. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 0. Defaults 0 Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1338
show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are shown. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1339
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1340
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.
PAGE 1341
Port 89 (TenGigabitEthernet 2/7) is alternate Discarding Port path cost 0, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.89 Designated root has priority 16384, address 0001.e800.0a:5c Designated bridge has priority 16384, address 0001.e800.0a:5c Designated port id is 128.89, designated path cost Number of transitions to forwarding state 3 BPDU (Mrecords): sent 7, received 1103 The port is not in the portfast mode Example (EDS and LBK) The bold line shows the loopback BPDU inconsistency (LBK_INC).
PAGE 1342
Usage Information The following describes the show spanning-tree msti 5 guard command shown in the following example. Example (Guard) Field Description Interface Name MSTP interface. Instance MSTP instance. Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), or shut down (EDS Shut). Guard Type Type of STP guard configured (Root, Loop, or BPDU guard).
PAGE 1343
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. spanning-tree msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance cost and priority for an interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters spanning-tree msti instance {cost cost | priority priority} msti instance Enter the keyword msti and the MST instance number.
PAGE 1344
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. spanning-tree mstp edge-port Configures the interface as an MST edge port and optionally a Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) guard.
PAGE 1345
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced the hardware shutdown-on-violation option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information On an MSTP switch, a port configured as an edge port immediately transitions to the Forwarding state. Only configure ports connected to end-hosts as edge ports.
PAGE 1346
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced Usage Information By default, the system implements an optimized flush mechanism for MSTP. This mechanism helps in flushing the MAC addresses only when necessary (and less often) allowing for faster convergence during topology changes.
PAGE 1347
Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) 35 The neighbor discovery protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4.
PAGE 1348
• Router mode — When a policy with device role as router is applied on an interface, all the RA packets are validated based on the configuration information in the policy. Similarly, you can also apply this mode over any specific VLAN and the validation is performed only for that particular VLAN RA packets. To configure the IPv6 RA guard, use the following Dell Networking OS commands. clear ipv6 neighbors Delete all entries in the IPv6 neighbor discovery cache or neighbors of a specific interface.
PAGE 1349
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1350
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, and Z9000 switches. device-role Specify the role of the device attached to the port. C9000 Series Syntax device-role {host | router} To reset the device role, use the no device-role {host | router} command. Parameters host Enter the keyword host to set the device-role as host. router Enter the keyword router to set the device-role as router.
PAGE 1351
To reset the hop count limit, use the no hop-limit {maximum | minimum limit} command. Parameters maximum limit Enter the keyword maximum then the hop limit value. The range is from 0 to 254. minimum limit Enter the keyword minimum then the hop limit value. The range is from 0 to 254. Defaults none Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1352
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, and Z9000 switches.
PAGE 1353
Parameters policy policyname Enter the keyword policy then the policy-name. The policy name allows a maximum of 140 characters. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1354
• For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel interface number. The range is from 1 to 16383.
PAGE 1355
• Address autoconfiguration — configuration of addresses for an interface • Address resolution — mapping from IP address to link-layer address • Next-hop determination• Neighbor Unreachability Detection (NUD): Determine that a neighbor is no longer reachable on the link • Duplicate Address Detection (DAD): Allow a node to check whether a proposed address is already in use. • Redirect: The router can inform a node about a better first-hop.
PAGE 1356
match ra Enable verifying either of the configured source IPv6 address or prefix address or the source MAC address in the inspected messages. If this command is not configured, the verification process is bypassed. C9000 Series Syntax match ra {ipv6-access-list name | ipv6-prefix-list name | macaccess-list name} To reset the access list, use the no match ra{ipv6-access-list | ipv6prefix-list | mac-access-list}command.
PAGE 1357
mtu Enable the verification of the configured maximum transmission unit (MTU) value in the received RA packets. C9000 Series Syntax mtu value To reset the MTU value, use the no mtu value command. Parameters value Enter the maximum transmission unit value in bytes. The range is from 1,280 to 11,982 bytes. Defaults 0 Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1358
off Enter the keyword off to set the other-config flag value as OFF. Defaults none Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1359
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, and Z9000 switches. • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — Allows you to configure the RA guard related commands. • ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — Defines the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode. retrans-time Enable the verification of the configured retransmission timer value in the received RA packets.
PAGE 1360
router-lifetime Set the router lifetime. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters router—lifetime value value Enter the router lifetime in seconds. The range is from 0 to 9,000 seconds. Defaults none Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1361
medium Enter the keyword medium to set the DRP value as medium. Defaults none Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1362
hop-limit maximum 251 mtu 1350 other-config-flag on reachable-time 540 retrans-timer 101 router-preference maximum medium trusted-port Dell(conf-ra_guard_policy_list)# Related Commands • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — Allows you to configure the RA guard related commands. • ipv6 nd ra-guard policy — Defines the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy list configuration mode. • device-role — Specifies the role of the device attached to the port.
PAGE 1363
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, and Z9000 switches. Reveiwers, is this example good for C9000 ? Dell#show ipv6 nd ra-guard policy test ipv6 nd ra-guard policy test device-role router hop-limit maximum 1 match ra ipv6-access-list access other-config-flag on router-preference maximum medium trusted-port Interfaces : Te 1/1/1 • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — Allows you to configure the RA guard related commands.
PAGE 1364
NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. cpu rp Enter the keywords cpu rp to display information about IPv6 neighbors learned only on the Route Processor. ipv6–address Enter the IPv6 address of a neighbor to display information about the specified device. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the neighbor in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
PAGE 1365
I O R - ISIS - OSPF - Static Route (RTM) LocalAddr Clients * 10.1.3.2 RemoteAddr Interface State Rx-int Tx-int Mult 10.1.3.1 Te 1/3 Up 300 250 3 C Dell#show ipv6 neighbors detail Session Discriminator: 1 Neighbor Discriminator: 1 Local Addr: 10.1.3.2 Local MAC Addr: 00:01:e8:02:15:0e Remote Addr: 10.1.3.
PAGE 1366
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, and Z9000 switches. Usage Information Use this command to disable all the RA guard policies. Related Commands 1366 • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — Allows you to configure the RA guard related commands. • ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — Defines the router advertisement (RA) guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode.
PAGE 1367
36 Object Tracking Object Tracking supports IPv4 and IPv6 protocols. Object tracking allows you to define objects of interest, monitor their state, and report to a client when a change in an object’s state occurs.
PAGE 1368
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1369
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To set the time delay before a change in the state of a tracked object is communicated to clients configure an UP and/or DOWN timer for each tracked object.
PAGE 1370
Defaults none Command Modes OBJECT TRACKING (conf_track_object-id) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.
PAGE 1371
Example Dell#show running-config track track 1 ip route 23.0.0.0/8 reachability track 2 ipv6 route 2040::/64 metric threshold delay down 3 delay up 5 threshold metric up 200 track 3 ipv6 route 2050::/64 reachability track 4 interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/2/1 ip routing track 5 ip route 192.168.0.
PAGE 1372
Command Modes Command History resolution (OPTIONAL) Display information on the configured resolution values used to scale protocol-specific route metrics. The range is 0 to 255. brief (OPTIONAL) Display a single line summary of the tracking information for a specified object, object type, or all tracked objects. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) E-Series only: Display information on only the tracked objects that are members of the specified VRF instance. The maximum is 32 characters.
PAGE 1373
Example Output Description ResID Number of the tracked object. Resource Type of tracked object. Parameter Detailed description of the tracked object. State Up or Down state of the tracked object. Last Change Time since the last change in the state of the tracked object. Dell#show track Track 1 IP route 23.0.0.
PAGE 1374
threshold metric Configure the metric threshold used to determine the UP and/or DOWN state of a tracked IPv4 or IPv6 route. C9000 Series Syntax threshold metric {up number | down number} To return to the default setting, use the no threshold metric {up number | down number} command. Parameters up number Enter a number for the UP threshold to be applied to the scaled metric of an IPv4 or IPv6 route. The default UP threshold is 254.
PAGE 1375
• If the scaled metric for a route entry is less than or equal to the UP threshold, the state of a route is UP. • If the scaled metric for a route is greater than or equal to the DOWN threshold or the route is not entered in the routing table, the state of a route is DOWN. Configure the UP and DOWN thresholds for each tracked route with the threshold metric command. The default UP threshold is 254; the default DOWN threshold is 255.
PAGE 1376
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1377
• For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter tengigabitethernet and the slot-number/ portnumber. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1378
Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is 1 to 500. ip-address/ prefix-len Enter an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format. The valid IPv4 prefix lengths are from /0 to /32. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1379
DOWN threshold is 255. The notification of a change in the state of a tracked object is sent when a metric value crosses a configured threshold. Related Commands • show track – displays information about tracked objects, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the object. • threshold metric – configures the metric threshold used to determine the UP and/or DOWN state of a tracked route.
PAGE 1380
A tracked IPv4 route is considered to match an entry in the routing table only if the exact IPv4 address and prefix length match a table entry. For example, when configured as a tracked route, 10.0.0.0/24 does not match the routing table entry 10.0.0.0/8. If no route-table entry has the exact IPv4 address and prefix length, the status of the tracked route is considered to be DOWN.
PAGE 1381
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Use this command to configure the protocol-specific resolution value that converts the actual metric of an IPv4 route in the routing table to a scaled metric in the range from 0 to 255.
PAGE 1382
• threshold metric • track interface line-protocol show track ipv6 route Display information about all tracked IPv6 routes, including configuration, current tracked state (UP or DOWN), and the clients which are tracking an object. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show track ipv6 route [brief] brief • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Display a single line summary of information for tracked IPv6 routes. This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1383
Output Description First hop interface Displays the type and slot/port number of the first-hop interface of the tracked route. Tracked by Client that is tracking an object’s state; for example, VRRP. The following table describes the show track ipv6 route brief command shown in the example. Example Ouput Description ResID Number of the tracked object. Resource Type of tracked object. Parameter Detailed description of the tracked object. State Up or Down state of the tracked object.
PAGE 1384
track interface ipv6 routing Configure object tracking on the routing status of an IPv6 Layer 3 interface. C9000 Series Syntax track object-id interface interface ipv6 routing To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is from 1 to 500. interface Enter one of the following values: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1385
Related Commands • The status of the IPv6 interface is UP only if the Layer 2 status of the interface is UP and the interface has a valid IP address. • The Layer 3 status of an IPv6 interface goes DOWN when its Layer 2 status goes down (for a Layer 3 VLAN, all VLAN ports must be down) or the IP address is removed from the routing table. • show track ipv6 route – displays information about tracked IPv6 routes, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the route.
PAGE 1386
A tracked IPv6 route is considered to match an entry in the routing table only if the exact IPv6 address and prefix length match a table entry. For example, when configured as a tracked route, 3333:100:200:300:400::/80 does not match routing table entry 3333:100:200:300::/64. If no route-table entry has the exact IPv6 address and prefix length, the status of the tracked route is considered to be DOWN.
PAGE 1387
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1388
To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is from 1 to 500. isis resolutionvalue Enter the resolution used to convert the metric in the routing table for ISIS routes to a scaled metric. ospf resolutionvalue Enter the resolution used to convert the metric in the routing table for OSPF routes to a scaled metric.
PAGE 1389
metric of 16 (unreachable) scales to 256, which considers the route to be DOWN. Related Commands Object Tracking • threshold metric – configures the metric threshold used to determine the UP and/or DOWN state of a tracked route. • track ipv6 route metric threshold – configures object tracking on the threshold of an IPv6 route metric.
PAGE 1390
Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) 37 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single Autonomous System (AS). OSPF is also a link-state protocol in which all routers contain forwarding tables derived from information about their links to their neighbors. The fundamental mechanisms of OSPF (flooding, DR election, area support, SPF calculations, and so on) are the same for OSPFv2 and OSPFv3.
PAGE 1391
OSPFv2 Commands The Dell Networking implementation of OSPFv2 is based on IETF RFC 2328. . area default-cost Set the metric for the summary default route the area border router (ABR) generates into the stub area. Use this command on the border routers at the edge of a stub area. C9000 Series Syntax area area-id default-cost cost To return default values, use the no area area-id default-cost command. Parameters area-id Specify the OSPF area in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.
PAGE 1392
area nssa Specify an area as a not so stubby area (NSSA). C9000 Series Syntax area area-id nssa [default-information-originate] [noredistribution] [no-summary] To delete an NSSA, use the no area area-id nssa command. Parameters area-id Specify the OSPF area in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) or enter a number from zero (0) to 65535. no-redistribution (OPTIONAL) Specify that the redistribute command does not distribute routes into the NSSA. Only use this command in an NSSA area border router (ABR).
PAGE 1393
area range Summarize routes matching an address/mask at an area border router (ABR). C9000 Series Syntax area area-id range ip-address mask [not-advertise] To disable route summarization, use the no area area-id range ip-address mask command. Parameters area-id Specify the OSPF area in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) or enter a number from zero (0) to 65535. ip-address Specify an IP address in dotted decimal format. mask Specify a mask for the destination prefix.
PAGE 1394
Related Commands area stub — creates a stub area. router ospf — enters ROUTER OSPF mode to configure an OSPF instance. area stub Configure a stub area, which is an area not connected to other areas. C9000 Series Syntax area area-id stub [no-summary] To delete a stub area, use the no area area-id stub command. Parameters area-id Specify the OSPF area in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) or enter a number from zero (0) to 65535.
PAGE 1395
auto-cost Specify how the OSPF interface cost is calculated based on the reference bandwidth method. C9000 Series Syntax auto-cost [reference-bandwidth ref-bw] To return to the default bandwidth or to assign cost based on the interface type, use the no auto-cost [reference-bandwidth] command. Parameters ref-bw (OPTIONAL) Specify a reference bandwidth in megabits per second. The range is from 1 to 4294967. The default is 100 megabits per second. Defaults 100 megabits per second.
PAGE 1396
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4 (0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms ( Except MXL and STOMP ) 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
PAGE 1397
neighbor routerid • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword neighbor then the neighbor’s router-id in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1398
vrf name Enter the keyword vrf to view debugging information on OSPF corresponding to that VRF. bfd (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bfd to debug only OSPF BFD information. event (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword event to debug only OSPF event information. packet (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword packet to debug only OSPF packet information. spf (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword spf to display the Shortest Path First information.
PAGE 1399
Field Description v: Displays the OSPF version. The system supports version 2 only. t: Displays the type of packet sent: • 1 - Hello packet • 2 - database description • 3 - link state request • 4 - link state update • 5 - link state acknowledgement l: Displays the packet length. rid: Displays the OSPF router ID. aid: Displays the Autonomous System ID. chk: Displays the OSPF checksum. aut: States if OSPF authentication is configured.
PAGE 1400
Field Example Description • T + (router can support TOS) • T - (router cannot support TOS) hi: Displays the amount of time configured for the HELLO interval. di: Displays the amount of time configured for the DEAD interval. dr: Displays the IP address of the designated router. bdr: Displays the IP address of the Border Area Router. Dell#debug ip ospf 1 packet OSPF process 90, packet debugging is on Dell# 08:14:24 : OSPF(100:00): Xmt. v:2 t:1(HELLO) l:44 rid:192.1.1.1 aid:0.0.0.
PAGE 1401
route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1402
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1403
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. distance Define an administrative distance for particular routes to a specific IP address.
PAGE 1404
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. distance ospf Configure an OSPF distance metric for different types of routes. C9000 Series Syntax distance ospf [external dist3] [inter-area dist2] [intra-area dist1] To delete these settings, use the no distance ospf command.
PAGE 1405
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To specify a distance for routes learned from other routing domains, use the redistribute command. distribute-list in Apply a filter to incoming routing updates from OSPF to the routing table.
PAGE 1406
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. distribute-list out To restrict certain routes destined for the local routing table after the SPF calculation, apply a filter.
PAGE 1407
static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to specify that only manually configured routes are distributed. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 1408
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. fast-convergence This command sets the minimum LSA origination and arrival times to zero (0), allowing more rapid route computation so that convergence takes less time.
PAGE 1409
NOTE: The faster the convergence, the more frequent the route calculations and updates. This behavior impacts CPU utilization and may impact adjacency stability in larger topologies. Generally, convergence level 1 meets most convergence requirements. Higher convergence levels should only be selected following consultation with Dell Networking technical support.
PAGE 1410
graceful-restart helper-reject Specify the OSPF router to not act as a helper during graceful restart. C9000 Series Syntax graceful-restart helper-reject ip-address To return to default value, use the no graceful-restart helper-reject command. Parameters ip-address Enter the OSPF router-id, in IP address format, of the restart router that will not act as a helper during graceful restart. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1411
To disable graceful restart mode, use the no graceful-restart mode command. Parameters planned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords planned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in a planned restart condition only. unplanned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords unplanned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in an unplanned restart condition only. Defaults Support for both planned and unplanned failures. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1412
Defaults By default, OSPF routers are both helper and restart routers during a graceful restart. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1413
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf authentication-key Enable authentication and set an authentication key on OSPF traffic on an interface.
PAGE 1414
Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information All neighboring routers in the same network must use the same password to exchange OSPF information. ip ospf cost Change the cost associated with the OSPF traffic on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip ospf cost cost To return to default value, use the no ip ospf cost command. Parameters cost Enter a number as the cost. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults The default cost is based on the reference bandwidth.
PAGE 1415
ip ospf dead-interval Set the time interval since the last hello-packet was received from a router. After the interval elapses, the neighboring routers declare the router dead. C9000 Series Syntax ip ospf dead-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf dead-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds for the interval. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 40 seconds.
PAGE 1416
Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds for the interval. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 10 seconds. Defaults 10 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1417
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 9.1(0.0) Included usage information on maximum number of digest keys per interface. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1418
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1419
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf priority To determine the designated router for the OSPF network, set the priority of the interface.
PAGE 1420
Usage Information Setting a priority of 0 makes the router ineligible for election as a designated router or backup designated router. Use this command for interfaces connected to multi-access networks, not pointto-point networks. ip ospf retransmit-interval Set the retransmission time between lost link state advertisements (LSAs) for adjacencies belonging to the interface.
PAGE 1421
Usage Information Set the time interval to a number large enough to prevent unnecessary retransmissions. For example, the interval must be larger for interfaces connected to virtual links. ip ospf transmit-delay To send a link state update packet on the interface, set the estimated time elapsed. C9000 Series Syntax ip ospf transmit-delay seconds To return to the default value, use the no ip ospf transmit-delay command.
PAGE 1422
To disable the Syslog messages, use the no log-adjacency-changes command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
PAGE 1423
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1424
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced to all platforms. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable OSPF on an interface, the network area command must include, in its range of addresses, the primary IP address of an interface.
PAGE 1425
• For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1426
• Any adjacency is explicitly terminated from all OSPF interfaces. • All previous passive-interface interface commands are removed from the running configuration. • All previous no passive-interface interface commands are removed from the running configuration. no passive-interface interface • Remove the interface from the passive list. • The ABR status for the router is updated. • If passive-interface default is specified, then save no passiveinterface interface into the running configuration.
PAGE 1427
tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag then a number. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1428
metric-type typevalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then one of the following: • 1 = for OSPF External type 1 • 2 = for OSPF External type 2 route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of the route map. tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPF. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1429
To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value | metric-type typevalue] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] command. Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the IS-IS routing process. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to redistribute only IS-IS Level-1 routes. level-1-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1-2 to redistribute both IS-IS Level-1 and Level-2 routes.
PAGE 1430
router-id To configure a fixed router ID, use this command. C9000 Series Syntax router-id ip-address To remove the fixed router ID, use the no router-id ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter the router ID in the IP address format. Defaults none. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1431
Changing router-id will bring down existing OSPF adjacency [y/ n]: Dell# router ospf To configure an OSPF instance, enter ROUTER OSPF mode. C9000 Series Syntax router ospf process-id [vrf {vrf name}] To delete an OSPF instance, use the no router ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter a number for the OSPF instance. The range is from 1 to 65535. vrf-name Enter the VRF process identifier to tie the OSPF instance to the VRF.
PAGE 1432
Usage Information You must have an IP address assigned to an interface to enter ROUTER OSPF mode and configure OSPF. After the OSPF process and the VRF are tied together, you cannot use the OSPF Process ID again in the system. You can only create one process per VRF.
PAGE 1433
show ip ospf Display information on the OSPF process configured on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip ospf process-id [vrf vrf name] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to view only the OSPF information tied to the VRF process. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1434
The following describes the show ip ospf command shown in the following example. Line Beginning Description with “Routing Process...” Displays the OSPF process ID and the IP address associated with the process ID. “Supports only...” Displays the number of Type of Service (TOS) rouse supported. “SPF schedule...” Displays the delay and hold time configured for this process ID. “Convergence Level” “Min LSA....” Displays the intervals set for LSA transmission and acceptance. “Number of...
PAGE 1435
vrf vrf-name Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to view all ASBR routers visible to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 1436
1.1.1.1 Dell# E/-/-/ 0 0.0.0.0 - 0 show ip ospf database Display all LSA information. If you do not enable OSPF on the switch, no output is generated. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip ospf process-id [vrf vrf-name] database [databasesummary] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1437
Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Link ID Identifies the router ID. ADV Router Identifies the advertising router’s ID. Age Displays the link state age. Seq# Identifies the link state sequence number. This number allows you to identify old or duplicate link state advertisements. Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of an LSA’s complete contents.
PAGE 1438
show ip ospf database asbr-summary Display information about autonomous system (AS) boundary LSAs. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id |vrf vrf-name] database asbr-summary [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1439
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf database asbr-summary command shown in the following example. Example Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 1440
Length: 28 Network Mask: /0 TOS: 0 Metric: 2 LS age: 473 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 104.1.50.1 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000010 Checksum: 0x4198 Length: 28 --More-Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database external Display information on the AS external (type 5) LSAs.
PAGE 1441
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
PAGE 1442
Example Field Description Metrics Type Displays the external type. TOS Displays the Type of Service (TOS) options. Option 0 is the only option. Metric Displays the LSA metric. Forward Address Identifies the address of the forwarding router. Data traffic is forwarded to this router. If the forwarding address is 0.0.0.0, data traffic is forwarded to the originating router. External Route Tag Displays the 32-bit field attached to each external route.
PAGE 1443
show ip ospf database network Display the network (type 2) LSA information. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] database network [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1444
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database network command shown in the following example. Example Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 1445
Attached Router: 20.20.20.9 Attached Router: 20.20.20.7 Network (Area 0.0.0.1) LS age: 252 Options: (TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Network Link State ID: 192.10.10.2 Advertising Router: 192.10.10.2 LS Seq Number: 0x80000007 Checksum: 0x4309 Length: 36 Network Mask: /24 Attached Router: 192.10.10.2 Attached Router: 20.20.20.1 Attached Router: 20.20.20.5 Dell# Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information.
PAGE 1446
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1447
adv-router ipaddress Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs • the default destination (0.0.0.0) for Type 5 LSAs (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ipaddress to display only the LSA information about that router. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1448
Item Description • Example E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs. LS Type Displays the LSA’s type. Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the advertising router’s ID. Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of the LSA’s complete contents. Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Opaque Type Displays the Opaque type field (the first 8 bits of the Link State ID).
PAGE 1449
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to view LSA information tied to the specific VRF. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1450
show ip ospf database opaque-link Display the opaque-link (type 9) LSA information. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id| vrf vrf-name] database opaque-link [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1451
Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database router Display the router (type 1) LSA information.
PAGE 1452
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1453
Example Item Description Link connected to: Identifies the type of network to which the router is connected. (Link ID) Identifies the link type and address. (Link Data) Identifies the router interface address. Number of TOS Metric Lists the number of TOS metrics. TOS 0 Metric Lists the number of TOS 0 metrics. Dell#show ip ospf 100 database router OSPF Router with ID (1.1.1.10) (Process ID 100) Router (Area 0) LS age: 967 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Router Link State ID: 1.
PAGE 1454
Link connected to: a Stub Network (Link ID) Network/subnet number: 11.1.5.0 --More-Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database summary Display the network summary (type 3) LSA routing information. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id|vrf vrf-name]database summary [linkstate-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
PAGE 1455
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database summary command shown in the following example.
PAGE 1456
Summary Network (Area 0.0.0.0) LS age: 1551 Options: (No TOS-capability, DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.16.0 Advertising Router: 192.168.17.1 LS Seq Number: 0x80000054 Checksum: 0xb5a2 Length: 28 Network Mask: /24 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 LS age: 9 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.32.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.
PAGE 1457
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For tunnel interfaces, enter the keyword tunnel then a number from 0 to 16383. • For Port Channel groups, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1458
Example Item Description Process ID... This line displays the OSPF Process ID, Router ID, Network type and cost metric for this interface. Transmit Delay... This line displays the interface’s settings for Transmit Delay, State, and Priority. In the State setting, BDR is Backup Designated Router. Designated Router... This line displays the ID of the Designated Router and its interface address. Backup Designated... This line displays the ID of the Backup Designated Router and its interface address.
PAGE 1459
Loopback 0 is up, line protocol is up Internet Address 192.168.253.2/32, Area 0.0.0.1 Process ID 1, Router ID 192.168.253.2, Network Type LOOPBACK, Cost: 1 Loopback interface is treated as a stub Host. Dell> show ip ospf neighbor Display the OSPF neighbors connected to the local router. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id |vrf vrf-name] neighbor process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
PAGE 1460
Example Item Description Neighbor ID Displays the neighbor router ID. Pri Displays the priority assigned neighbor. State Displays the OSPF state of the neighbor. Dead Time Displays the expected time until the system declares the neighbor dead. Address Displays the IP address of the neighbor. Interface Displays the interface type slot/port information. Area Displays the neighbor’s area (process ID). Dell#show ip ospf 34 neighbor Neighbor ID 20.20.20.7 192.10.10.2 20.20.20.
PAGE 1461
Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Usage Information This command is useful in isolating routing problems between the OSPF and the RTM.
PAGE 1462
vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to display statistics corresponding to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF. global Enter the keyword global to display the packet counts received on all running OSPF interfaces and packet counts OSPF neighbors receive and transmit.
PAGE 1463
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.9.1.0 Added support for VRF on E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf statistics process-id global command shown in the following example.
PAGE 1464
Example 1464 Error Type Description Intf_Down Received packets on an interface that is either down or OSPF is not enabled. Non-Dr Received packets with a destination address of ALL_DRS even though SELF is not a designated router. Self-Org Receive the self originated packet. Wrong_Len The received packet length is different to what was indicated in the OSPF header. Invld-Nbr LSA, LSR, LSU, and DDB are received from a peer which is not a neighbor peer.
PAGE 1465
Timers Hello 6 Wait Dead 38 Transmit Queue Statistics LSU-Q-Len 0 LSR-Q-Len 0 0 0 Grace 0 LSU-Q-Wmark LSR-Q-Wmark 2 1 Dell#show ip ospf 1 statistics global OSPF Packet Count Total LSUpd LSAck RX 114 3 3 TX 127 3 2 Error Hello 0 105 2 1 0 119 2 1 OSPF Global Queue Length TxQ-Len Hello-Q 0 LSR-Q 0 Other-Q 0 RxQ-Len 0 0 0 DDiscr Tx-Mark 0 0 0 Error packets (Receive statistics) Intf-Down 0 Non-Dr Org 0 Wrong-Len 0 Invld-Nbr State 0 Auth-Err 0 MD5-Err Chksum 0 Version 0 AreaMis Issues 0 No-B
PAGE 1466
SeqNo-Err 0 Unkown-Pkt 0 Neighbor ID 9.1.1.2 Hello DDiscr LSReq LSUpd LSAck 59 3 1 1 1 62 2 1 0 0 RX TX Dead-Timer LSU-Q-Len LSR-Q-Len Related Commands 37, Transmit-Timer 0, LSU-Q-Wmark 0, LSR-Q-Wmark 0 0 1 clear ip ospf statistics — clears the packet statistics in all interfaces and neighbors. show ip ospf timers rate-limit Show the LSA currently in the queue waiting for timers to expire.
PAGE 1467
Example Dell#show ip ospf 10 timers rate-limit List of LSAs in rate limit Queue LSA id: 1.1.1.0 Type: 3 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:09.111 LSA id: 3.3.3.3 Type: 1 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:23.96 Dell# show ip ospf topology Display routers in directly connected areas. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show ip ospf [process-id| vrf vrf-name] topology process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
PAGE 1468
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Usage Information To isolate problems with inter-area and external routes, use this command. In OSPF inter-area and external routes are calculated by adding LSA cost to the cost of reaching the router. If an inter-area or external route is not of correct cost, the display can determine if the path to the originating router is correct or not. Example Dell#show ip ospf 1 topology Router ID 3.3.3.3 1.1.1.
PAGE 1469
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The area range command summarizes routes for the different areas. With the not-advertise parameter configured, you can use this command to filter out some external routes.
PAGE 1470
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1471
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1472
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. OSPFv3 Commands The fundamental mechanisms of OSPF (flooding, DR election, area support, SPF calculations, and so on) remain unchanged. However, OSPFv3 runs on a per-link basis instead of on a per-IP-subnet basis. Most changes were necessary to handle the increased address size of IPv6. The Dell Networking implementation of OSPFv3 is based on IETF RFC 2740.
PAGE 1473
For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.
PAGE 1474
area encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets in an OSPFv3 area. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters area area-id encryption ipsec spi number esp encryptionalgorithm [key-encryption-type] key authentication-algorithm [key-encryption-type] key area area-id Area for which OSPFv3 traffic is to be encrypted. For areaid, enter a number. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy.
PAGE 1475
key Text string used in authentication. For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (nonencrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). null Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1476
To remove an IPsec encryption policy from an interface, enter the no area area-id encryption spi number command. Related Commands ipv6 ospf encryption – configures an IPsec encryption policy on an OSPFv3 interface. show crypto ipsec policy – display the configuration of IPsec encryption policies. auto-cost Specify how the OSPF interface cost is calculated based on the reference bandwidth method.
PAGE 1477
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms ( Except MXL and STOMP ). 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1478
Version Description 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1479
Version Description 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the S4820T, S4810, and Z9000. Usage Information The following section describes the command fields. Example Lines Beginning With or Including Description OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces. 05:21:01 Displays the time stamp. Sending Ver:3 Sending OSPF3 version..
PAGE 1480
debug ipv6 ospf packet Display debug information and interface types on OSPF IPv6 packets. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters debug ipv6 ospf {packet | events} [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/ port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1481
07:21:40 : OSPFv3: Received, Ver:3, Type:1(Hello), Len:40, Router ID:223.255.255.254, Area ID:0, Chksum:af8f, Inst:0, from Te 0/36 Dell# Command Fields Lines Beginning With or Including Description OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces. 05:21:01 Displays the time stamp. Sending Ver:3 Sending OSPF3 version.
PAGE 1482
metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number to configure a metric value for the route. The range is from 1 to 16777214. metric-type typevalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then an OSPFv3 link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes. The values are: route-map mapname • 1 = Type 1 external route • 2 = Type 2 external route (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1483
Parameters seconds Time duration, in seconds, that specifies the duration of the restart process before OSPFv3 terminates the process. The range is from 40 to 1800 seconds. Defaults OSPFv3 graceful restart is disabled and functions in a helper-only role. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1484
Parameters planned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords planned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in a planned restart condition only. unplanned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords unplanned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in an unplanned restart condition only. Defaults OSPFv3 graceful restart supports both planned and unplanned failures. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1485
To remove a static IPv6 entry from the IPv6 neighbor discovery, use the no ipv6 neighboripv6–address{interface interface Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the neighbor in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. interface interface Enter the keyword interface then the interface type and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1486
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information Neighbor Discovery Protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol.
PAGE 1487
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series and C-Series.
PAGE 1488
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1489
Parameters disable (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword disable to disable BFD on this interface. interval milliseconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval to specify nondefault BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 200. min_rx milliseconds Enter the keywords min_rx to specify the minimum rate at which the local system receives control packets from the remote system. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 200.
PAGE 1490
ipv6 ospf cost Explicitly specify the cost of sending a packet on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters ipv6 ospf interface-cost interface-cost Enter a unsigned integer value expressed as the link-state metric. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Default cost based on the bandwidth. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1491
To return to the default time interval, use the no ipv6 ospf dead-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the time interval in seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535 seconds. Defaults 40 seconds (Ethernet). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1492
Valid values are: 3DES, DES, AES-CBC, and NULL. For AES-CBC, only the AES-128 and AES-192 ciphers are supported. key-encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the key is encrypted. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). key Text string used in authentication. The required lengths of a non-encrypted or encrypted key are: 3DES - 48 or 96 hex digits; DES - 16 or 32 hex digits; AESCBC -32 or 64 hex digits for AES-128 and 48 or 96 hex digits for AES-192.
PAGE 1493
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information Before you enable IPsec encryption on an OSPFv3 interface, first enable IPv6 unicast routing globally, configure an IPv6 address and enable OSPFv3 on the interface, and assign the interface to an area. An SPI value must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router. Configure the same encryption policy (same SPI and key) on each OSPFv3 interface in a link.
PAGE 1494
Version Description 8.4.2.2 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information By default, OSPFv3 graceful restart is disabled and functions only in a helper role to help restarting neighbor routers in their graceful restarts when it receives a Grace LSA. When configured in a helper-reject role, an OSPFv3 router ignores the Grace LSAs that it receives from a restarting OSPFv3 neighbor. The graceful-restart role command is not supported in OSPFv3.
PAGE 1495
Usage Information The time interval between hello packets must be the same for routers in a network. Related Commands ipv6 ospf dead-interval – specifies the time interval between hello packets was received from a router. ipv6 ospf priority To determine the Designated Router for the OSPFv3 network, set the priority of the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 ospf priority number To return to the default time interval, use the no ipv6 ospf priority command.
PAGE 1496
ipv6 router ospf Enable OSPF for IPv6 router configuration. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 router ospf process-id [vrf vrf-name] To exit OSPF for IPv6, use the no ipv6 router ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the process identification number. The range is from 1 to 65535. vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to install IPv6 routes in that VRF. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1497
Parameters number Specify the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 64. The default is 8 paths. Defaults 8 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1498
• For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Enabled, that is sending of routing updates are enabled by default. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1499
Parameters bgp as number Enter the keyword bgp then the autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65535. connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. metric metricvalue Enter the keyword metric then the metric value. The range is from 0 to 16777214. The default is 20.
PAGE 1500
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To redistribute the default route (x:x:x:x::x), use the default-information originate command.
PAGE 1501
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can configure an arbitrary value in the IP address for each router. However, each router ID must be unique. If this command is used on an OSPFv3 process that is already active (has neighbors), all the neighbor adjacencies are brought down immediately and new sessions are initiated with the new router ID.
PAGE 1502
Usage Information The show crypto ipsec policy command output displays the AH and ESP parameters configured in IPsec security policies, including the SPI number, keys, and algorithms used. When configured in a helper-reject role, an OSPFv3 router ignores the Grace LSAs that it receives from a restarting OSPFv3 neighbor. Table 4. show crypto ipsec policy Command Description Field Description Policy name Displays the name of an IPsec policy.
PAGE 1503
Policy name : OSPFv3-0-501 Policy refcount : 1 Inbound ESP SPI : 501 (0x1F5) Outbound ESP SPI : 501 (0x1F5) Inbound ESP Auth Key : bbdd96e6eb4828e2e27bc3f9ff541e43faa759c9ef5706ba8ed8bb5efe91e97eb7c0 c30808825fb5 Outbound ESP Auth Key : bbdd96e6eb4828e2e27bc3f9ff541e43faa759c9ef5706ba8ed8bb5efe91e97eb7c0 c30808825fb5 Inbound ESP Cipher Key : bbdd96e6eb4828e2e27bc3f9ff541e43faa759c9ef5706ba10345a1039ba8f8a Outbound ESP Cipher Key : bbdd96e6eb4828e2e27bc3f9ff541e43faa759c9ef5706ba10345a1039ba8f8a Transform se
PAGE 1504
Version Description 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information The show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 command output displays security associations set up for OSPFv3 links in IPsec authentication and encryption policies on the router. Example Table 5. show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Command Description Field Description Interface IPv6 interface.
PAGE 1505
Related Commands show crypto ipsec policy – displays the configuration of IPsec authentication and encryption policies.
PAGE 1506
Parameters process-number Enter the OSPF process number. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to display neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/ port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1507
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you enable BFD at the global level, show ipv6 ospf interface shows the BFD provisioning. If you enable BFD at the interface level, show ipv6 ospf interface shows the BFD interval timers. Example Dell#show ipv6 ospf 3 interface gigabitethernet 1/2 GigabitEthernet 1/2 is up, line protocol is up Link Local Address fe80::201:e8ff:fe17:5bbd, Interface ID 67420217 Area 0, Process ID 1, Instance ID 0, Router ID 11.1.1.
PAGE 1508
Related Commands show ip ospf interface—Display the OSPF interfaces configured. show ipv6 ospf database Display information in the OSPFv3 database, including link-state advertisements (LSAs). C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ipv6 ospf [process-number] [vrf vrf-name] database [database-summary | grace-lsa] process-number Enter the OSPF process number. vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to display neighbors corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 1509
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. Usage Information The show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 command output displays security associations set up for OSPFv3 links in IPsec authentication and encryption policies on the router. Related Commands show crypto ipsec policy – displays the configuration of IPsec authentication and encryption policies. Example (gracelsa) Dell#show ipv6 ospf 3 database grace-lsa ! Type-11 Grace LSA (Area 0) LS Age : 10 Link State ID : 6.16.192.
PAGE 1510
Oper Status 1 Admin Status 1 Area Bdr Rtr Status 1 AS Bdr Rtr Status 1 AS Scope LSA Count 0 AS Scope LSA Cksum sum 0 Originate New LSAS 50 Rx New LSAS 22 Ext LSA Count 0 Rte Max Eq Cost Paths 10 GR grace-period 180 GR mode planned and unplanned Area 0 database summary Type Count/Status Brd Rtr Count 1 AS Bdr Rtr Count 1 LSA count 6 Rtr LSA Count 2 Net LSA Count 1 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 1 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type-7 LSA count 0 Intra Area Pfx LSA Count 2 Intra Area TE LSA Count
PAGE 1511
GR mode planned and unplanned Area 0 database summary Type Count/Status Brd Rtr Count 1 AS Bdr Rtr Count 1 LSA count 6 Rtr LSA Count 2 Net LSA Count 1 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 1 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type-7 LSA count 0 Intra Area Pfx LSA Count 2 Intra Area TE LSA Count 2 Area 1 database summary Type Count/Status Brd Rtr Count 1 AS Bdr Rtr Count 1 LSA count 8 Rtr LSA Count 1 Net LSA Count 0 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 5 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type-7 LSA cou
PAGE 1512
Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type-7 LSA count 0 Intra Area Pfx LSA Count 2 Intra Area TE LSA Count 2 Area 1 database summary Type Count/Status Brd Rtr Count 1 AS Bdr Rtr Count 1 LSA count 8 Rtr LSA Count 1 Net LSA Count 0 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 5 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type-7 LSA count 0 Intra Area Pfx LSA Count 2 Intra Area TE LSA Count 2 E1200-T2C2#sh ipv6 ospf neighbor Neighbor ID ID Interface 63.114.8.
PAGE 1513
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1514
Dell# 1514 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3)
PAGE 1515
PE Console Commands 38 To configure a C1048P port extender from an attached PE console, you can use the following commands. Use these commands when the port extender cannot connect to a C9010. You can also enter the PE console commands to debug an error condition in a PE stack.
PAGE 1516
• show os-version • show privilege • show redundancy • show revision • show system • show tech-support • show version • telnet-peer-stack-unit For information about the commands you can enter from a C9010 console to configure a port extender, see Port Extenders (PE) chapter. diag Run offline diagnostics on all stack-units.
PAGE 1517
the board are put into Loopback mode and test packets are transmitted through those components. These diagnostics also perform snake tests using VLAN configurations. interactive Enter the keyword interactive to run offline diagnostics in interactive mode. NOTE: On a C1048P, interactive diagnostic tests are supported only in standalone mode; they are not supported in stacking mode. testname name Enter the testname name parameters to run a specified offline diagnostic test.
PAGE 1518
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the verbose option. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Dell#offline stack-unit 3 Warning - offline of unit will bring down all the protocols and the unit will be operationally down, except for running Diagnostics. Please make sure that stacking is not configured for Diagnostics execution. If configured, the unit roles may change.
PAGE 1519
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. Usage Information Use this command to make the port extender offline and run offline diagnostics tests. After this command is issued, a warning message appears cautioning you about bringing down all the protocols and turning down the PE unit operationally during the diagnostics tests.
PAGE 1520
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C1048P.
PAGE 1521
Dell#power-cycle stack-unit 0 Dell#power-cycle stack-unit all ? show control-bridge status Display the status of the control bridge from the port extender (PE) console. C9000 Series Syntax Command Modes Command History show control-bridge status • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command-Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1522
show system Display the status of a specific stack-unit from the port extender (PE) console. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show system [brief | stack-unit unit-id | stack-ports [status | topology] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view an abbreviated list of system information. stack-unit unit-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords stack-unit then the stack unit number for information. The stack-unit number range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1523
Example (PE Console) Dell#show system stack-unit 1 -- Unit 1 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : C1048P - 48-port GE (VE) Current Type : C1048P - 48-port GE (VE) Master priority : 2 Hardware Rev : 5.0 Num Ports : 52 Up Time : 2 wk, 0 day, 0 hr, 24 min Dell Networking OS Version : 1-0(0-4092) Jumbo Capable : yes POE Capable : yes FIPS Mode : disabled Boot Flash : 3.3.1.
PAGE 1524
1/51 Example (show system stack unit – disabled ports) Example (show system brief) Example (S6000) Dell#show system Stack MAC : 90:b1:1c:f4:9b:79 Reload-Type : reload] normal-reload [Next boot : normal- -- Unit 0 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Current Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Master priority : 0 Hardware Rev : 4.
PAGE 1525
Example (S4810) Status : not present -- Unit 5 -Unit Type Status : Member Unit : not present Dell#show system stack-unit 0 -- Unit 0 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Current Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Master priority : 0 Hardware Rev : 4.0 Num Ports : 128 Up Time : 21 min, 8 sec Dell Networking OS Version : 9-4(0-168) Jumbo Capable : yes POE Capable : no FIPS Mode : disabled Boot Flash : 3.1.1.2 Boot Selector : 3.1.0.
PAGE 1526
Current Type : S6000-ON - 32-port TE/FG (SI-ON) Master priority : 0 Hardware Rev : 3.0 Num Ports : 128 Up Time : 3 day, 22 hr, 33 min Dell Networking OS Version : 9-7(0-288) Jumbo Capable : yes POE Capable : no FIPS Mode : disabled Boot Flash : Present Boot Selector : 3.20.0.
PAGE 1527
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9 (0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. Usage Information In a PE stack setup (master unit), use the telnet-peer-stack-unit command to open a telnet session to the port extender standby unit.
PAGE 1528
upgrade system Upgrade the Dell Networking OS image to the stack-unit. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters upgrade system {stack-unit unit number | all } {usbflash: | flash:} {rpmA:|rpmB:} stack-unit unit number Enter the keyword stack-unit and specify the stack-unit ID to sync the image to that of the stack-unit or enter all to sync the image on all stack-units. The stack-unit number range is from 0 to 7. all Enter the keyword all to sync the image on all the stack-units configured.
PAGE 1529
boots up from the newly upgraded partition after you reload the system with the reload command. To verify that the Dell Networking OS image was correctly upgraded, use thee show boot system all command. For more information on the upgrade process, see the Dell Networking C9010 and C1048P Release Notes. Example PE Console Commands Dell# upgrade system stack-unit 0 usbflash://FTOS-C1048.bin rpmA: 00:39:32 : Discarded 1 pkts. Expected block num : 51. Received block num: 50 !00:39:36 : Discarded 1 pkts.
PAGE 1530
39 PE Stacking Use the commands in this chapter to configure and manage C1048P port-extender (PE) stacking. Stacking is not supported on C9010 switches. For information about using the PE stacking feature, see the “Port Extender (PE) Stacking” chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide for the C9000 Series. You can use the commands to pre-configure a port extender, so that the configuration settings are invoked when the switch is attached to the chassis.
PAGE 1531
reset Reset or reboot the linecard, RPM, PE and PE stack-unit. C9000 Series Syntax reset {linecard slot-id | rpm slot id [hard] | pe pe-id [stack-unit unit-number]} From a PE console, use reset stack-unit unit-number [hard] to reset the stack-unit. Parameters linecard slot-id Enter the keyword linecard and the slot-id number to specify the set of line-card ports for reset. The slot ID range is from 0 to 11.
PAGE 1532
Usage Information Resetting is a soft reboot, including flushing the forwarding tables. The hard option is available for PE stack-unit from the PE console only. To reset (soft reboot) a stack-unit from PE console, use the reset command and specify the stack-unit number. To perform a hard reset or power-cycle to a specified stack-unit, use the reset stack-unit unit-number hard command.
PAGE 1533
Jun 24 15:21:26: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-5-FANTRAY_INSERTED: Fan tray 0 of Unit 2 is inserted Jun 24 15:21:26: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-0-PS_UP: Power supply 0 in unit 2 is up Jun 24 15:21:26: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-0-PS_UP: Power supply 1 in unit 2 is up Jun 24 15:21:26: %PE-UNKN-C1048P:2 %CHMGR-2-FAN_SPEED_CHANGE: Fan speed changed to 60 % of the full speed Jun 24 15:21:26: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %IFMGR-5-OSTATE_UP: Changed interface state to up: Te 2/48 Jun 24 15:21:27: %PE-UNKN-C1048P:2 %CHMGR-2-FAN_SPEED
PAGE 1534
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Information The show pe pe-id system output displays detailed summary on different hardware and software components of all the stack units attached to a port extender.
PAGE 1535
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Management Member Member Member Member Member Member online not present not present not present not present not present not present -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status ---- ----- ---------1 0 up 1 1 absent -- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus ---- ----- ---------1 0 up C1048P C1048P Type FanStatus ------- ----------AC NA NA Fan0 -----up Speed -----9056 1-0(0-4092) 52 FanSpeed(rpm) --------------------NA NA Fan1 Speed ------- ---------up 9056 Speed in RPM Example: brief Dell>show pe 2
PAGE 1536
Interface Connection --------- ----------0/1 2/51 0/2 1/50 1/50 0/51 1/51 2/50 2/50 1/51 2/51 0/50 Example: stackunit unit-number Dell#show pe 1 system stack-unit 1 -- Unit 1 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : C1048P - 48-port GE Current Type : C1048P - 48-port GE Master priority : 2 Hardware Rev : 5.0 Num Ports : 52 Up Time : 22 hr, 42 min Dell Networking OS Version : 1-0(0-4092) Jumbo Capable : yes POE Capable : yes FIPS Mode : disabled Boot Flash : 3.3.1.
PAGE 1537
show hardware pe Display input and output traffic statistics and other operational information about a specified hardware component. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show hardware pe pe-id stack-unit unit number {cpu | drops | stack-port | unit} pe pe-id stack unit unit-number Enter pe pe-id stack-unit unit number parameters with a command option to display hardware statistics from the specified port extender (PE) and stack-unit.
PAGE 1538
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Modified the drops keyword range, unit keyword range and added the buffer and cpu management statistics options. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.5 Added i2c statistics and sata-interfaces statistics. 8.3.11.4 Added user port information. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1539
txPkt(COS1 ) txPkt(COS2 ) txPkt(COS3 ) txPkt(COS4 ) txPkt(COS5 ) txPkt(COS6 ) txPkt(COS7 ) txPkt(COS8 ) txPkt(COS9 ) txPkt(COS10) txPkt(COS11) txPkt(UNIT0) :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 Example (PE Stack-Port: Drops) Dell>show hardware pe 0 stack-unit 0 drops user-port 1 Dell#sho hardware pe 255 stack-unit 3 drops user-port 47 Drops in Interface PeGi 255/3/47: --- Ingress Drops --Ingress Drops : 13049 IBP CBP Full Drops : 0 PortSTPnotFwd Drops : 13049 IPv4 L3 Discards : 0 Policy Discards : 0 Packet
PAGE 1540
To de-provision or delete a port extender stack unit, use the no stack-unit unit-number {type unit-type | priority value} command. Parameters stack-unit unitnumber Enter the stack-unit ID number to locate a specific stack unit. Stack unit number range is 0–7. type PE-type Enter a value for the stack-unit type. The only support value for stack-unit type is C1048P. priority value Enter the master priority value for the unit. The priority value range is from 1 to 14.
PAGE 1541
Related Commands PE Stacking • redundancy force-failover — Force the standby unit to become the primary or master unit • reset — Reset or reboot the linecard, RPM, PE and PE stack-unit.
PAGE 1542
Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) 40 The Dell Networking operating software implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line. description Enter a description of the PVST+. C9000 Series Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
PAGE 1543
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree pvst — enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable PVST+ globally. C9000 Series Syntax disable To enable PVST+, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1544
extend system-id To augment the Bridge ID with a VLAN ID so that PVST+ differentiate between BPDUs for each VLAN, use extend system ID. If the VLAN receives a BPDU meant for another VLAN, PVST+ does not detect a loop, and both ports can remain in Forwarding state. C9000 Series Syntax extend system-id Defaults Disabled Command Modes PROTOCOL PVST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1545
protocol spanning-tree pvst To enable PVST+ on a device, enter the PVST+ mode. C9000 Series Syntax protocol spanning-tree pvst To disable PVST+, use the disable command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1546
show spanning-tree pvst View the Per-VLAN spanning tree configuration. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree pvst [vlan vlan-id] [brief] [guard] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is 1 to 4094. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the PVST+ configuration information.
PAGE 1547
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Expanded to display port error disable state (EDS) caused by loopback BPDU inconsistency and Port VLAN ID inconsistency. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. Usage Information The following describes the show spanning-tree pvst command shown in the following examples. Field Description Interface Name PVST interface. Instance PVST instance.
PAGE 1548
Example Dell#show spanning-tree pvst vlan 2 VLAN 2 Root Identifier has priority 4096, Address 0001.e805.e306 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge Identifier has priority 4096, Address 0001.e805.e306 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 We are the root of VLAN 2 Current root has priority 4096, Address 0001.e805.
PAGE 1549
----------------------------------------------------------Te 1/0 128.1223 128 20000 EDS 0 32768 0001.e800.a12b 128.
PAGE 1550
shutdown-onviolation (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords shutdown-on-violation to hardware disable an interface when a BPDU is received and the port is disabled. err-disable Enter the keywords err-disable to enable the port to be put into the error-disable state (EDS) if an error condition occurs. vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. cost number Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value. The range is from 1 to 200000.
PAGE 1551
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the optional Bridge Port Data Unit (BPDU) guard. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. Usage Information The BPDU guard option prevents the port from participating in an active STP topology in case a BPDU appears on a port unintentionally, or is misconfigured, or is subject to a DOS attack.
PAGE 1552
interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 no ip address switchport spanning-tree pvst vlan 3 cost 18000 no shutdown Dell(conf-if-te-1/1)#end Related Commands show spanning-tree pvst — views the PVST+ configuration. spanning-tree pvst err-disable Place ports in an Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members an untagged VLAN.
PAGE 1553
Related Commands show spanning-tree pvst — views the PVST+ configuration. tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification. C9000 Series Syntax tc-flush-standard To disable, use the no tc-flush-standard command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1554
vlan bridge-priority Set the PVST+ bridge-priority for a VLAN or a set of VLANs. C9000 Series Syntax vlan vlan-range bridge-priority value To return to the default value, use the no vlan bridge-priority command. Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. bridge-priority value Enter the keywords bridge-priority then the bridge priority value in increments of 4096. The range is from 0 to 61440. The default is 32768.
PAGE 1555
vlan forward-delay Set the amount of time the interface waits in the Listening state and the Learning state before transitioning to the Forwarding state. C9000 Series Syntax vlan vlan-range forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no vlan forward-delay command. Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1556
vlan hello-time Set the time interval between generation of PVST+ 7 BPDUs. C9000 Series Syntax vlan vlan-range hello-time seconds To return to the default value, use the no vlan hello-time command. Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. hello-time seconds Enter the keywords hello-time then the time interval, in seconds, between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds.
PAGE 1557
vlan max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the PVST+ bridge. C9000 Series Syntax vlan vlan-range max-age seconds To return to the default, use the no vlan max-age command. Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-age seconds Enter the keywords max-age then the time interval, in seconds, that the system waits before refreshing configuration information.
PAGE 1558
PIM-Source Specific Mode (PIM-SSM) 41 The protocol-independent multicast source-specific mode (PIM-SSM) commands in this section are supported in the Dell Networking operating system. IPv4 PIM Commands The following commands apply to IPv4 PIM-SM, IPv4 PIM-SSM, and PIM-DM.
PAGE 1559
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information If you use this command on a local VLT node, all multicast routes from the local PIM TIB, the entire multicast route table, and all the entries in the data plane are deleted.
PAGE 1560
state (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword state to view PIM state changes. timer [assert | hello | joinprune | register] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timer to view PIM timers. Enter one of the optional parameters: • assert: to view the assertion timer • hello: to view the PIM neighbor keepalive timer • joinprune: to view the expiry timer (join/prune timer) • register: to view the register suppression timer Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1561
Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1562
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1563
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the SSeries. show ip pim interface View information on the interfaces with IP PIM enabled. C9000 Series Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip pim interface • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1564
Field Description Ver/Mode Displays the PIM version number and mode for each interface participating in PIM: • v2 = PIM version 2 • S = PIM Sparse mode Nbr Count Displays the number of PIM neighbors discovered over this interface. Query Intvl Displays the query interval for Router Query messages on that interface (configured with ip pim query-interval command). DR Prio Displays the Designated Router priority value configured on the interface (use the ip pim dr-priority command).
PAGE 1565
Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip pim neighbor command shown in the following example. Field Description Neighbor address Displays the IP address of the PIM neighbor.
PAGE 1566
Parameters Command Modes Command History group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). source-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the source address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1567
Field Example Description • F = Dell Networking OS is registering this entry for a multicast source • T = packets were received via Shortest Tree Path • J = first packet from the last hop router is received and the entry is ready to switch to SPT • K = acknowledge pending state Incoming interface Displays the reverse path forwarding (RPF) interface towards the RP/ source. RPF neighbor Displays the next hop from this interface towards the RP/ source.
PAGE 1568
IPv4 PIM-Source Specific Mode Commands The following IPv4 PIM-source specific mode (PIM-SSM) commands are supported: • ip pim ssm-range • show ip pim ssm-range ip pim ssm-range Specify the SSM group range using an access list. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters ip pim ssm-range {access_list_name} access_list_name Enter the name of the access list. Defaults Default SSM range is 232/8 and ff3x/32 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1569
ACL and then used in the ip pim ssm-range {access list name} configuration, an error is reported. However, if you configure ip pim ssm-range {access list name} first and then you configure the ACL as an Extended ACL, an error is not reported and the ACL is not applied to the SSM range. Dell Networking OS-recommended best-practices are to configure the standard ACL, and then apply the ACL to the SSM range.
PAGE 1570
Example 1570 Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1571
PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) 42 The protocol-independent multicast sparse-mode (PIM-SM) commands in this section are supported in the Dell Networking operating system. IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ip pim rp-mapping The bootstrap router (BSR) feature uses this command to remove all or particular rendezvous point (RP) advertisement.
PAGE 1572
Usage Information This command re-applies the RP mapping logic for all the groups learnt by the node. Any stale information corresponding to the existing mapping configuration is updated. As a result, the existing BSR cache and the *,G's are deleted only if these entries are stale. clear ip pim tib Clear PIM tree information from the PIM database. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear ip pim tib [group] group (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
PAGE 1573
debug ip pim View IP PIM debugging messages. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip pim [bsr | events | group | packet [in | out] | register | state | timer [assert | hello | joinprune | register]] To disable PIM debugging, use the no debug ip pim command or use the undebug allto disable all debugging command. Parameters bsr (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bsr to view PIM Candidate RP/BSR activities. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword group to view PIM messages for a specific group.
PAGE 1574
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. ip pim bsr-border Define the border of PIM domain by filtering inbound and outbound PIM-BSR messages per interface.
PAGE 1575
ip pim bsr-candidate To join the Bootstrap election process, configure the PIM router. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim bsr-candidate interface [vrf vrf-name][hash-mask-length] [priority] To return to the default value, use the no ip pim bsr-candidate [vrf vrfname] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure the PIM router on a VRF.
PAGE 1576
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 6.1.1.0 Added support for the VLAN interface. ip pim dr-priority Change the designated router (DR) priority for the interface.
PAGE 1577
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series on port-channels and the SSeries. Usage Information The router with the largest value assigned to an interface becomes the designated router. If two interfaces contain the same designated router priority value, the interface with the largest interface IP address becomes the designated router.
PAGE 1578
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When an NSF-capable router comes up, it announces the graceful restart capability and restart duration as a Hello option. The receiving router notes the Hello option. Routers not NSF-capable discard the unknown Hello option and adjacency is not affected. When an NSF-capable router goes down, the neighboring PIM speaker preserves the states and continues the forwarding of multicast traffic while the neighbor router restarts.
PAGE 1579
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the SSeries. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell(conf)# ip access-list extended iptv-channels Dell(config-ext-nacl)# permit ip 10.1.2.3/24 225.1.1.0/24 Dell(config-ext-nacl)# permit ip any 232.1.1.0/24 Dell(config-ext-nacl)# permit ip 100.1.1.0/16 any Related Commands ip access-list extended — configure an access list based on IP addresses or protocols.
PAGE 1580
ip pim neighbor-filter To prevent a router from participating in protocol independent multicast (PIM), configure this feature. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim neighbor-filter {access-list} To remove the restriction, use the no ip pim neighbor-filter {accesslist} command. Parameters access-list Enter the name of a standard access list. Maximum 16 characters. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1581
Parameters seconds Enter a number as the number of seconds between router query messages. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 30 seconds. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.
PAGE 1582
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for VRF. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1583
override Enter the keyword override to override the BSR updates with static RP. The override takes effect immediately during enable/disable. NOTE: This option is applicable to multicast group range. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1584
ip pim rp-candidate To send out a Candidate-RP-Advertisement message to the bootstrap (BS) router or define group prefixes that are defined with the RP address to PIM BSR, configure a PIM router. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim rp-candidate {interface [priority]}[vrf vrf-name] To return to the default value, use the no ip pim rp-candidate {interface [priority]}[vrf vrf-name] command.
PAGE 1585
Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Priority is stored at BSR router when receiving a Candidate-RP-Advertisement. ip pim sparse-mode Enable PIM sparse mode and IGMP on the interface.
PAGE 1586
Usage Information The interface must be enabled (the no shutdown command) and not have the switchport command configured. Multicast must also be enabled globally (using the ip multicast-lag-hashing command). PIM is supported on the portchannel interface. ip pim spt-threshold To switch to the shortest path tree when the traffic reaches the specified threshold value, configure the PIM router.
PAGE 1587
ip pim sparse-mode sg-expiry-timer Enable expiry timers globally for all sources. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim sparse-mode sg-expiry-timer seconds [vrf vrf-name] To disable configured timers and return to default mode, use the no ip pim sparse-mode sg-expiry-timer command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the S, G entries are retained. The range is from 211 to 65535.
PAGE 1588
Even though the FHR nodes act as RPs, these nodes still send Register encap messages to themselves and expect to receive a Register stop message (for Anycast RP support). As a result, if the DLT timer expires, SG is not deleted until the register state is deleted in the node. This register state expires 210 seconds after the last Null register is received. no ip pim snooping dr-flood Disable the flooding of multicast packets to the PIM designated router.
PAGE 1589
• Multicast traffic for an unknown group is sent on the port towards the PIM DR. When DR flooding is disabled, multicast traffic for an unknown group is dropped. show ip pim bsr-router View information on the Bootstrap router. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip pim bsr-router [vrf vrf-name] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF.
PAGE 1590
This system is a candidate BSR Candidate BSR address: 7.7.7.7, priority: 0, hash mask length: 30 show ip pim snooping neighbor Display information on PIM neighbors learned through PIM-SM snooping. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip pim snooping neighbor [vlan vlan-id] vlan vlan-id • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to display information about PIM neighbors that PIM-SM snooping discovered on a specified VLAN.
PAGE 1591
Field Description • DR prio/Mode Example v2 = PIM version 2 Displays the Designated Router priority and the mode: • 1 = default Designated Router priority (use the ip pim dr-priority command) • DR = Designated Router • S = Sparse mode Dell#show ip pim snooping neighbor Neighbor Interface Address 165.87.32.2 Vl 2 [Te 1/13 ] 165.87.32.10 Vl 2 [Te 1/11 ] 165.87.32.
PAGE 1592
Usage Information The following describes the show ip pim interface command shown in the following example. Field Description Address Lists the IP addresses of the interfaces participating in PIM. Interface List the interface type, with either slot/port information or ID (VLAN or Port Channel), of the interfaces participating in PIM.
PAGE 1593
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.
PAGE 1594
show ip pim rp View all multicast groups-to-RP mappings. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip pim rp [mapping | group-address][vrf vrf-name] mapping (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mapping to display the multicast groups-to-RP mapping and information on how RP is learnt. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address mask in dotted decimal format to view RP for a specific group.
PAGE 1595
229.1.2.2 Dell# 165.87.20.4 Example (Mapping) Dell#show ip pim rp mapping PIM Group-to-RP Mappings Group(s): 224.0.0.0/4, Static RP: 50.40.4.4, v2 Dell# Example (Address) Dell#show ip pim rp 229.1.2.1 Group RP 229.1.2.1 165.87.20.4 show ip pim snooping interface Display information on VLAN interfaces with PIM-SM snooping enabled.
PAGE 1596
Example (#2) Field Description Ver/Mode Displays the PIM version number for each VLAN interface with PIM-SM snooping enabled: • v2 = PIM version 2 • S = PIM Sparse mode Nbr Count Displays the number of neighbors learned through PIM-SM snooping on the interface. DR Prio Displays the Designated Router priority value configured on the interface (ip pim dr-priority command). DR Displays the IP address of the Designated Router for that interface.
PAGE 1597
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Usage Information The following describes the show ip pim snooping tib commands shown in the following example. Example Field Description (S, G) Displays the entry in the PIM multicast snooping database. uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the PIM multicast route table.
PAGE 1598
PIM Multicast Snooping Table Flags: J/P - (*,G) Join/Prune, j/p - (S,G) Join/Prune SGR-P - (S,G,R) Prune Timers: Uptime/Expires * : Inherited port (*, 225.1.2.1), uptime 00:00:01, expires 00:02:59, RP 165.87.70.1, flags: J Incoming interface: Vlan 2, RPF neighbor 0.0.0.0 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 2/11 RPF 165.87.32.2 00:00:01/00:02:59 TenGigabitEthernet 2/13 Upstream Port -/Dell#show ip pim snooping tib vlan 2 225.1.2.1 165.87.1.
PAGE 1599
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for VRF. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.1 Support for the display of PIM-SM snooping status was added on E-Series ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1600
show ip pim tib View the PIM tree information base (TIB). C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip pim tib [group-address [source-address]] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). source-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the source address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1601
Field Example Description • D = PIM Dense Mode • S = PIM Sparse Mode • C = directly connected • L = local to the multicast group • P = route was pruned • R = the forwarding entry is pointing toward the RP • F = Dell Networking OS is registering this entry for a multicast source • T = packets were received via Shortest Tree Path • J = first packet from the last hop router is received and the entry is ready to switch to SPT • K = acknowledge pending state Incoming interface Displays the
PAGE 1602
Outgoing interface list: Vlan 2006 Forward/Sparse 00:06:21/Never (20.10.4.9, 225.1.1.2), uptime 00:06:21, expires 00:02:06, flags: CT Incoming interface: Vlan 2007, RPF neighbor 20.30.124.4 Outgoing interface list: Vlan 2006 Forward/Sparse 00:06:21/Never show running-config pim Display the current configuration of PIM-SM snooping. C9000 Series Syntax show running-config pim Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1603
Policy-based Routing (PBR) 43 Policy-based routing (PBR) allows you to apply routing policies to specific interfaces. To enable PBR, create a redirect list and apply it to the interface. After the redirect list is applied to the interface, all traffic passing through the interface is subject to the rules defined in the redirect list. PBR is supported by the Dell Networking Operating System (OS).
PAGE 1604
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Usage Information You can apply any number of redirect-groups to an interface. A redirect list can contain any number of configured rules.
PAGE 1605
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. permit Configure a permit rule.
PAGE 1606
mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all traffic is subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then he IP address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent.
PAGE 1607
redirect Configure a rule for the redirect list. C9000 Series Syntax redirect {ip-address | slot/port} | tunnel tunnel-id}[track ] {ip-protocol-number | protocol-type [bit]} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [operator] To remove this filter, use one of the following: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 1608
• syn = synchronize sequence number • urg = urgent field source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all traffic is subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent.
PAGE 1609
seq Configure a filter with an assigned sequence number for the redirect list.
PAGE 1610
host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. bit (OPTIONAL) For the TCP protocol type only, enter one or a combination of the following TCP flags: operator • fin = finish (no more data from the user) • psh = push function • rst = reset the connection • syn = synchronize sequence number • urg = urgent field (OPTIONAL) For the TCP and UDP parameters only.
PAGE 1611
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for the track-id on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. show cam pbr Display the PBR CAM content. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show cam pbr {[interface interface] | linecard slot-number port-set number]} [summary] interface interface Enter the keyword interface then the name of the interface. linecard number Enter the keyword linecard then the slot number.
PAGE 1612
Related Commands • ip redirect-group – applies a redirect group to an interface. • show ip redirect-list – displays the redirect-list configuration. show ip redirect-list View the redirect list configuration and the interfaces it is applied to. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip redirect-list redirect-list-name redirect-list-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the name of a configured Redirect list. This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1613
Port Extenders (PE) 44 To configure a C1048P port extender (PE) attached to a C9010, use the commands in this chapter from the C9010 console. Important Points to Remember • You can perform the following tasks using the commands described in this chapter: – Provisioning a Port Extender – Managing a Port Extender – PE Stacking • You must configure the feature extended-bridge command to turn on support for PE configuration on a C9010. • The GVRP and FRRP protocols are not supported on the PE ports.
PAGE 1614
slot/port-range Enter the slot/port-range to specify a linecard and either a single port number, a port range, or a combination of both for auto-LAG configuration. Slot number range is from 0 to 9. In linecard slots 0 to 9, the range of port numbers is from 0 to 23. Default None Command Modes PE CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command-Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1615
statistics Enter the keyword statistics to delete the statistics related to a specified PE from the system. Default None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 1616
Usage Information You can connect to an attached PE through Telnet using the connect pe command and view information specific to the PE system. After you log in to a port extender, enter ? or help to display a list of supported commands. Example Dell#connect pe 254 Login: peadmin Password: DellPE> feature extended-bridge Enable 802.1BR (bridge port extender) support on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax [no] feature extended-bridge To disable 802.
PAGE 1617
location-led Toggle the location LED of a specified interface, linecard or port extender (PE) on or off. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters location—led {interface interface | linecard slot-id | pe pe-id stack-unit unit-number | rpm slot-id }{off|on} interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1618
Thelocation-led settings are not saved through power cycles if the C1048 system is power cycled. Example Dell# Dell#location-led pe 255 stack-unit 0 on pe Add a pre-provisioned port extender (PE) . C9000 Series Syntax pe pe-id To remove a port extender, use the no pe pe-id command. Parameters pe pe-id Enter keyword pe and PE ID. The range is from 0 to 255. Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1619
DELL(conf-pe-10)#stack-unit 0 type c1048P Related Commands • stack-unit – add or delete a specified port extender stack-unit. • show pe —display the port extender status and details. pe provision Logically provision or add a port extender (PE). C9000 Series Syntax pe provision pe-id To de-provision or delete a port extender, use the no pe provision pe-id command. Parameters pe provision pe-id Enter port-extender configuration mode to logically provision a port extender.
PAGE 1620
Example DELL(conf)# pe provision 10 DELL(conf-pe-10)# DELL(conf)# no pe provision 10 Related Commands • feature extended-bridge • stack unit • show pe show config Display the PE provision configuration details. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes PE CONFIG (conf-pe-pe-id) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1621
show ecid Display the E-Channel identifier (ECID) information for all or any specified interfaces. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ecid {interface [interface] | pe pe-id stack—unit unitnumber} interface interface Enter the interface keyword, and specify one of the following interface types: • For a PE Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE. You must specify a pe-id/stack-unit/port-id for the interface.
PAGE 1622
Interface ECID ----------------------Port-channel 513 249 peGigE 255/1/1 250 peGigE 255/1/2 251 peGigE 255/1/3 252 peGigE 255/1/4 253 peGigE 255/1/5 254 peGigE 255/1/6 255 peGigE 255/1/7 256 peGigE 255/1/8 257 peGigE 255/1/9 258 peGigE 255/1/10 259 peGigE 255/1/11 260 peGigE 255/1/12 261 peGigE 255/1/13 262 peGigE 255/1/14 263 peGigE 255/1/15 264 peGigE 255/1/16 265 peGigE 255/1/17 266 peGigE 255/1/18 267 peGigE 255/1/19 268 peGigE 255/1/20 269 peGigE 255/1/21 270 peGigE 255/1/22 271 peGigE 255/1/23 272 peG
PAGE 1623
peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE Port Extenders (PE) 255/2/14 255/2/15 255/2/16 255/2/17 255/2/
PAGE 1624
peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE 255/3/30 255/3/31 255/3/32 255/3/33 255/3/34 255/3/35 255/3/36 255/3/37 255/3/38 255/3/39 255/3/40 255/3/41 255/3/42 255/3/43 255/3/44 255/3/45 255/3/46 255/3/47 255/3/48 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 show pe Display the port extender status and details.
PAGE 1625
Reason: CTM - Card Type Mismatch, CAM - CAM ACL Mismatch SVM - Software Version Mismatch, UE - Unknown Error Offline Reason: UNP - Unit Not Present, ICE - IPC CP Error, IRE - IPC RP Error ISE - IPC Setup Error, CVE - CHM Validation Error PE-ID assigned: 1 Status: online System Mac: 6c:c0:00:43:09:90 PE Up Time: 22:12:35 PE Discovery Status: Provisioned PE User Configured Cascade Ports: Te 0/22(A),Te 0/23(A) Cascade LAG: Po 259(Up) -----------------------------------------------------------------------Stack-
PAGE 1626
show pe csp Display the control and status protocol (CSP) session information for the port extenders. C9000 Series Syntax show pe CSP Default None Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privileged This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 1627
show pe errors Display the port extender error logs. C9000 Series Syntax show pe errors Default None Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privileged This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 1628
Debugging Use the commands in this section to debug the port extender hardware. clear hardware system-flow pe Clear the system-flow statistics from the specified port extender hardware component. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear hardware system-flow pe pe-id stack-unit unit number port-set portpipe-id counters pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender ID. Range is from 0 to 255. stack-unit unit number Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack unit number. Range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1629
1018 1017 1016 1014 1013 1011 1010 1009 1008 1007 1006 1005 1004 1003 1002 1001 1000 999 998 997 996 995 994 993 992 991 990 989 988 987 986 985 984 983 982 981 980 979 978 977 976 975 974 973 IPC traffic destined to stack_unit 5 PE CPU IPC traffic destined to stack_unit 6 PE CPU IPC traffic destined to stack_unit 7 PE CPU ECP traffic forwarded to next PE CPU ECP traffic destined to PE CPU LLDP traffic forwarded to next PE CPU LLDP traffic destined to PE CPU LLDP/LACP traffic coming on access port-0 LLDP/L
PAGE 1630
ecp Enter the keyword ecp followed by the trace-flags number to display the BRM edge control protocol (ecp) debug information. Range is from 0 to FFFFFFFF. Default None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 1631
count value Default None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Enter the keyword count with a count value to specify the packet count. Count value range is from 1 to 4294967295. Default count vlaue is infinity. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Dell#debug pe-csp interface port-channel 258 packets tx detail count 2 show software pemgr Display the port extender (PE) manager data.
PAGE 1632
reg-client Enter the reg-client keyword to display the registered manager — agent / (client) information. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. and C1048P.
PAGE 1633
DeQCount Messages in Q : : AVG Q Proc Time : Time : AVG Proc Time : Time : 0x14e 0 ticks 1 ticks Serivce Name : PEMGR MType CB : 0xb9f2 EnQCount DeQCount Messages in Q : 0x8a : 3 ticks : 0x1771 EnQCount DeQCount Messages in Q : 0 ticks : 0x2a5c EnQCount DeQCount Messages in Q : Service Id : EndPoint : 0 ticks Max Q Proc 0 ticks Max Proc Service Id : EndPoint : 5 packets 5 packets 0 packets : 0 ticks 0 ticks 0 ticks 0 ticks Serivce Name : IFMGR MType CB : 0x2a3b EnQCo
PAGE 1634
Messages in Q : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : Time : AVG Proc Time : Time : 0x8a 0 ticks 0 ticks Serivce Name : IFMGR MType CB : 0x2a3c EnQCount DeQCount Messages in Q : : 0 ticks MType CB : 0x2a3d EnQCount DeQCount Messages in Q : 0x8a 0 ticks : 0x2a32 EnQCount DeQCount Messages in Q : 1634 Service Id : EndPoint : 0 ticks Max Q Proc 0 ticks Max Proc Service Id : EndPoint : 1 packets 1 packets 0 packets : 0 ticks 0 ticks 0 ticks 0 ticks Serivce Name : IFMGR MType CB :
PAGE 1635
Messages in Q : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : Time : AVG Proc Time : Time : 0x8a 0 ticks 0 ticks Serivce Name : IFMGR MType CB : 0x2a45 EnQCount DeQCount Messages in Q : : 0 ticks MType CB : 0x2a4f EnQCount DeQCount Messages in Q : 0x14e 0 ticks : 0x1771 EnQCount DeQCount Messages in Q : Port Extenders (PE) Service Id : EndPoint : 0 ticks Max Q Proc 0 ticks Max Proc Service Id : EndPoint : 4 packets 4 packets 0 packets : 0 ticks 0 ticks 0 ticks 0 ticks Serivce Name : CLI
PAGE 1636
Messages in Q : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : Time : AVG Proc Time : Time : 0x21 Max Proc Serivce Name : SYSADMTSK : 0x1771 EnQCount DeQCount Messages in Q : : 0 ticks MType CB : 0x1771 EnQCount DeQCount Messages in Q : 0 ticks Max Proc 0 ticks : EndPoint : Max Q Proc 0 ticks Max Proc 0 ticks MType CB : 0x12d0 EnQCount DeQCount Messages in Q : AVG Q Proc Time : Time : AVG Proc Time : Time : Service Id 0 ticks Serivce Name : POEMGR : : 0 packets 0 packets 0 packets : : EndP
PAGE 1637
PE 0 LOW PE 880 MEDIUM PE 180 HIGH CB 0 LOW CB 1145 MEDIUM CB 769 HIGH Total Total Total Total messages messages messages messages 0 0 880 0 180 0 0 0 1146 1 769 0 Enqueued Dequeued Enqueued Dequeued from from from from CB CB PE PE End End End End Point Point Point Point :1917 :1916 :1060 :1060 packets packets packets packets Examples: show Dell#show software pemgr pe-id 1 reg-clients Manager - Agent Registration Status software pemgr pe ----------------------------------pe-
PAGE 1638
Example: show Dell#show software pemgr ipc-stats IPC Message Based Statistics software pemgr pe ---------------------------0 ipc-stats (PE Console) Serivce Name : CLI 0x10 MType CB : 0x1771 EnQCount DeQCount Messages in Q : : 0x21 0 ticks 0 ticks MType CB : 0x1c29 EnQCount DeQCount Messages in Q : 0 ticks MType CB : 0x192 EnQCount DeQCount Messages in Q : 0x14e 1638 0 ticks : EndPoint : Max Proc Service Id : EndPoint : 0 ticks Max Q Proc 0 ticks Max Proc 0 ticks MType CB : 0x
PAGE 1639
Time : AVG Proc Time Time : 0x8a 0 ticks : Serivce Name : IFMGR MType CB : 0x1771 EnQCount DeQCount Messages in Q : : 0 ticks 0 ticks MType CB : 0x2a5c EnQCount DeQCount Messages in Q : 0 ticks MType CB : 0x2a3b EnQCount DeQCount Messages in Q : 0x8a Port Extenders (PE) 0 ticks Max Proc Service Id : EndPoint : Max Proc Service Id : EndPoint : 0 ticks Max Q Proc 0 ticks Max Proc 0 ticks MType CB : 0x2a3c EnQCount DeQCount Messages in Q : AVG Q Proc Time : Max Q Proc
PAGE 1640
Time : AVG Proc Time Time : 0x8a 0 ticks : Serivce Name : IFMGR MType CB : 0x2a3d EnQCount DeQCount Messages in Q : : 0 ticks 0 ticks MType CB : 0x2a32 EnQCount DeQCount Messages in Q : 0 ticks MType CB : 0x1771 EnQCount DeQCount Messages in Q : 0x10 1640 Max Proc Service Id : EndPoint : Max Proc Service : 0 packets 0 packets 0 packets 0 ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc 0 ticks Max Proc 0 ticks MType CB : 0xb9f4 EnQCount DeQCount Messages in Q : AVG Q Proc Time : Max Q Proc 0
PAGE 1641
Time : AVG Proc Time Time : 0x21 0 ticks : Serivce Name : SYSADMTSK MType CB : 0x1771 EnQCount DeQCount Messages in Q : : 0 ticks 0 ticks MType CB : 0x1771 EnQCount DeQCount Messages in Q : 0 ticks MType CB : 0x12d0 EnQCount DeQCount Messages in Q : 0xfb Port Extenders (PE) 0 ticks Max Proc Service Id : EndPoint : Max Proc Service Id : EndPoint : 0 ticks Max Q Proc 0 ticks Max Proc 0 ticks MType CB : 0x12ce EnQCount DeQCount Messages in Q : AVG Q Proc Time : Max Q P
PAGE 1642
Time : AVG Proc Time Time : MType CB : 0x12cf End_Point Priority Outstanding count PE 0 LOW PE 880 MEDIUM PE 180 HIGH CB 0 LOW CB 1145 MEDIUM CB 769 HIGH messages messages messages messages Service Id : EndPoint : Enqueue count Dequeue count Packets Packets Packets 0 0 880 0 180 0 0 0 1146 1 769 0 Enqueued Dequeued Enqueued Dequeued from from from from CB CB PE PE End End End End Point Point Point Point :1917 :1916 :1060 :1060 packets packets packets packets Dell#
PAGE 1643
MACMGR 96 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DSAGT 108 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 IFMGR 138 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 MRTM 139 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 L2AGENT 144 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 PORTMIRR 191 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SFL_LP 194 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SFL_CP 195 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 POEMGR 251 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Power over Ethernet (PoE) Use the commands in this section to configure the Power over Ethernet (PoE) feature on a C1048P portextender (PE). PoE is not supported on C9010 switches.
PAGE 1644
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Information The advertise dot3–tlv power—via—mdi command enables the system to advertise IEEE 802.3at power-via-mdi TLV to advertise its power negotiation capabilities with the powered devices via Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP). You can configure this command either on a specific interface or globally.
PAGE 1645
To enable advertisement for a specific interface, configure the command in INTERFACE configuration mode. Port extender (PE) processes and advertises LLDP power-via-MDI TLVs when the LLDP advertisement of the TLV is enabled on the PE in class power management mode. Incoming LLDP messages are processed only when the PE is in class power management mode. on-disable Enable transmission of LLDP shutdown frames.
PAGE 1646
power budget global-threshold Set a global threshold limit for the PoE power budget on a specified port extender. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters power budget global-threshold pe pe-id stack-unit unit number threshold-value pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and port extender ID. Range is from 0 to 255. stack-unit unit number Enter the keyword stack-unit and unit number. Range is from 0 to 7. threshold-value Enter the power threshold limit value in percentage. Range is from 10 to 99%. Default value is 99%.
PAGE 1647
power inline Enable inline power and configure maximum power allocation with priority for the powered device connected to an interface. C9000 Series Syntax power inline {[max_milliwatts ]| priority {critical | high | low}} To disable a device that has been enabled for PoE power supply, use the no power inline command. Parameters max_milliwatts (OPTIONAL) Specify the maximum amount of inline power allocation to a powered device connected to the interface. Range is 440–30000 milliwatts (mWs).
PAGE 1648
The power inline priority command allows you to specify the power inline priority for an interface when a power shortage occurs. PoE is removed from ports configured with low priority first, then ports configured with high priority are disabled. The ports configured with critical priority are the last ports disabled during a power shortage. When two or more ports are configured with same priority level, the ports with higher interface numbers are disabled first.
PAGE 1649
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Information The power inline legacy command allows the system to detect and allocate inline power to the legacy devices on a Port Extender.
PAGE 1650
When class mode is configured, maximum power for the particular class of device is allocated. Class mode supports power allocation via Layer 2 classification and power negotiation by Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) 802.3at standard . When static mode is configured, the inline power is allocated based on the actual power consumption by the powered device. Power negotiation via LLDP is not supported in static mode.
PAGE 1651
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Information The power inline restore pe command enables or restores the temporarily suspended PoE power supply to all the ports on a port extender unit. Example Dell#power inline restore pe 1 stack-unit 2 power inline suspend pe Disable PoE power supply to all the ports in a port extender unit temporarily.
PAGE 1652
Parameters pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and port extender ID. Range is from 0 to 255. stack-unit unit number Enter the keyword stack-unit and the unit number. Range is from 0 to 7. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1653
. Defaults Command Modes Command History None • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 1654
Power Reserved for inline Power: Total Inline Power Consumed: Remaining inline power Available: Power Management Mode: Interface Inline Power Device PoE Port LLDP Max / Alloc Type Priority Support (Watts) ----------------------------------------PeGi 255/0/0 30.00/21.40 2 low 0 1612W 21W 1580W Class Inline Power Class Consumed (Watts) -----------21.50 ------4 show power detail Display the inline power consumption details for a port extender.
PAGE 1655
show revision View the PoE controller firmware version running on the port extender. C9000 Series Syntax show revision {pe pe-id stack-unit unit number} From a PE console, use show revision to view the revision levels. Parameters pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender ID. Range is from 0 to 255. stack-unit unitnumber Enter the keyword stack-unit and the unit number. Range is from 0 to 7. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1656
IAP FPGA CPLD IAP FPGA 1 CPLD FPGA 2 Backup FPGA IAP CPLD Boot Flash CPLD Boot Flash CPLD Boot Flash CPLD Boot Flash CPLD Boot Flash Exmaple (PE Console) 1656 3.1 3.7 3.0 3.1 3.9 3.5 2.0 2.0 3.1 16 3.3.1.7 16 3.3.1.7 16 3.3.1.7 16 3.3.1.
PAGE 1657
45 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. Important Points to Remember • Port monitoring is supported on physical ports and logical interfaces, such as port channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs). • The monitoring (destination, “MG”) and monitored (source, “MD”) ports must be on the same switch.
PAGE 1658
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1659
• erpm: to create encapsulated remote port monitoring session. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.
PAGE 1660
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.
PAGE 1661
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History session-ID (OPTIONAL) Enter a session identification number. The range is from 0 to 65535. none • CONFIGURATION • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1662
show running-config monitor session Display the running configuration of all monitor sessions or a specific session. C9000 Series Syntax show running-config monitor session {session-ID} To display the running configuration for all monitor sessions, use the show running-config monitor session command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History session-ID (OPTIONAL) Enter a session identification number. The range from 0 to 65535.
PAGE 1663
Related Commands monitor session — creates a monitoring session. show monitor session — displays a monitoring session. source (port monitoring) Configure a port monitor source. C9000 Series Syntax source interface | range destination interface direction {rx | tx | both} To disable a monitor source, use the no source interface destination interface direction {rx | tx | both} command.
PAGE 1664
interface direction {rx | tx | both} • For a port channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel and a the port-channel ID. • For a remote VLAN interface, enter the keyword Remote-VLAN and a vlan-id number. Range is from 1 to 4094 Enter the one of the following keywords and slot/port information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1665
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can configure a port extender (PE) Gigabit Ethernet peGigE port as a source port in the source (port monitoring) command and monitor traffic flow on this port. You cannot configure a cascade port as a destination port.
PAGE 1666
Private VLAN (PVLAN) 46 The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell Networking operating software. Private VLANs extend the system security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair. The private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069. For more information, see the following commands. The command output is augmented in the Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1667
• Isolated port: An isolated port is a port that, in Layer 2, can only communicate with promiscuous ports that are in the same PVLAN. • Promiscuous port: A promiscuous port is a port that is allowed to communicate with any other port type. • Trunk port: A trunk port carries VLAN traffic across switches: – A trunk port in a PVLAN is always tagged. – A trunk port in Tagged mode carries primary or secondary VLAN traffic. The tag on the packet helps identify the VLAN to which the packet belongs.
PAGE 1668
Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. • private-vlan mode — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. • private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan — maps secondary VLANs to the selected primary VLAN. • show arp — displays the ARP table. • show interfaces private-vlan — displays the type and status of the PVLAN interfaces. • show vlan private-vlan — displays the PVLANs and/or interfaces that are part of a PVLAN.
PAGE 1669
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information The VLAN: • can be in only one mode, either community, isolated, or primary. • mode ode to community or isolated even before associating it to a primary VLAN. This secondary VLAN continues to work normally as a normal VLAN even though it is not associated to a primary VLAN.
PAGE 1670
Parameters vlan-list Enter the list of secondary VLANs to associate with the selected primary VLAN. The list can be in comma-delimited or hyphenated-range format, following the convention for the range input. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1671
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface and the interface type, slot/port numbers or port-channel number to specify the port(s) for which you want to display PVLAN information. Enter only a slot ID to display the PVLAN status for all ports on a line card.
PAGE 1672
Example (All) Example (Specific) Related Commands Field Description Status States whether the interface is operationally up or down.
PAGE 1673
• Defaults Command Modes Command History peGigE pe-id/stack-unit/port isolated (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword isolated and a PVLAN ID number to display the configuration of an isolated PVLAN. mapping (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mapping to display the community and isolated PVLAN mapping to primary PVLANs. primary vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword primary and a PVLAN ID number to display the configuration of a primary PVLAN. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1674
Example (All) Field Description Active States whether the interface is operationally up or down. Ports Displays the interface IDs in the listed VLAN.
PAGE 1675
Example Dell# show vlan private-vlan 10 Primary Secondary Type Active Ports ------- --------- --------- ------------------10 primary Yes Te 2/1,3 102 isolated Yes Te 0/4 101 community Yes Te 2/7-10 Example Dell#show vlan private-vlan 102 Primary Secondary Type Active Ports ------- --------- --------- -------------------10 Primary Yes Po 1 Te 0/2 102 Isolated Yes Te 0/4 Related Commands private-vlan mode – sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary.
PAGE 1676
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information The assignment of the various PVLAN port types to port and port channel (LAG) interfaces is shown in the following example.
PAGE 1677
Quality of Service (QoS) 47 The Dell Networking operating software commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control. This chapter contains the following sections: • Global Configuration Commands • Per-Port QoS Commands • Policy-Based QoS Commands Global Configuration Commands The following QoS commands are enabled globally when configured on your switch. qos-rate-adjust Enable QoS rate adjustment to include overhead fields in rate metering calculations.
PAGE 1678
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information By default, when rate policing and shaping, the system does not include the Preamble, SFD, or the IFG fields. These fields are overhead; only the fields from MAC destination address to the CRC are used for forwarding and are included in these rate metering calculations. service-class bandwidth-percentage Specify a minimum bandwidth for queues.
PAGE 1679
POLICY-OUT mode supersedes the service-class bandwidth-percentage command. service-class dot1p-mapping Configure a service-class criterion based on a dot1p value. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults service-class dot1p-mapping {dot1p0 value | dot1p1 value | dot1p2 value | dot1p3 value | dot1p4 value| dot1p5 value | dot1p6 value | dot1p7 value} dot1p0 value ... dot1p7 value Enter a dot1p list number and value. The list number range is from 0 to 7. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1680
service-class dynamic dot1p Honor all 802.1p markings on incoming switched traffic on an interface (from INTERFACE mode) or on all interfaces (from CONFIGURATION mode). A CONFIGURATION mode entry supersedes an INTERFACE mode entry. C9000 Series Syntax service-class dynamic dot1p To return to the default setting, use the no service-class dynamic dot1p command. Defaults All dot1p traffic is mapped to Queue 0 unless you enable the service-class dynamic dot1p command.
PAGE 1681
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and SSeries. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded the command to permit configuration on port channels. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To honor all incoming 802.1p markings on incoming switched traffic on the interface, enter this command. By default, this facility is not enabled (that is, the 802.1p markings on incoming traffic are not honored).
PAGE 1682
queue 0 to queue 7 Specify the queue number to which the WRED parameters apply. number Enter a weight for the queue as a number in the range of 1 to 15. This parameter applies only if you specify the green or yellow drop precedence. string Enter the WRED profile name. It is a string of up to 32 characters. Or use one of the five pre-defined WRED profile names. Pre-defined Profiles: wred_drop, wred-ge_y, wred_ge_g, wred_teng_y, wred_teng_. This parameter applies only if you specify a weight factor.
PAGE 1683
WRED and ECN operation on the global service-pools. You can define WRED profiles and weight on each of the global service-pools for both lossy and lossless (PFC) service-pools. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters [no] buffer-pool wred {green | weight | yellow} {[pool0 number/ string] || [pool1 number/string]} buffer-pool Define the mapping between the service class and policybased QoS or routing. wred Specify WRED curve parameters for a queue. green Specify green (low) drop precedence to a queue.
PAGE 1684
add or remove WRED parameter configurations for one or more shared service pools using a single command. The buffer-pool wred command is similar in usage and working to the service-class bandwidth-percentage queue-id command.
PAGE 1685
Version Description 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the Z9500 switch. 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 platform. Usage Information You can add or remove ECN marking configuration on a list of queues on all backplane ports. All of the configured attributes apply to all the backplane ports and are for each queue. You can configure all the data queues. You can configure queues 0 to 7. By default, ECN marking is disabled on all queues.
PAGE 1686
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. service-class dot1p-mapping — Identifies the class map. Per-Port QoS Commands Per-port QoS (port-based QoS) allows you to define the QoS configuration on a per-physical-port basis. dot1p-priority Assign a value to the IEEE 802.
PAGE 1687
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
PAGE 1688
Defaults Granularity for commited-rate and peak-rate is Mbps unless you use the kbps option. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1689
rate Enter the outgoing rate in multiples of 10 Mbps. The range is from 0 to 40000. burst-KB (OPTIONAL) Enter the burst size in KB. The range is from 0 to 10000. The default is 50. Defaults Granularity for rate is Mbps unless you use the kbps option. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1690
To remove the bandwidth percentage, use the no bandwidth-percentage command. Parameters percentage Enter the percentage assignment of weight to the class/ queue. The range is from 1 to 100% (granularity 1%). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-qos-policy-out) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1691
determine that the packets must meet at least one of the match criteria in order to be a member of the class. class-map-name Enter a name of the class for the class map in a character format (32 character maximum). layer2 Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3. cpu-qos Enter the keyword cpu-qos to create a class map to filter protocol traffic for rate-limiting control-plane traffic (CoPP).
PAGE 1692
• match mac access-group — configures a match criterion for a class map based on the contents of the designated MAC ACL. • match mac dot1p — configures a match criterion for a class map based on a dot1p value. • match mac vlan — configures a match criterion for a class map based on VLAN ID. • service-queue — assigns a class map and QoS policy to different queues. • show qos class-map — views the current class map information.
PAGE 1693
Related Commands show qos statistics — displays the QoS statistics. description Add a description to the selected policy map or QoS policy. C9000 Series Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the policies (80 characters maximum).
PAGE 1694
match ip access-group Configure match criteria for a class map, based on the access control list (ACL). C9000 Series Syntax match ip access-group access-group-name [set-ip-dscp value] To remove ACL match criteria from a class map, use the no match ip accessgroup access-group-name [set-ip-dscp value] command. Parameters access-groupname Enter the ACL name whose contents are used as the match criteria in determining if packets belong to the class the class-map specifies.
PAGE 1695
Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. match ip dscp Use a differentiated services code point (DSCP) value as a match criteria. C9000 Series Syntax match {ip | ipv6 | ip-any} dscp dscp-list [set-ip-dscp value | set-color value] To remove a DSCP value as a match criteria, use the no match {ip | ipv6 | ip-any} dscp dscp-list [[multicast] set-ip-dscp value | setcolor value] command. Parameters ip Enter the keyword ip to support IPv4 traffic.
PAGE 1696
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added the keyword multicast. Added the DSCP Marking option support on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command.
PAGE 1697
a list of values separated by a hyphen (1-3). The range is from 0 to 7. set-ip-dscp value (Optional) Enter the keywords set-ip-dscp then the IP DSCP value. The matched traffic is marked with the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. set-color value (Optional) Enter the keyword set-color followed by a color value. Traffic that fulfills the match criteria is marked with the color value that you specify. The default value is Yellow.
PAGE 1698
Up to eight precedence values can be matched in one match statement. For example, to indicate the IP precedence values 0 1 2 3, enter either the match ip precedence 0-3 or match ip precedence 0,1,2,3 command. NOTE: Only one of the IP precedence values must be a successful match criterion, not all of the specified IP precedence values must match. Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. match ip vlan Uses a VLAN as the match criterion for an L3 class map.
PAGE 1699
match mac access-group Configure a match criterion for a class map, based on the contents of the designated MAC ACL. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters match mac access-group {mac-acl-name} mac-acl-name Enter a MAC ACL name. Its contents is used as the match criteria in the class map. Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1700
Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 1701
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. You can match against only one VLAN ID. Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. policy-aggregate Allow an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS via policy maps. An aggregate QoS policy is part of the policy map (input/output) applied on an interface.
PAGE 1702
Usage Information An aggregate output QoS policy applies to all outbound port traffic. An aggregate output QoS policy can coexist with per-queue output QoS policies. Related Commands policy-map-input — creates an input policy map. policy-map-output — creates an output policy map. policy-map-input Create an input policy map. C9000 Series Syntax policy-map-input policy-map-name [layer2] [cpu-qos] To remove an input policy map, use the no policy-map-input policy-mapname [layer2] [cpu-qos] command.
PAGE 1703
Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The input policy map is used to classify incoming traffic to different flows using class-map, QoS policy, or incoming packets DSCP. This command enables PolicyMap-Input Configuration mode (conf-policy-map-in). When you configure an input policy map for CoPP, you must enter the keyword cpu-qos. Related Commands service-queue — assigns a class map and QoS policy to different queues.
PAGE 1704
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To assign traffic to different flows using QoS policy, use the Output Policy map. This command enables Policy-Map-Output Configuration mode (conf-policymap-out). Related Commands service-queue — assigns a class map and QoS policy to different queues. policy-aggregate — allows an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS using policy maps.
PAGE 1705
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To specify the name of the input QoS policy, use this command. After the input policy is specified, rate-police is defined. This command enables Qos-Policy-Input Configuration mode — (conf-qos-policy-in).
PAGE 1706
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To specify the name of the output QoS policy, use this command.
PAGE 1707
Defaults Burst size is 100KB. peak-rate is by default the same as committed-rate. Granularity for committed-rate and peak-rate is Mbps unless you use the kbps option. Command Modes QOS-POLICY-IN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.
PAGE 1708
pps Enter the keyword pps to specify the rate limit in packets per second (pps).The range is from 1-268000000. committed Enter the keyword to specify the committed rate. burst-kbps [Optional] Enter the peak rate or committed rate size in kilobits per second. The range is from 0-10000 . The default is 50. burst-packets [Optional] Enter the peak rate or committed rate size in packets per second. The range is from 1-1073000. The default is 200.
PAGE 1709
is aggregated to form the committed burst size. Traffic is considered to be greencolored up to the point at which the unused bandwidth does not exceed the committed burst size. Related Commands qos-policy-output — creates a QoS output policy. rate police — specifies traffic policing on the selected interface. service-class buffer shared-threshold-weight Create a service class and associate the threshold weight of the shared buffer with each of the queues per port in the egress direction.
PAGE 1710
Example sharedthresholdweight on the queue % of available shared buffer that can be consumed by the queue. 0 No dynamic sharing; shared buffer = 0. 1 0.77% 2 1.54% 3 3.03% 4 5.88% 5 11.11% 6 20% 7 33.33% 8 50% 9 66.67% 10 80% 11 88.89% Dell(conf-if-te-0/8)#service-class buffer shared-thresholdweight queue5 4 queue7 6 service-policy input Apply an input policy map to the selected interface.
PAGE 1711
Parameters policy-map-name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). You can identify an existing policy map or name one that does not yet exist. layer2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3. Defaults Layer 3 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1712
service-policy output Apply an output policy map to the selected interface. C9000 Series Syntax service-policy output policy-map-name To remove the output policy map from the interface, use the no servicepolicy output policy-map-name command. Parameters policy-map-name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). You can identify an existing policy map or name one that does not yet exist.
PAGE 1713
To remove the queue assignment, use the no service-queue queue-id [class-map class-map-name] [qos-policy qos-policy-name] command. Parameters queue-id Enter the value used to identify a queue. The range is from 0 to 7. class-map classmap-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword class-map then the class map name assigned to the queue in character format (32 character maximum). NOTE: This option is available under policy-mapinput only.
PAGE 1714
• service-policy output— applies an output policy map to the selected interface. set Mark outgoing traffic with a differentiated service code point (DSCP) or dot1p value. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters set {ip-dscp value | mac-dot1p value} ip-dscp value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ip-dscp then the IP DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. mac-dot1p value Enter the keywords mac-dot1p then the dot1p value. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1715
show qos class-map View the current class map information. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show qos class-map [class-name] class-name (Optional) Enter the name of a configured class map. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1716
Parameters summary interface detail interface Defaults Command Modes Command History To view a policy map interface summary, enter the keyword summary and optionally one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1717
Queue# Class-map-name Qos-policy-name 0 - q0 1 CM1q1 2 CM2q2 3 CM3q3 4 CM4q4 5 CM5q5 6 CM6q6 7 CM7q7 Dell# Example (IPv6) Dell# show qos policy-map detail tengigabitethernet 0/10 Interface TengigabitEthernet 0/10 Policy-map-input pmap1 Queue# Class-map-name Qos-policy-name 0 c0 q0 1 c1 q1 2 c2 q2 3 c3 q3 4 c4 q4 5 c5 6 c6 q6 7 c7 q7 Dell# Example (Summary Dell#sho qos policy-map summary IPv4) Interface policy-map-input policy-map-output Te 2/1 PM1 Te 2/2 PM2 PMOut Dell# show qos policy-map-input View the
PAGE 1718
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1719
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History policy-map-name Enter the policy map name. qos-policy-output qos-policy-name Enter the keyword qos-policy-output then the QoS policy name. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1720
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1721
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show qos qos-policy-output Qos-policy-output qosOut Rate-limit 50 50 peak 50 50 Wred yellow 1 Wred green 1 show qos statistics View QoS statistics.
PAGE 1722
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1723
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1724
max number Enter the keyword max then the maximum threshold number for the WRED profile. The range is from 0 to 12000KB. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (config-wred) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1725
trust Specify dynamic classification (DSCP) or dot1p to trust. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters trust {diffserv [fallback]| dot1p [fallback]} diffserv Enter the keyword diffserv to specify trust of DSCP markings. dot1p Enter the keyword dot1p to specify trust dot1p configuration. fallback Enter the keyword fallback to classify packets according to their DSCP value as a secondary option in case no match occurs against the configured class maps.
PAGE 1726
Table 8.
PAGE 1727
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 1728
Version Description 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the S6000 and Z9000 platforms Usage Information If the average queue size is more than the maximum threshold of WRED, the packet is dropped. If the average queue size is between the minimum and maximum threshold values, the decision to drop or queue the packet is taken based on the packet drop probability. The probability that a packet is dropped depends on the minimum threshold, maximum threshold, and mark probability denominator.
PAGE 1729
on the drop probability, the packet is transmitted and marked so the routers know the system is congested and can slow transmission rates. • If neither endpoint is ECN-capable, the packet may be dropped based on the WRED drop probability. This behavior is the identical treatment that a packet receives when WRED is enabled without ECN configured on the router. When you enable wred ecn, and the number of packets in the queue is above the maximum threshold, packets are dropped based on the drop probability.
PAGE 1730
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series Usage Information Use the default pre-defined profiles or configure your own profile. You cannot delete the pre-defined profiles or their default values. This command enables WRED configuration mode —(conf-wred). Related Commands threshold — specifies the minimum and maximum threshold values of the WRED profile. show hardware This command displays hardware buffer configurations and counters.
PAGE 1731
DSCP Color Map Commands The DSCP color map allows you to set the number of specific DSCP values to yellow or red. Traffic marked as yellow delivers traffic to the egress queue which will either transmit the packet if it has available bandwidth or drop the packet due to no ability to send. Traffic marked as red (high drop precedence) is dropped. dscp Sets the number of specific DSCP values for a color map profile to yellow or red.
PAGE 1732
Important Points to Remember • All DSCP values that are not specified as yellow or red are colored green. • A DSCP value cannot be in both the yellow and red lists. Setting the red or yellow list with any DSCP value that is already in the other list results in an error and no update to that list is made. • Each color map can only have one list of DSCP values for each color; any DSCP values previously listed for that color that are not in the new DSCP list are colored green.
PAGE 1733
drop precedence). To delete the DSCP color map that is being used by one or more interfaces, remove the DSCP map from each interface. Example Dell(conf)#qos dscp-color-map mymap Related Commands qos dscp-color-map— associates the DSCP color map profile with an interface so that all IP packets received on it is given a color based on that color map dscp— sets the number of specific DSCP values for color map profile to yellow or red.
PAGE 1734
Related Commands dscp— sets the number of specific DSCP values for color map profile to yellow or red. qos dscp-color-map— configures the DSCP color map. show qos dscp-color-map Display the DSCP color map for one or all interfaces. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show qos dscp-color-map map-name map-name Enter the name of the color map. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1735
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) 48 The Dell Networking operating software implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges. bridge-priority Set the bridge priority for RSTP. C9000 Series Syntax bridge-priority priority-value To return to the default value, use the no bridge-priority command.
PAGE 1736
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters rapid spanning tree mode. debug spanning-tree rstp Enable debugging of RSTP and view information on the protocol. C9000 Series Syntax debug spanning-tree rstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree rstp command. Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations.
PAGE 1737
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1738
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced. protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable RSTP globally on the system. C9000 Series Syntax disable To enable Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults RSTP is disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1739
forward-delay Configure the amount of time the interface waits in the Listening State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. C9000 Series Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds that the system waits before transitioning RSTP to the forwarding state. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds.
PAGE 1740
hello-time Set the time interval between the generation of the RSTP bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). C9000 Series Syntax hello-time [milli-second] seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. milli-second Enter the keywords milli-second to configure a hello time on the order of milliseconds.
PAGE 1741
Related Commands forward-delay — changes the wait time before RSTP transitions to the Forwarding state. max-age — changes the wait time before RSTP refreshes the protocol configuration information. max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the RSTP bridge. C9000 Series Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command.
PAGE 1742
hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. protocol spanning-tree rstp To configure RSTP, enter RSTP mode. C9000 Series Syntax protocol spanning-tree rstp To exit RSTP mode, use the exit command. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1743
show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are displayed. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1744
guard Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an RSTP interface and the current port state. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1745
Interface Name PortID Prio ---------- ------Te 2/0 128.418 128 Te 2/1 128.419 128 Te 2/8 128.426 128 Te 2/9 128.427 128 Interface Name Role ----------Te 2/0 Desg Te 2/1 Desg Te 2/8 Root Te 2/9 Altr Dell# Example (EDS, LBK) Designated Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID --- ------- -------------------- -------20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001.e801.6aa8 128.418 20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001.e801.6aa8 128.419 20000 FWD 20000 8192 0001.e805.e306 128.130 20000 BLK 20000 8192 0001.e805.e306 128.
PAGE 1746
Te 0/2 0 Te 0/3 0 FWD BLK Loopguard Bpduguard spanning-tree rstp Configure an RSTP interface with one of these settings: port cost, edge port with optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard, port priority, loop guard, or root guard. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters spanning-tree rstp {cost port-cost | edge-port [bpduguard [shutdown-on-violation]] | priority priority | {loopguard | rootguard}} cost port-cost Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value. The range is from 1 to 200000.
PAGE 1747
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.
PAGE 1748
• If no BPDU is received from a remote device, loop guard places the port in a Loop-Inconsistent Blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port. On the port extender (PE) ports and on VP-LAGs (LAGs created with PE): Example • Spanning-tree with BPDU guard shutdown-on-violation is enabled as a default setting. • No spanning tree command is valid. This command is not visible and issuing this command on VP-LAG ports results in a failure.
PAGE 1749
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information By default, the system implements an optimized flush mechanism for RSTP. This implementation helps in flushing MAC addresses only when necessary (and less often), allowing for faster convergence during topology changes. However, if a standards-based flush mechanism is needed, you can turn on this knob command to enable flushing MAC addresses after receiving every topology change notification.
PAGE 1750
49 Remote Monitoring (RMON) Dell Networking operating software remote monitoring (RMON) is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
PAGE 1751
To disable the alarm, use the no rmon alarm number command. Parameters number Enter the alarm integer number from 1 to 65535. The value must be unique in the RMON alarm table. variable Enter the MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3. The object type must be a 32-bit integer. interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds.
PAGE 1752
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon collection history Enable the RMON MIB history group of statistics collection on an interface.
PAGE 1753
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1754
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon event Add an event in the RMON event table.
PAGE 1755
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1756
absolute Enter the keyword absolute to test each MIB variable directly. This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. rising-threshold value eventnumber Enter the keywords rising-threshold then the value (64 bit) the rising-threshold alarm is either triggered or reset. Then enter the event-number to trigger when the rising threshold exceeds its limit. This value is the same as the alarmRisingEventIndex or alarmTable of the RMON MIB.
PAGE 1757
show rmon Display the RMON running status including the memory usage. C9000 Series Syntax show rmon Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1758
Parameters index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON alarm table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1759
show rmon events Display the contents of the RMON event table. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show rmon events [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON event table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1760
show rmon hc-alarm Display the contents of RMON High-Capacity alarm table. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show rmon hc-alarm [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON High-Capacity alarm table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1761
Example (Brief) Dell#show rmon hc-alarm brief index SNMP OID ---------------------------------1 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 2 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 4 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 5 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 Dell# show rmon history Display the contents of the RMON Ethernet history table. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show rmon history [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry.
PAGE 1762
bucket requested: 1 bucket granted: 1 sampling interval: 5 sec owner: 1 status: OK Dell# Example (Brief) Dell#show rmon history brief index ifIndex interface --------------------------------------6001 100974631 TenGigabitEthernet 6002 100974631 TenGigabitEthernet 6003 101236775 TenGigabitEthernet 6004 101236775 TenGigabitEthernet 9001 134529054 TenGigabitEthernet 9002 134529054 TenGigabitEthernet 9003 134791198 TenGigabitEthernet 9004 134791198 TenGigabitEthernet Dell# 1/0 1/0 1/1 1/1 2/0 2/0 2/1 2/1 sho
PAGE 1763
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The log table has a maximum of 500 entries. If the log exceeds that maximum, the oldest log entry is purged to allow room for the new entry.
PAGE 1764
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (Index) Dell#show rmon statistics 6001 RMON statistics entry 6001 interface: ifIndex.
PAGE 1765
9001 9002 9003 9004 Dell# Remote Monitoring (RMON) 134529054 134529054 134791198 134791198 TengigabitEthernet TengigabitEthernet TengigabitEthernet TengigabitEthernet 3/0 3/0 3/1 3/1 1765
PAGE 1766
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) 50 Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell Networking operating software supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2). The implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058. For more information about configuring RIP, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. auto-summary Restore the default behavior of automatic summarization of subnet routes into network routes.
PAGE 1767
clear ip rip Update all the RIP routes in the system routing table. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip rip Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1768
• For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. database (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword database to display messages when there is a change to the RIP database.
PAGE 1769
default-information originate Generate a default route for the RIP traffic. C9000 Series Syntax default-information originate [always] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, use the no default-information originate command. Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to enable the switch software to always advertise the default route. metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number as the metric value. The range is from 1 to 16.
PAGE 1770
default-metric Change the default metric for routes. To ensure that all redistributed routes use the same metric value, use this command with the redistribute command. C9000 Series Syntax default-metric number To return the default metric to the original values, use the no default-metric command. Parameters number Specify a number. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1771
description Enter a description of the RIP routing protocol. C9000 Series Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the RIP protocol (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1772
To return to the default values, use the no distance weight [ip-address mask] command. Parameters weight Enter a number from 1 to 255 for the weight (for prioritization). The default is 120. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address, in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D), of the host or network to receive the new distance metric. mask If you enter an IP address, also enter a mask for that IP address, in either dotted decimal format or /prefix format (/x).
PAGE 1773
distribute-list in Configure a filter for incoming routing updates. C9000 Series Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To delete the filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1774
Related Commands ip prefix-list — enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configures a prefix list. distribute-list out Configure a filter for outgoing routing updates. C9000 Series Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name out [interface | bgp | connected | ospf | static] To delete the filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list.
PAGE 1775
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip prefix-list — enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configures a prefix list.
PAGE 1776
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip split-horizon — sets the RIP routing updates to exclude routing prefixes. ip rip receive version To receive specific versions of RIP, set the interface. The RIP version you set on the interface overrides the version command in ROUTER RIP mode. C9000 Series Syntax ip rip receive version [1] [2] To return to the default, use the no ip rip receive version command. Parameters 1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 1 for RIP version 1.
PAGE 1777
Related Commands ip rip send version — sets the RIP version for sending RIP traffic on an interface. version — sets the RIP version the switch software uses. ip rip send version To send a specific version of RIP, set the interface. The version you set on the interface overrides the version command in ROUTER RIP mode. C9000 Series Syntax ip rip send version [1] [2] To return to the default value, use the no ip rip send version command. Parameters 1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 1 for RIP version 1.
PAGE 1778
version — sets the RIP version for the switch software. ip split-horizon Enable split-horizon for RIP data on the interface. As described in RFC 2453, the split-horizon scheme prevents any routes learned over a specific interface to be sent back out that interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip split-horizon To disable split-horizon, use the no ip split-horizon command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1779
maximum-paths Set RIP to forward packets over multiple paths. C9000 Series Syntax maximum-paths number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths commands. Parameters number Enter the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 4 paths. Defaults 4 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1780
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address, in dotted decimal format, of a router with which to exchange information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1781
Parameters ip-address Specify an IP network address in dotted decimal format. You cannot specify a subnet. Defaults No RIP network is configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1782
offset Enter a number from zero (0) to 16 to be applied to the incoming route metric matching the access list specified. If you set an offset value to zero (0), no action is taken. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1783
output-delay Set the interpacket delay of successive packets to the same neighbor. C9000 Series Syntax output-delay delay To return to the switch software defaults for interpacket delay, use the no output-delay command. Parameters delay Specify a number of milliseconds as the delay interval. The range is from 8 to 50. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1784
To delete a passive interface, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1785
redistribute Redistribute information from other routing instances. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute {connected | static} To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute {connected | static} command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to specify that information from active routes on interfaces is redistributed. static Enter the keyword static to specify that information from static routes is redistributed. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1786
redistribute isis Redistribute routing information from an IS-IS instance. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the IS-IS routing process. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to redistribute only IS-IS Level-1 routes.
PAGE 1787
redistribute ospf Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [match external {1 | 2} | match internal | metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute ospf process-id [match external {1 | 2} | match internal | metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters process-id Enter a number that corresponds to the OSPF process ID to redistribute. The range is from 1 to 65355.
PAGE 1788
router rip To configure and enable RIP, enter ROUTER RIP mode. C9000 Series Syntax router rip To disable RIP, use the no router rip command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1789
show config Display the changes you made to the RIP configuration. The default values are not shown. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1790
mask (OPTIONAL) Specify a mask, in /network format, for the IP address. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1791
[50/2] via [50/2] via [50/2] via 207.250.53.0/24 208.250.42.0/24 [50/2] via [50/2] via [50/2] via 208.250.42.0/24 1.1.120.2, 00:00:55, Port-channel 20 1.1.130.2, 00:00:12, Port-channel 30 1.1.10.2, 00:00:18, Vlan 10 auto-summary 1.1.120.2, 00:00:55, Port-channel 20 1.1.130.2, 00:00:12, Port-channel 30 1.1.10.2, 00:00:18, Vlan 10 auto-summary show running-config rip Display the current RIP configuration.
PAGE 1792
timers basic Manipulate the RIP timers for routing updates, invalid, holddown times, and flush time. C9000 Series Syntax timers basic update invalid holddown flush To return to the default settings, use the no timers basic command. Parameters Defaults update Enter the number of seconds to specify the rate at which RIP routing updates are sent. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. The default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 1793
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you change the timers on one router, also synchronize the timers on all routers in the RIP domain. version Specify either RIP version 1 or RIP version 2. C9000 Series Syntax version {1 | 2} To return to the default version setting, use the no version command.
PAGE 1794
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip rip receive version — sets the RIP version the interface receives. ip rip send version — sets the RIP version the interface sends.
PAGE 1795
Security 51 This chapter contains various types of security commands offered in the Dell Networking operating software. The commands are listed in the following sections: • AAA Accounting Commands • Authorization and Privilege Commands • Obscure Password Command • Authentication and Password Commands • RADIUS Commands • TACACS+ Commands • Port Authentication (802.
PAGE 1796
aaa authorization role-only Configure authentication to use the user’s role only when determining if access to commands is permitted. C9000 Syntax aaa authorization role-only To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication role-only command. Parameters name Enter a text string for the name of the user up to 63 characters. It cannot be one of the system defined roles (sysadmin, secadmin, netadmin, netoperator).
PAGE 1797
role Changes command permissions for roles.
PAGE 1798
Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. show role Display information on permissions assigned to a command, including user role and/or permission level. C9000 Syntax Parameters show role mode {mode} {command} command Enter the command’s keywords to assign the command to a certain access level. You can enter one or all of the keywords. mode mode Enter keyword then one of the following modes.
PAGE 1799
Command Modes Command History Example EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL.
PAGE 1800
that role. For information about this topic, See Modifying Command Permissions for Roles. NOTE: You can change user role permissions on system pre-defined user roles or user-defined user roles. Important Points to Remember Consider the following when creating a user role: • Only the system administrator and user-defined roles inherited from the system administrator can create roles and usernames.
PAGE 1801
commands {level | role role-name Enter the keyword command then a privilege level for accounting of commands executed at that privilege level or enter the keyword role then the role name for accounting of commands executed by a user with that user role. dot1x Enter the keyword dot1x for dot1x events. name | default Enter one of the following: • For name, enter a user-defined name of a list of accounting methods. • For default, the default accounting methods used.
PAGE 1802
Version Description 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The aaa-accounting dot1x default command enables the default settings for Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting (AAA) dot1x accounting events. The command is disabled by default. You can choose the start-stop, stop-only or the wait-start option to manage and monitor the dot1x event messages. In the example below, TACACS+ accounting is used to track all usage of EXEC command and commands on privilege level 15.
PAGE 1803
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4280T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1804
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.
PAGE 1805
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command steps through all active sessions and then displays the accounting records for the active account functions.
PAGE 1806
authorization of commands executed by a user with that user role. method-list Enter a method list that you defined using the aaa accounting exec or aaa accounting commands. Defaults none Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1807
Undo a configuration with the no aaa authorization commands {level | role role-name} {name|default} {local | tacacs+ | none} command. Parameters commands level Enter the keyword commands then the command privilege level for command level authorization. role role-name Enter the keyword role then the role name. name Define a name for the list of authorization methods. default Define the default list of authorization methods.
PAGE 1808
aaa authorization config-commands Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC level commands. C9000 Series Syntax aaa authorization config-commands Disable authorization checking for CONFIGURATION level commands using the no aaa authorization config-commands command. Defaults Enabled when you configure aaa authorization commands command. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1809
default Define the default list of authorization methods. local Use the authorization parameters on the system to perform authorization. tacacs+ Use the TACACS+ protocol to perform authorization. none Enter the keyword none to apply no authorization. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1810
• level level router for ROUTER OSPF, ROUTER RIP, ROUTER ISIS and ROUTER BGP modes Enter the keyword level then a number for the access level. The range is from 0 to 15. Level 1 is EXEC mode and Level 15 allows access to all CLI modes and commands. reset Enter the keyword reset to return the security level to the default setting. command Enter the command’s keywords to assign the command to a certain access level. You can enter one or all of the keywords. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1811
Parameters level level Enter the keyword level then a number for the access level. The range is from 0 to 15. Level 1 is EXEC mode and Level 15 allows access to all CLI modes. Defaults level = 15 Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1812
Parameters default Enter the keyword default then the authentication methods to use as the default sequence of methods for the Enable login. The default is default enable. method-list-name Enter a text string (up to 16 characters long) to name the list of enabled authentication methods activated at login. method Enter one of the following methods: ... method2 • enable: use the password the enable password command defines in CONFIGURATION mode.
PAGE 1813
Methods configured with the aaa authentication enable command are evaluated in the order they are configured. If authentication fails using the primary method, the system employs the second method (or third method, if necessary) automatically. For example, if the TACACS+ server is reachable, but the server key is invalid, the system proceeds to the next authentication method. The TACACS+ is incorrect, but the user is still authenticated by the secondary method.
PAGE 1814
• ... method4 tacacs+: use the TACACS+ servers configured with the tacacs-server host command. (OPTIONAL) Enter up to four additional methods. In the event of a “no response” from the first method, the system applies the next configured method (up to four configured methods). Defaults Not configured (that is, no authentication is performed). Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1815
NOTE: If authentication fails using the primary method, the system employs the second method (or third method, if necessary) automatically. For example, if the TACACS+ server is reachable, but the server key is invalid, the system proceeds to the next authentication method. The TACACS+ is incorrect, but the user is still authenticated by the secondary method.
PAGE 1816
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. line — applies an authentication method list to the designated terminal lines. ip access-list standard — names (or selects) a standard access list to filter based on the IP address. ip access-list extended — names (or selects) an extended access list based on the IP addresses or protocols. enable password Change the password for the enable command.
PAGE 1817
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To control access to command modes, use this command to define a password for a level and use the privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) command.
PAGE 1818
Use this parameter only with a password that you copied from the show running-config file of another Dell Networking router. password Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long, as the clear text password. Defaults Not configured. Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1819
Use this parameter only with a password that you copied from the show running-config file of another Dell Networking router. password Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long, as the clear text password. Defaults No password is configured. level = 15. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1820
login authentication To designate the terminal lines, apply an authentication method list. C9000 Series Syntax login authentication {method-list-name | default} To use the local user/password database for login authentication, use the no login authentication command. Parameters method-list-name Enter the keywords method-list-name to specify that method list, created in the aaa authentication login command, to be applied to the designated terminal line.
PAGE 1821
password Specify a password for users on terminal lines. C9000 Series Syntax password [encryption-type] password To delete a password, use the no password password command. Parameters encryption-type password (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the password entered. The options are • 0 is the default and means the password is not encrypted and stored as clear text. • 7 means that the password is encrypted and hidden. Enter a text string up to 32 characters long.
PAGE 1822
login authentication — configures an authentication method to log in to the switch. service password-encryption — encrypts all passwords configured in the system. radius-server key — configures a key for all RADIUS communications between the switch and the RADIUS host server. tacacs-server key — configures a key for communication between a TACACS+ server and client. username — establishes an authentication system based on user names. password-attributes Configure the password attributes (strong password).
PAGE 1823
numeric number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword numeric then the numeric number. The range is from 0 to 31. special-char number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords special-char then the number of special characters permitted. The range is from 0 to 31. Defaults 0 minutes for the lock out period. The lockout-period is not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1824
service obscure-passwords Enable the obscuring of passwords and keys. C9000 Series Syntax service obscure-passwords Enable the obscuring of passwords and keys, including RADIUS, TACACS+ keys, router authentication strings, VRRP authentication, use the service obscurepasswords command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1825
• service password-encryption— Encrypts all passwords configured in the system. service password-encryption Encrypt all passwords configured in the system. C9000 Series Syntax service password-encryption To store new passwords as clear text, use the no service passwordencryption command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1826
show privilege View your access level. C9000 Series Syntax show privilege From a PE console, use show privilege to view the current privilege level. Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P.
PAGE 1827
Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all terminal lines in the switch. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1828
Related Commands username — use to enter the user name. timeout login response Specify how long the software waits for the login input (for example, the user name and password) before timing out. C9000 Series Syntax timeout login response seconds To return to the default values, use the no timeout login response command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds the software waits before logging you out. The range is: • VTY: the range is from 1 to 30 seconds, the default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 1829
Usage Information The software measures the period of inactivity defined in this command as the period between consecutive keystrokes. For example, if your password is “password” you can enter “p” and wait 29 seconds to enter the next letter. username Establish an authentication system based on user names.
PAGE 1830
role role-name Enter the keyword role followed by the role name to associate with that user ID. secret Enter the keyword secret then the encryption type. Defaults The default encryption type for the password option is 0. The default encryption type for the secret option is 0. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1831
RADIUS Commands The following RADIUS commands are supported by Dell Networking OS. debug radius View RADIUS transactions to assist with troubleshooting. C9000 Series Syntax debug radius To disable debugging of RADIUS, use the no debug radius command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1832
• For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16838. • For the Null interface, enter the keywords null 0. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1833
Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds during which non-responsive RADIUS servers are skipped. The range is from 0 to 2147483647 seconds. The default is 0 seconds. Defaults 0 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1834
timeout seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timeout then the seconds the time interval the switch waits for a reply from the RADIUS server. This parameter overwrites the radiusserver timeout command. The range is from 0 to 1000. The default is 5 seconds. key [encryptiontype] key (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword key then an optional encryption-type and a string up to 42 characters long as the authentication key.
PAGE 1835
Usage Information To configure any number of RADIUS server hosts for each server host that is configured, use this command. The system searches for the RADIUS hosts in the order they are configured in the software. The global default values for the timeout, retransmit, and key optional parameters are applied, unless those values are specified in the radius-server host or other commands.
PAGE 1836
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The key configured on the switch must match the key configured on the RADIUS server daemon.
PAGE 1837
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1838
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. radius-server host — configures a RADIUS host. TACACS+ Commands The Dell Networking OS supports TACACS+ as an alternate method for login authentication. debug tacacs+ To assist with troubleshooting, view TACACS+ transactions.
PAGE 1839
Version Description 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip tacacs source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for TACACS+ connections. C9000 Series Syntax ip tacacs source-interface interface To delete a source interface, use the no ip tacacs source-interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16838.
PAGE 1840
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. tacacs-server host Specify a TACACS+ host. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters tacacs-server host {hostname | ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [port number] [timeout seconds] [key key] hostname Enter the name of the TACACS+ server host. ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the TACACS+ server host.
PAGE 1841
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To list multiple TACACS+ servers to be used by the aaa authentication login command, configure this command multiple times. If you are not configuring the switch as a TACACS+ server, you do not need to configure the port, timeout and key optional parameters.
PAGE 1842
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The key configured with this command must match the key configured on the TACACS+ daemon.
PAGE 1843
• The 802.1X with VLAN assignment feature is not supported on trunk ports, dynamic ports, or with dynamic-access port assignment through a VLAN membership. dot1x authentication (Configuration) Enable dot1x globally; dot1x must be enabled both globally and at the interface level. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x authentication To disable dot1x on globally, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1844
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x authentication (Configuration) — enables dot1x globally.
PAGE 1845
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series. Usage Information If the host responds to 802.1X with an incorrect login/password, the login fails. The switch attempts to authenticate again until the maximum attempts configured is reached. If the authentication fails after all allowed attempts, the interface is moved to the authentication failed VLAN. After the authentication VLAN is assigned, the port-state must be toggled to restart authentication.
PAGE 1846
dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1847
Related Commands dot1x auth-fail-vlan — configures a VLAN for authentication failures. dot1x reauthentication — enables periodic re-authentication. show dot1x interface — displays the 802.1X information on an interface. dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass. If 802.1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame, the system attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address.
PAGE 1848
Parameters number Enter the number of times an EAP request is transmitted before a session time-out. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1849
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1850
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x reauthentication Enable periodic re-authentication of the client. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x reauthentication [interval seconds] To disable periodic re-authentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command. Parameters interval seconds (Optional) Enter the keyword interval then the interval time, in seconds, after which re-authentication is initiated.
PAGE 1851
dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can re-authenticate before the port becomes unauthorized. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x reauth-max number To return to the default, use the no dot1x reauth-max command. Parameters number Enter the permitted number of re-authentications. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1852
Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1853
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x tx-period Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs are transmitted by the Authenticator PAE. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x tx-period seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x tx-period command. Parameters seconds Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted. The range is from 1 to 31536000 (1 year). The default is 30.
PAGE 1854
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. none • EXEC • EXEC privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1855
Backend State: Dell# Initialize SSH Server and SCP Commands The Dell Networking OS supports secure shell (SSH) protocol versions 1.5 and 2.0. SSH is a protocol for secure remote login over an insecure network. SSH sessions are encrypted and use authentication. crypto cert generate Generates a default key and a self-signed certificate. This command replaces the existing certificate with a new certificate.
PAGE 1856
orgunit organization-unitname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword orgunit then the organization unit name to be included in the certificate. The default is Dell Networking. state state-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword state then the name of the state to be included in the certificate. The default is California. validity days (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword validity then the number of days the certificate is valid. The validity range is from 1 to 10000 days. The default value is 3650 days (10 years).
PAGE 1857
NOTE: This option is not available in FIPS mode. Defaults Key size 1024; if you enable FIPS mode, the key size is 2048. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1858
crypto key zeroize rsa Removes the generated RSA host keys and zeroize the key storage location. C9000 Series Syntax crypto key zeroize rsa Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1859
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Debug information includes details for key-exchange, authentication, and established session for each connection.
PAGE 1860
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To configure the switch as an SCP server, use the ip ssh server command. Related Commands ip ssh server — enables the SSH and SCP server on the switch. ip ssh authentication-retries Configure the maximum number of attempts that should be used to authenticate a user. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters ip ssh authentication-retries 1-10 1-10 Enter the number of maximum retries to authenticate a user. The range is from 1 to 10.
PAGE 1861
ip ssh connection-rate-limit Configure the maximum number of incoming SSH connections per minute. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters ip ssh connection-rate-limit 1-10 1-10 Enter the number of maximum numbers of incoming SSH connections allowed per minute. The range is from 1 to 10 per minute. The default is 10 per minute. Defaults 10 per minute Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1862
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1863
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1864
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information With password authentication enabled, you can authenticate using the local, RADIUS, or TACACS+ password fallback order as configured. ip ssh pub-key-file Specify the file used for host-based authentication.
PAGE 1865
command, it does not appear in the running configuration because you only need to run this command once. The file contains the OpenSSH-compatible public keys of the host for which hostbased authentication is allowed. An example known host file format: poclab4,123.12.1.
PAGE 1866
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. ip ssh rhostsfile Specify the rhost file used for host-based authorization. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters ip ssh rhostsfile {WORD} WORD Enter the rhost file name for the host-based authentication. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1867
This file contains hostnames and usernames, for which hosts and users, rhostauthentication can be allowed. NOTE: For rhostfile and pub-key-file, the administrator must FTP the file to the switch. ip ssh rsa-authentication (Config) Enable RSA authentication for the SSHv2 server. C9000 Series Syntax ip ssh rsa-authentication enable To disable RSA authentication, use the no ip ssh rsa-authentication enable command.
PAGE 1868
ip ssh rsa-authentication (EXEC) Add keys for the RSA authentication. C9000 Series Syntax ip ssh rsa-authentication {my-authorized-keys WORD} To delete the authorized keys, use the no ip ssh rsa-authentication {myauthorized-keys} command. Parameters my-authorizedkeys WORD Enter the keywords my-authorized-keys then the filename of the RSA authorized-keys. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1869
ip ssh server Configure an SSH server. The SSH server is enabled by default. C9000 Series Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative.
PAGE 1870
The following HMAC algorithms are available: • hmac-sha1 • hmac-sha1-96 • hmac-sha2-256 • hmac-sha2-256-96 When FIPS is enabled, the default HMAC algorithm is hmacsha1-96. When FIPS is not enabled, the default HMAC algorithms are the following: kex keyexchangealgorithm • hmac-md5 • hmac-md5-96 • hmac-sha1 • hmac-sha1-96 • hmac-sha2-256 • hmac-sha2-256-96 Enter the keyword kex and then a space-delimited list of key exchange algorithms supported by the SSH server.
PAGE 1871
Defaults • Default listening port is 22. • Default cipher list is 3des-cbc,aes128-cbc,aes192-cbc,aes256-cbc,aes128ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr. • When FIPS is enabled, the default is hmac-sha1-96. • When FIPS is not enabled, the default is hmac-md5,hmac-md5-96,hmacsha1,hmac-sha1-96,hmac-sha2-256,hmac-sha2-256-96. • When FIPS is enabled, the default is diffie-hellman-group14-sha1.
PAGE 1872
ip ssh source-interface Specifies an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for an outgoing SSH connections. C9000 Series Syntax ip ssh source-interface interface To delete a source interface, use the no ip ssh source-interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1873
Example Dell(conf)#ip ssh source-interface tengigabitethernet 0/36 Dell(conf)#do ssh 10.10.10.2 -l admin Dell(conf)#no ip ssh source-interface show crypto Display the public part of the SSH host-keys. C9000 Series Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. show crypto key mypubkey {rsa | rsa1} Parameters Key Enter the keyword key to display the host public key.
PAGE 1874
Example Dell#show crypto key mypubkey rsa ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAtzkZME/ e8V8smnXR22EJGQhCMkEOkuisa+ OILVoMYU1ZKGfj0W5BPCSvF/ x5ifqYFFwUzJNOcsJK7vjSsnmMhChF2YSvXlvTJ6h971F JAQlOsgd0ycpocsF +DNLKfJnx7SAjhakFQMwG g/g78ZkDT3Ydr8KKjfSI4Bg/WS8B740= Dell#show crypto key mypubkey rsa1 1024 35 1310600154808733989532575153972496578500722 064442949636740809356830889610203172266 7988956754966765265006379622189779927609278 523638839223055081819166009928132616408 6643457746022192295189039929663345791173742
PAGE 1875
Example Related Commands Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#sh ip ssh SSH server : SSH server version : Password Authentication : Hostbased Authentication : RSA Authentication : Vty Encryption HMAC 1 3des-cbc hmac-md5 2 3des-cbc hmac-md5 enabled. v1 and v2. enabled. disabled. disabled. Remote IP 10.1.20.48 10.1.20.48 ip ssh server — configures an SSH server. show ip ssh client-pub-keys — displays the client-public keys.
PAGE 1876
Example Dell#show ip ssh client-pub-keys poclab4,123.12.1.123 ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAox/ QQp8xYhzOxn07yh4VGPAoUfgKoieTHO9G4sNV+ui +DWEc3cgYAcU5Lai1MU2ODrzhCwyDNp05tKBU3tReG1 o8AxLi6+S4hyEMqHzkzBFNVqHzpQc +Rs4p2urzV0F4pRKnaXdHf3Lk4D460HZRhhVrxqeNxPDpEnWIMPJi0 ds= ashwani@poclab4 Dell# Related Commands ip ssh pub-key-file — configures the filename for the host-based authentication. show ip ssh rsa-authentication Display the authorized-keys for the RSA authentication.
PAGE 1877
AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAyB17l4gFp4r2DRHI vMc1VZd0Sg5GQxRV1y1X1JOMeO6Nd0WuYyzrQMM 4qJAoBwtneOXfLBcHF3V2hcMIqaZN+CRCnw/ zCMlnCf0+qVTd1oofsea5r09kS0xTp0CNfHXZ3NuGC q9Ov33m9+U9tMwhS8vy8AVxdH4x4km3c3t5Jvc= freedom@poclab4 Dell# Related Commands ip ssh rsa-authentication (Config) — configures the RSA authorized keys. ssh Open an SSH connection specifying the hostname, username, encryption cipher, HMAC algorithm, port number, and version of the SSH client.
PAGE 1878
-c encryption cipher Enable the “FIPS mode enable", this mode will support only v2 client. "no fips mode enable"(disable) will support v1 & v2 client. This comment is applicable for both ciphers & HMAC algorithms: • 3des-cbc • aes128-cbc • aes192-cbc • aes256-cbc • aes128-ctr • aes192-ctr • aes256-ctr -l username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -l then the user name used in this SSH session. The default is the user name of the user associated with the terminal.
PAGE 1879
Version Description • aes128-cbc • aes192-cbc • aes256-cbc • aes128-ctr • aes192-ctr • aes256-ctr • hmac-sha2-256 • hmac-sha2-256-96 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Added support for the -c and -m parameters on the S4810. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 support.
PAGE 1880
Secure DHCP Commands DHCP as defined by RFC 2131 provides no authentication or security mechanisms. Secure DHCP is a suite of features that protects networks that use dynamic address allocation from spoofing and attacks. clear ip dhcp snooping Clear the DHCP binding table. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip dhcp snooping binding Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1881
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information When enabled, no learning takes place until you enable snooping on a VLAN. After disabling DHCP Snooping, the binding table is deleted and Option 82, IP Source Guard, and Dynamic ARP Inspection are disabled.
PAGE 1882
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 1883
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. C9000 Series Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1884
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable IP source guard. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ip dhcp source-address-validation Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1885
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1886
Related Commands 1886 Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. clear ip dhcp snooping — clears the contents of the DHCP binding table.
PAGE 1887
Service Provider Bridging 52 Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging chapter. This chapter includes command line information (CLI) for the Dell Networking operating software Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel.
PAGE 1888
Parameters interface Enter one of the following interfaces and slot/port information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1889
protocol-tunnel Enable protocol tunneling on a stacked (Q-in-Q) VLAN for specified protocol packets. C9000 Series Syntax protocol-tunnel {rate-limit rate| stp} To disable protocol tunneling for a Layer 2 protocol, use the no protocoltunnel command. Parameters rate-limit rate Enter the keyword rate-limit followed by a number for the rate-limit for tunneled packets on the VMAN. The range is from 64 to 320.
PAGE 1890
protocol-tunnel destination-mac Overwrite the BPDU destination MAC address with a specific value. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters protocol-tunnel destination-mac xstp address stp Change the default destination MAC address used for L2PT to another value. Defaults The default destination MAC is 01:01:e8:00:00:00. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1891
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1892
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, and ESeries ExaScale. Maximum rate limit on E-Series reduced from 4000 to 3000. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Example Dell(conf)#interface vlan 4001 Dell(conf-if-vl-4001-stack)#protocol-tunnel rate-limit 100 Related Commands show protocol-tunnel — displays tunneling information for all VLANs. show running-config — displays the current configuration.
PAGE 1893
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series and E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1894
sFlow 53 The Dell Networking operating software (OS) supports sFlow commands on Dell Networking OS. Dell Networking operating software sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a network-wide view of traffic flows.
PAGE 1895
sflow collector Configure a collector device to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded. C9000 Series Syntax sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipaddress | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] To delete a configured collector, use the no sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] command.
PAGE 1896
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.3 Added support for IPv6 sFlow collectors and agents on the E-series TeraScale, C-Series, and S-Series. 8.4.1.1 Added support for IPv6 sFlow collectors and agents on the E-series ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.
PAGE 1897
sflow enable (Global) Enable sFlow globally. C9000 Series Syntax sflow enable To disable sFlow, use the no sflow enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1898
To disable sFlow, use the no sflow enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.16.
PAGE 1899
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series, Z-Series, and MXL switch.
PAGE 1900
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1901
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S Series and Z Series switches. Dell(conf)#sflow max-header-size extended sflow polling-interval (Global) Set the sFlow polling interval at a global level.
PAGE 1902
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The polling interval for an interface is the maximum number of seconds between successive samples of counters sent to the collector. This command changes the global default counter polling (20 seconds) interval. You can configure an interface to use a different polling interval.
PAGE 1903
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command sets the counter polling interval for an interface. Related Commands sflow polling-interval (Global) — globally sets the polling interval. sflow sample-rate (Global) Change the global default sampling rate.
PAGE 1904
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Sample-rate is the average number of packets skipped before the sample is taken. This command changes the global default sampling rate.
PAGE 1905
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1906
• Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stackunit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1907
Parameters Command Modes Command History slot number • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter a slot number to view information on the line-card ports in that slot. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.
PAGE 1908
54 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This chapter contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. The chapter contains the following sections: • SNMP Commands • Syslog Commands SNMP Commands The following SNMP commands are available in the Dell Networking operating software.
PAGE 1909
show snmp Display the status of SNMP network elements. C9000 Series Syntax Command Modes Command History show snmp • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1910
show snmp engineID Display the identification of the local SNMP engine and all remote engines that are configured on the router. C9000 Series Syntax Command Modes Command History show snmp engineID • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1911
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1912
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1913
Example !----command run on host connected to switch:------! > snmpwalk -c public 10.10.10.130 .1.3.6.1.2.1.31 | grep -i alias | more IF-MIB::ifAlias.134530304 = STRING: This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to IF-MIB::ifAlias.134792448 = STRING: !----command run on Force10 switch:-----------! Dell#snmp ifmib ifalias long !----command run on server connected to switch:------! > snmpwalk -c public 10.10.10.130 .1.3.6.1.2.1.31 | grep -i alias | more IF-MIB::ifAlias.
PAGE 1914
snmp-server contact Configure contact information for troubleshooting this SNMP node. C9000 Series Syntax snmp-server contact text To delete the SNMP server contact information, use the no snmp-server contact command. Parameters text Enter an alphanumeric text string, up to 55 characters long. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1915
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Information Example Dell(conf)#snmp-server context line Related Commands show snmp user — displays the information configured on each SNMP user name.
PAGE 1916
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1917
NOTE: For IPv6 ACLs, only IPv6 and UDP types are valid for SNMP; TCP and ICMP rules are not valid for SNMP. In IPv6 ACLs, port rules are not valid for SNMP. Example Dell#config Dell(conf)# snmp-server community public ro Dell(conf)# snmp-server community public ro security-name guestuser Dell(conf)# Example Dell(conf)# ip access-list standard snmp-ro-acl Dell(config-std-nacl)#seq 5 permit host 10.10.10.
PAGE 1918
notificationoption • ets — Enable notification of ETS changes. • fips — Enable notification of a FIP Snooping state changes. • hg-lbm — Enable notification of hiGig link-bundle state changes. • isis — Enable notification of IS-IS adjacency state changes. • pfc — Enable notification of changes to PFC. • lacp — Enable notification of LACP state changes. • snmp — Enable SNMP notifications defined in RFC 1157.
PAGE 1919
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Added support for VRRP traps. 7.6.1.0 Added support for STP and xSTP traps. Introduced on the SSeries. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The system supports up to 16 SNMP trap receivers.
PAGE 1920
remote ip-address Enter the keyword remote followed by the IP address that identifies the copy of the SNMP on the remote device. vrf management (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrffollowed by the keyword management to specify that management vrf will be used to reach the remote host. udp-port portnumber engineID Enter the keywords udp-port followed by the user datagram protocol (User Datagram Protocol) port number on the remote device. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 162. Defaults As above.
PAGE 1921
snmp-server group Configure a new SNMP group or a table that maps SNMP users to SNMP views.
PAGE 1922
notify name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword notify then a name (a string of up to 20 characters long) as the notify view name. access accesslist-name (Optional) Enter the standard IPv4 access list name (a string up to 16 characters long). ipv6 access-listname (Optional) Enter the keyword ipv6 then the IPv6 access list name (a string up to 16 characters long). access-list-name ipv6 access-listname (Optional) Enter both an IPv4 and IPv6 access list name. Defaults As above.
PAGE 1923
snmp-server host Configure the recipient of an SNMP trap operation.
PAGE 1924
noauth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword noauth to specify no authentication of a packet. priv (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword priv to specify both authentication and then scrambling of the packet. community-string Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) as the name of the SNMP community. NOTE: For version 1 and version 2c security models, this string represents the name of the SNMP community.
PAGE 1925
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Added support for config and ecmp traps. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Added support for VRRP traps. 7.6.1.0 Added support for STP and xSTP notification types. Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1926
Related Commands 3. Configure a group for this user with access rights. 4. Enable traps. 5. Configure a host to receive informs. snmp-server enable traps — enables SNMP traps. snmp-server community — configures a new community SNMPv1 or SNMPv2c. snmp-server location Configure the location of the SNMP server. C9000 Series Syntax snmp-server location text To delete the SNMP location, use the no snmp-server location command.
PAGE 1927
snmp-server packetsize Set the largest SNMP packet size permitted. Wen the SNMP server is receiving a request or generating a reply, use the snmp-server packetsize global configuration command. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters snmp-server packetsize byte-count byte-count Enter one of the following values 8, 16, 24 or 32. Packet sizes are 8000 bytes, 16000 bytes, 32000 bytes, and 64000 bytes. Defaults 8 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1928
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults The IP address assigned to the management interface is the default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1929
aes128} priv password] [access access-list-name | ipv6 accesslist-name | access-list-name ipv6 access-list-name] command. Parameters name Enter the name of the user (not to exceed 20 characters), on the host that connects to the agent. group_name Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) as the name of the group. The following groups are created for mapping to read/write community/security-names (defaults): • v1v2creadu — maps to a community with ro permissions.
PAGE 1930
des56 | aes128 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword des56 or aes128 to specify the encryption mode. • aes128 — Use 128 bit AES algorithm in CFB mode for encryption. • des56 — Use 56 bit DES algorithm in CBC mode for encryption. priv password (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) password that enables the host to encrypt the contents of the message it sends to the agent. Minimum: eight characters long.
PAGE 1931
Version Description E-Series legacy command Usage Information NOTE: For IPv6 ACLs, only IPv6 and UDP types are valid for SNMP. TCP and ICMP rules are not valid for SNMP. In IPv6 ACLs port rules are not valid for SNMP. No default values exist for authentication or privacy algorithms and no default password exists. If you forget a password, you cannot recover it; the user must be reconfigured. You can specify either a plain-text password or an encrypted cyphertext password.
PAGE 1932
To remove an SNMPv3 view, use the no snmp-server view view-name oidtree {included | excluded} command. Parameters view-name Enter the name of the view (not to exceed 20 characters). oid-tree Enter the OID sub tree for the view (not to exceed 20 characters). included (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword included to include the MIB family in the view. excluded (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword excluded to exclude the MIB family in the view.
PAGE 1933
snmp-server vrf Configures an SNMP agent to bind to a specific VRF. C9000 Series Syntax snmp-server vrf vrf-name To undo the SNMP agent configuration, use the no snmp-server vrf vrfname command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to associate an SNMP agent with that VRF. Defaults default Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1934
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1935
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To clear the messages in the logging buffer from a port extender (PE) console, use the clear logging command. Related Commands show logging — displays logging settings and system messages in the internal buffer. clear logging auditlog Clears audit log.
PAGE 1936
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1937
default logging monitor Return to the default settings for messages logged to the terminal. C9000 Series Syntax default logging monitor Defaults level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1938
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. logging trap — limit messages logged to the Syslog servers based on severity. logging Configure an IP address or host name of a Syslog server where logging messages are sent. Multiple logging servers of both IPv4 and/or IPv6 can be configured.
PAGE 1939
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.x.x.x Introduced on the C9000. 9.5(0.1) Added udp and tcp keywords for the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added udp and tcp keywords for the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1940
each message. The range is from 40960 to 524288. The default is 40960 bytes. Defaults level = 7; size = 40960 bytes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1941
Defaults level = 7; size = debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1942
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The Kernel core dump can be large and may take up to 5 to 30 minutes to upload. Dell Networking OS does not overwrite application core dumps so you should delete them as necessary to conserve space on the flash; if the flash is out of memory, the coredump is aborted. On the S-Series, if the FTP server is not reachable, the application coredump is aborted.
PAGE 1943
Related Commands • clear logging auditlog — clears audit log • show logging auditlog — displays audit log. logging facility Configure the Syslog facility used for error messages sent to Syslog servers. C9000 Series Syntax logging facility [facility-type] To return to the default values, use the no logging facility command.
PAGE 1944
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1945
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information When you configure the snmp-server trap-source command, the system messages logged to the history table are also sent to the SNMP network management station. Related Commands show logging — displays information logged to the history buffer.
PAGE 1946
Usage Information When the number of messages reach the limit you set with the logging history size command, older messages are deleted as newer ones are added to the table. Related Commands show logging — displays information logged to the history buffer. logging monitor Specify which messages are logged to Telnet applications. C9000 Series Syntax logging monitor [level] To disable logging to terminal connections, use the no logging monitor command.
PAGE 1947
logging on Specify that debug or error messages are asynchronously logged to multiple destinations, such as the logging buffer, Syslog server, or terminal lines. C9000 Series Syntax logging on To disable logging to logging buffer, Syslog server and terminal lines, use the no logging on command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1948
To disable this command and return to the default setting, use the no logging source-interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. • For the management interface on the RPM, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1 and the port range is 0.
PAGE 1949
logging synchronous Synchronize unsolicited messages and output. C9000 Series Syntax logging synchronous [level level | all] [limit number-ofbuffers] To disable message synchronization, use the no logging synchronous [level level | all] [limit number-of-buffers] command. Parameters all Enter the keyword all to ensure that all levels are printed asynchronously. level level Enter the keyword level then a number as the severity level. A high number indicates a low severity level and vice versa.
PAGE 1950
If the message queue limit is reached on a terminal line and messages are discarded, a system message appears on that terminal line. Messages may continue to appear on other terminal lines. Related Commands logging on — enables logging. logging trap Specify which messages are logged to the Syslog server based the message severity. C9000 Series Syntax logging trap [level] To return to the default values, use the default logging trap command. To disable logging, use the no logging trap command.
PAGE 1951
logging version Displays syslog messages in a RFC 3164 or RFC 5424 format. C9000 Series Syntax logging version {0|1} Defaults 0 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1952
Command Modes Command History history (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword history to view only information in the Syslog history table. reverse (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword reverse to view the Syslog messages in FIFO (first in, first out) order. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a table showing the number of messages per type and per slot. Slots *7* and *8* represent RPMs. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1953
interface Admin state to up: Fo 2/0 Feb 18 01:16:57: %SYSTEM:CP %SEC-3AUTHENTICATION_ENABLE_SUCCESS: Enable password authentication success on vty0 ( 10.16.127.145 ) Feb 18 01:16:57: %SYSTEM:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user admin on line vty0 ( 10.16.127.145 ) Feb 18 00:46:18: %SYSTEM:CP %SEC-5-LOGOUT: Exec session is terminated for user admin on line vty0 ( 10.16.127.145 ) Feb 18 00:46:17: %SYSTEM:CP %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from vty0 ( 10.16.127.
PAGE 1954
Jul 30 16:34:27: %PE-UNKN-C1048P:3 %CHMGR-2-FAN_SPEED_CHANGE: Fan speed changed to 75 % of the full speed Jul 30 16:34:26: %PE-UNKN-C1048P:3 %CHMGR-2-FAN_SPEED_CHANGE: Fan speed changed to 60 % of the full speed Jul 30 16:34:26: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-5-FANTRAY_INSERTED: Fan tray 0 of Unit 3 is inserted Jul 30 16:34:26: %PE-UNKN-C1048P:3 %CHMGR-2-FAN_SPEED_CHANGE: Fan speed changed to 60 % of the full speed Jul 30 16:34:26: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-0-PS_DOWN: Major alarm: Power supply 1 in unit 3 is down
PAGE 1955
Jul 30 16:32:59: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %IFMGR-5-OSTATE_DN: Changed interface state to down: Te 3/1 Jul 30 16:32:59: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-2-STACKUNIT_DOWN: stack-unit 3 down - card removed Jul 30 16:32:59: %PE255-UNIT1-S:CP %POLLMGR-2ALT_STACKUNIT_STATE: Alternate Stack-unit is not present Jul 30 16:32:58: %PE255-UNIT1-S:CP %RAM-6-ELECTION_ROLE: Stackunit 1 is transitioning to Management Stack-unit.
PAGE 1956
Monitor logging: level debugging Buffer logging: level debugging, 33 Messages Logged, Size (40960 bytes) Trap logging: level informational Jul 7 14:20:19: %PE1-UNIT1-M:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful on console show logging auditlog Displays an audit log. C9000 Series Syntax show logging auditlog Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1957
defaults Command Modes Command History pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender ID to display the driver log information for the specified port extender. Port extender ID range is from 0 to 255. stack unitnumber Enter the keyword stack-unit and the unit number to display the driver log information for the specified stackunit. Stack unit range is from 0 to 7. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1958
0:Task(tUsrRoot): [ complete 1:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 2:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 3:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 4:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 5:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 6:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 7:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 8:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 9:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 10:Task(tUsrRoot): [ Example (PE Console) 29525]SS DRV DEBUG: Wrapper init 301305]SS DRV DEBUG: Core init complete 913]SS DRV DEBUG: port:0 isfanout:0 40]SS DRV DEBUG: port:4 isfanout:0 36]SS DRV DEBUG: port:8 isfanout:0 36]SS DRV DEBUG: port:12 isfanout:0 36]SS DRV DEBUG: port:16 isfanout:0 36]SS DR
PAGE 1959
f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Redundant block failed errcode 6 14:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 86]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom, failed to get any good block 15:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 77]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Main block failed checksum calulated checksum 0x1d32 actual chksum 0x0 16:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 54]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Main block failed errcode 6 17:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 62]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Redundant block failed checksum calulated chec
PAGE 1960
34:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 67]32:SS DRV DEBUG: bcmDrvHelixPortTblInit - complete for unit 0 35:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 63]32:SS DRV DEBUG: Updating based on Fanout 36:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 75]32:SS DRV DEBUG: nv sysdlp fan out NVID open failed 37:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 53]SS DRV ERR: Updating port tbl from fanout failed 38:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 54]32:SS DRV DEBUG: Updating based on Stacking 39:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 9842]32:SS DRV DEBUG: Updating device entry from port table 40:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 19716]32:SS DRV DEBUG: Sysconf attach com
PAGE 1961
show logging kernellog Display the kernel log for the specified hardware component. C9000 Series Syntax show logging kernellog {cp | rp | linecard slot-id | pe pe-id stack unit unit-number} From a PE console, use show logging kernellog stack-unit unit number to display the kernel logging information for a specified stack-unit. Parameters defaults Command Modes Command History cp Enter the keyword cp to display the kernel log for the Control Processor on the switch.
PAGE 1962
Usage Information This command displays internal software driver information, which may be useful during troubleshooting switch initialization errors, such as a downed port pipe.
PAGE 1963
iic at : 24 1d 02:24:49:856820:qsfp-7 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 23 1d 02:24:49:872175:qsfp-11 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 18 1d 02:26:50:140882:qsfp-0 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 17 1d 02:26:50:148668:qsfp-1 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 16 1d 02:26:50:156237:qsfp-2 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 15 1d 02:26:50:163966:qsfp-3 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 14 1d 02:26:50:179846:qsfp-6 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at
PAGE 1964
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands 1964 Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1965
55 SNMP Traps This chapter lists the traps sent by the Dell Networking operating software. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option. Table 9. SNMP Trap List Message ID Trap Type Trap Option COLD_START SNMP COLDSTART WARM_START SNMP WARMSTART COPY_CONFIG_COMPLETE SNMP NONE SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP AUTH EGP_NEIGHBOR_LOSS SNMP NONE OSTATE_DOWN SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP NONE SNMP NONE %SNMP-5-SNMP_COLD_START: SNMP COLD_START trap sent.
PAGE 1966
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE NONE NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE CHM_CARD_PROBLEM ENVMON NONE CHM_ALARM_CUTOFF ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_UP ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_DOWN ENVMON NONE CHM_RPM_UP ENVMON NONE %RPM0-P:CP %SNMP-4-RMON_FALLING_THRESHOLD: RMON falling threshold alarm from SNMP OID RMON_HC_RISHING_THRESHOLD %RPM0-P:CP %SNMP-4-RMON_HC_RISING_THRESHOLD: RMON high-capacity rising threshold alarm from SNMP OID
PAGE 1967
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY %RAM-6-RPM_STATE: RPM0 is in Standby State CHM_RPM_DOWN %CHMGR-2-RPM_DOWN: RPM 0 down - hard reset %CHMGR-2-RPM_DOWN: RPM 0 down — card removed CHM_RPM_PRIMARY %RAM-5-COLD_FAILOVER: RPM Failover Completed %RAM-5-HOT_FAILOVER: RPM Failover Completed %RAM-5-FAST_FAILOVER: RPM Failover
PAGE 1968
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN %CHMGR-1-MINOR_PS: Minor alarm: power supply nonredundant CHM_MIN_ALARM_PS_CLR %CHMGR-5-MINOR_PS_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: power supply redundant CHM_MIN_ALRM_TEMP %CHMGR-2-MINOR_TEMP: Minor alarm: chassis temperature CHM_MIN_ALRM_TEMP_CLR %CHMRG-5-MINOR_TEMP_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: chassis temperature normal (%s %d temperature is within threshold of %dC) CHM_M
PAGE 1969
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option CHM_MIN_FANBAD_CLR ENVMON FAN ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE PROTO NONE For E1200: %CHMGR-2-FAN_OK: Minor alarm cleared: all fans in fan tray %d are good For E600 and E300: %CHMGR-5-FANOK: Minor alarm cleared: all fans in fan tray are good TME_TASK_SUSPEND %TME-2-TASK SUSPENDED: SUSPENDED - svce:%d - inst:%d - task:%s TME_TASK_TERM %TME-2-ABNORMAL_TASK_TERMINA
PAGE 1970
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVOM NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE DOT1BR NONE DOT1BR NONE DOT1BR NONE %RPM1-P:RP2 %VRRP-3-VRRP_BAD_AUTH: vrid-1 on Gi 11/12 rcvd pkt with authentication failure VRRP_GO_MASTER %VRRP-6-VRRP_MASTER: vrid-%d on %s entering MASTER VRRP_PROTOCOL_ERROR VRRP_PROTOERR: VRRP protocol error on %S BGP4_ESTABLISHED %TRAP-5-PEER_ESTABLISHED: Neighbor %a, state %s BG
PAGE 1971
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option DOT1BR NONE PE_UNIT_DOWN: PE:6 Unit:0 Unit MAC:00:01:02:03:04:05 operationally down. CH_ALARM_PE_UNIT_UP PE_UNIT_UP: PE:6 Unit:0 Unit MAC:00:01:02:03:04:05 operationally up.
PAGE 1972
56 Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) The commands in this chapter configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP). bpdu-destination-mac-address Use the Provider Bridge Group address in Spanning Tree or GVRP PDUs. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters bpdu-destination-mac-address [stp | gvrp] provider-bridge-group xstp Force STP, RSTP, and MSTP to use the Provider Bridge Group address as the destination MAC address in its BPDUs.
PAGE 1973
bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.1D spanning tree. C9000 Series Syntax bridge-priority {priority-value | primary | secondary} To return to the default value, use the no bridge-priority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a number as the bridge priority value. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 32768. primary Enter the keyword primary to designate the bridge as the root bridge.
PAGE 1974
debug spanning-tree Enable debugging of the spanning tree protocol and view information on the protocol. C9000 Series Syntax debug spanning-tree {stp-id [all | bpdu | config | events | exceptions | general | root] | protocol} To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree command. Parameters stp-id Enter zero (0). The switch supports one spanning tree group with a group ID of 0. protocol Enter the keyword for the type of STP to debug, either mstp, pvst, or rstp.
PAGE 1975
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you enable debug spanning-tree bpdu for multiple interfaces, the software only sends information on BPDUs for the last interface specified. Related Commands protocol spanning-tree — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. description Enter a description of the spanning tree. C9000 Series Syntax description {description} To remove the description from the spanning tree, use the no description {description} command.
PAGE 1976
disable Disable the spanning tree protocol globally on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax disable To enable Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled (that is, the spanning tree protocol is disabled.) Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1977
Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the system waits before transitioning STP to the Forwarding state. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds. Defaults 15 seconds Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1978
Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.
PAGE 1979
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1980
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information STP is not enabled when you enter SPANNING TREE mode. To enable STP globally on the switch, use the no disable command from SPANNING TREE mode.
PAGE 1981
Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(config-stp)#show config protocol spanning-tree 0 no disable Dell(config-stp)# show spanning-tree 0 Display the spanning tree group configuration and status of interfaces in the spanning tree group. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree 0 [active | brief | guard | interface interface | root | summary] 0 Enter 0 (zero) to display information about that specific spanning tree group.
PAGE 1982
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 1983
Field Description • hello time • topology change • notification • aging “Port 1...” Displays the Interface type slot/port information and the status of the interface (Disabled or Enabled). “Port path...” Displays the path cost, priority, and identifier for the interface. “Designated root...” Displays the priority and MAC address of the root bridge of the STG that the interface belongs. “Designated port...” Displays the designated port ID.
PAGE 1984
BPDU: sent:18, received 0 The port is not in the portfast mode Port 27 (TenGigabitEthernet 1/2) is Forwarding Port path cost 4, Port priority 8, Port Identifier 8.27 Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated port id is 8.
PAGE 1985
spanning-tree 0 Assigns a Layer 2 interface to STP instance 0 and configures a port cost or port priority, or enables loop guard, root guard, or the Portfast feature on the interface. C9000 Series Syntax spanning-tree stp-id {cost cost | | portfast [bpduguard [shutdown-on-violation]] | priority priority} To disable Spanning Tree group on an interface, use the no spanning-tree stp-id {cost cost | portfast [bpduguard [shutdown-onviolation]] | priority priority} command.
PAGE 1986
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.1 Introduced the loopguard and rootguard options on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced the loopguard and rootguard options on the E-Series TeraScale, C-Series, and S-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced the shutdown-on-violation option. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1987
• spanning-tree with bpdu guard shutdown-on-violation is enabled by default. • no spanning tree command is valid Hence, you cannot issue the spanning-tree stp-id command on the PE ports (peGigE ports) and issuing this command on VP-LAG ports results in a failure.
PAGE 1988
Storm Control 57 The Dell Networking operating software storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and SSeries). Storm control is supported on Dell Networking OS. Important Points to Remember • Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces (virtual local area networks [VLANs] and link aggregation group [LAG] interfaces are not supported).
PAGE 1989
show storm-control broadcast Display the storm control broadcast configuration. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show storm-control broadcast [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface-specific storm control configuration: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1990
show storm-control multicast Display the storm control multicast configuration. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show storm-control multicast [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface specific storm control configuration: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1991
show storm-control unknown-unicast Display the storm control unknown-unicast configuration. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show storm-control unknown-unicast [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface specific storm control configuration: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1992
storm-control broadcast (Configuration) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed in the network. C9000 Series Syntax storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] To disable broadcast rate-limiting, use the no storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] command. Parameters packets_per_seco nd in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368.
PAGE 1993
storm-control broadcast (Interface) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). C9000 Series Syntax storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] To disable broadcast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] command. Parameters packets_per_seco nd in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368.
PAGE 1994
To disable storm-control for multicast traffic into the network, use the no stormcontrol multicast packets_per_second in command. Parameters packets_per_seco nd in Enter the packets per second of multicast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1995
Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1996
storm-control unknown-unicast (Configuration) Configure the percentage of unknown-unicast traffic allowed in or out of the network. C9000 Series Syntax storm-control unknown-unicast [packets_per_second in] To disable storm control for unknown-unicast traffic, use the no storm-control unknown-unicast [packets_per_second in] command. Parameters packets_per_seco nd in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368.
PAGE 1997
storm-control unknown-unicast (Interface) Configure percentage of unknown-unicast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). C9000 Series Syntax storm-control unknown-unicast [percentage decimal_value in] | [wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] To disable unknown-unicast storm control on the interface, use the no stormcontrol unknown-unicast [percentage decimal_value in] | [wredprofile name]] [packets_per_second in] command.
PAGE 1998
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added the percentage decimal value option. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1999
System Time and Date 58 The commands in this chapter configure time values on the system, either using the Dell Networking operating software, or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For more information, refer to the “Network Time Protocol” section of the Management chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. clock set Set the software clock in the switch.
PAGE 2000
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can change the order of the month and day parameters to enter the time and date as time day month year. You cannot delete the software clock. The software clock runs only when the software is up.
PAGE 2001
start-time Enter the time in hours:minutes. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15 is 5:15 pm. end-day Enter the number of the day. The range is from 1 to 31. You can enter the name of a month to change the order of the display to time day month year. end-month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. You can enter the name of a day to change the order of the display to time day month year. end-time Enter the time in hours:minutes.
PAGE 2002
clock summer-time recurring Set the software clock to convert to daylight saving time on a specific day each year. C9000 Series Syntax clock summer-time time-zone recurring [start-week start-day start-month start-time end-week end-day end-month end-time [offset]] To delete a daylight saving time zone configuration, use the no clock summertime command. Parameters time-zone Enter the three-letter name for the time zone. This name is displayed in the show clock output.
PAGE 2003
abbreviations; for example Sun, Sat, Mon, and so on. The range is from Sun to Sat. end-month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. end-time Enter the time in hours:minutes:seconds. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15:00 is 5:15 pm. offset (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes to add during the summer-time period. The range is from 1 to 1440. The default is 60 minutes. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 2004
clock timezone Configure a timezone for the switch. C9000 Series Syntax clock timezone timezone-name offset To delete a timezone configuration, use the no clock timezone command. Parameters timezone-name Enter the name of the timezone. You cannot use spaces. offset Enter one of the following: • a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours in addition to universal time coordinated (UTC) for the timezone. • a minus sign (-) then a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours.
PAGE 2005
debug ntp Display network time protocol (NTP) transactions and protocol messages for troubleshooting. C9000 Series Syntax debug ntp {adjust | all | authentication | events | loopfilter | packets | select | sync} To disable debugging of NTP transactions, use the no debug ntp {adjust | all | authentication | events | loopfilter | packets | select | sync} command. Parameters adjust Enter the keyword adjust to display information on NTP clock adjustments.
PAGE 2006
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp authenticate Enable authentication of NTP traffic between the switch and the NTP time serving hosts. C9000 Series Syntax ntp authenticate To disable NTP authentication, use the no ntp authentication command. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 2007
ntp authentication-key Specify a key for authenticating the NTP server. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters ntp authentication-key number md5 [0 | 7] key number Specify a number for the authentication key. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. This number must be the same as the number parameter configured in the ntp trusted-key command. md5 Specify that the authentication key is encrypted using MD5 encryption algorithm. 0 Specify that authentication key is entered in an unencrypted format (default).
PAGE 2008
The Dell Networking OS versions 8.2.1.0 and later use an encryption algorithm to store the authentication key that is different from previous versions; beginning in version 8.2.1.0, the system uses DES encryption to store the key in the startupconfig when you enter the ntp authentication-key command. Therefore, if your system boots with a startup-configuration from a version prior to 8.2.1.
PAGE 2009
ntp disable Prevent an interface from receiving NTP packets. C9000 Series Syntax ntp disable To re-enable NTP on an interface, use the no ntp disable command. Defaults Disabled (that is, if you configure an NTP host, all interfaces receive NTP packets) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 2010
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. ntp multicast client To receive NTP information from the network via multicast, configure the switch.
PAGE 2011
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp server Configure an NTP time-serving host. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters ntp server {hostname | ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [key keyid] [prefer] [version number] ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter an IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X). hostname Enter the hostname of the server. key keyid (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword key and a number as the NTP peer key.
PAGE 2012
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can configure multiple time-serving hosts (up to 250). From these timeserving hosts, the system chooses one NTP host with which to synchronize. To determine which server was selected, use the show ntp associations command. Because many polls to NTP hosts can impact network performance, Dell Networking recommends limiting the number of hosts configured.
PAGE 2013
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 2014
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The number parameter in the ntp trusted-key command must be the same number as the number parameter in the ntp authentication-key command. If you change the ntp authentication-key command, you must also change the ntp trusted-key command. Related Commands ntp authentication-key — sets an authentication key for NTP. ntp authenticate — enables the NTP authentication parameters you set.
PAGE 2015
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#show clock 11:05:56.949 UTC Thu Oct 25 2001 Dell# Example (PE Console) Dell#show clock 13:24:32.298 UTC Tue Jul 7 2015 Example (Detail) Dell#show clock detail 12:18:10.
PAGE 2016
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ntp associations command shown in the Example below. Field Description (none) One or more of the following symbols could be displayed: • * means synchronized to this peer. • # means almost synchronized to this peer. • + means the peer was selected for possible synchronization.
PAGE 2017
show ntp status Display the current NTP status. C9000 Series Syntax Command Modes Command History show ntp status • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 2018
Field Description “peer mode is...” State what NTP mode the switch is. This should be Client mode. Example Dell#sh ntp status Clock is synchronized, stratum 2, reference is 100.10.10.10 frequency is -32.000 ppm, stability is 15.156 ppm, precision is 4294967290 reference time is BC242FD5.C7C5C000 (10:15:49.780 UTC Mon Jan 10 2000) clock offset is clock offset msec, root delay is 0.01656 sec root dispersion is 0.
PAGE 2019
System Time and Date Version Description 8.4.1.0 Added IPv6 support. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 2020
59 Tunneling Commands Tunnel interfaces create a logical tunnel for IPv4 or IPv6 traffic. You can configure DCSP, hop-limits and flow-labels. To enable a tunnel interface, use the following commands. ip unnumbered Configure a tunnel interface to operate without a unique IPv4 address and select the interface from which the tunnel borrows its address. C9000 Series Syntax ip unnumbered {interface-type interface-number} To set the tunnel back to default logical address use the no ip unnumbered command.
PAGE 2021
• If Tunnel mode is ipv6ip (where ip address over tunnel interface is not possible). To ping the unnumbered tunnels, the logical address route information must be present at both the ends. NOTE: The ip unnumbered command can specify an interface name that does not exist or does not have a configured IPv6 address. The tunnel interface is not changed to operationally up until the logical ip address is identified from one of the address family.
PAGE 2022
• If Tunnel mode is ipv6ip (where ip address over tunnel interface is not possible). To ping the unnumbered tunnels, the logical address route information must be present at both the ends. NOTE: The ipv6 unnumbered command can specify an interface name that does not exist or does not have a configured IPv6 address. The tunnel interface is not changed to operationally up until the logical ip address is identified from one of the address family.
PAGE 2023
Usage Information You can configure up to eight allow-remote entries on any multipoint receive-only tunnel. This command fails if the address family entered does not match the outer header address family of the tunnel mode, tunnel source, or any other tunnel allowremote. If you configure any allow-remote , the tunnel source or tunnel mode commands fail if the outer header address family does not match that of the configured allowremote. tunnel destination Set a destination endpoint for the tunnel.
PAGE 2024
tunnel dscp Configure the method to set the DSCP in the outer tunnel header. C9000 Series Syntax tunnel dscp {mapped | value} To use the default tunnel mapping behavior, use the no tunnel dscp value command. Parameters mapped Enter the keyword mapped to map the original packet DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) to the tunnel header DSCP (IPv4)/ Traffic Class (IPv6) depending on the mode of tunnel. value Enter a value to set the DSCP value in the tunnel header. The range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 2025
To return to the default value of 0, use the no tunnel flow-label value command. Parameters value Enter a value to set the IPv6 flow label value in the tunnel header. The range is from 0 to 1048575. The default value is 0. Defaults 0 (Mapped original packet flow-label value to tunnel header flow-label value) Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.
PAGE 2026
Usage Information A value of 0 copies the inner packet hop limit (ipv6) or time-to-live (ipv4) in the encapsulated packet to the tunnel header hop limit (ipv6) or time-to-live (ipv4) value. tunnel keepalive Configure the tunnel keepalive target, interval and attempts. C9000 Series Syntax tunnel keepalive {ip-address | ipv6-address}[interval {seconds}] [attempts {count | unlimited}] To disable the tunnel keepalive probes use the no tunnel keepalive command.
PAGE 2027
Usage Information Enabling tunnel keepalive causes ICMP echo packets to be sent to the keepalive target. The ICMP echo will be sourced from the tunnel interface logical IPv4 or IPv6 address and will be tunnel encapsulated. The response will be accepted whether it returns tunnel encapsulated or not.
PAGE 2028
Usage Information To enable a tunnel interface, use this command. You must define a tunnel mode for the tunnel to function. If you previously defined the tunnel destination or source address, the tunnel mode must be compatible. Including the decapsulate-any option causes the command to fail if any of the following tunnel transmit options are configured: tunnel destination, tunnel dscp, tunnel flow-label, tunnel hop-limit, or tunnel keepalive.
PAGE 2029
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Added the tunnel source anylocal command. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information Added an optional keyword “anylocal” to the tunnel source command. The anylocal argument can be used in place of the ip address or interface, but only with the multipoint receive-only mode tunnels.
PAGE 2030
60 Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) Uplink failure detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if you use this with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link. clear ufd-disable Re-enable one or more downstream interfaces on the switch/router that are in a UFD-Disabled Error state so that an interface can send and receive traffic.
PAGE 2031
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50.
PAGE 2032
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. clear ufd-disable — re-enables downstream interfaces that are in a UFD-Disabled Error state. description Enter a text description of an uplink-state group. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters description text text Text description of the uplink-state group. The maximum length is 80 alphanumeric characters.
PAGE 2033
downstream Assign a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. C9000 Series Syntax downstream interface To delete a downstream interface, enter the no downstream interface command.
PAGE 2034
You can assign an interface to only one uplink-state group. Configure each interface assigned to an uplink-state group as either an upstream or downstream interface, but not both. You can assign individual member ports of a port channel to the group. An uplinkstate group can contain either the member ports of a port channel or the port channel itself, but not both. Related Commands • upstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as an upstream interface.
PAGE 2035
• uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. downstream disable links Configure the number of downstream links in the uplink-state group that are disabled if one upstream link in an uplink-state group goes down. C9000 Series Syntax downstream disable links {number |all} To revert to the default setting, use the no downstream disable links command. Parameters number Enter the number of downstream links to be brought down by UFD.
PAGE 2036
Related Commands • downstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. • uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. enable Enable uplink state group tracking for a specific UFD group. C9000 Series Syntax enable To disable upstream-link tracking without deleting the uplink-state group, use the no enable command. Defaults Upstream-link tracking is automatically enabled in an uplink-state group.
PAGE 2037
show running-config uplink-state-group Display the current configuration of one or more uplink-state groups. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show running-config uplink-state-group [group-id] group-id Displays the current configuration of all uplink-state groups or a specified group. The valid group-id values are from 1 to 16. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 2038
show uplink-state-group Display status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show uplink-state-group [group-id] [detail] group-id Displays status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. The valid group-id values are from 1 to 16.
PAGE 2039
Downstream Interfaces : Te 1/0(Up) Te 1/1(Up) Te 1/3(Up) Te 1/5(Up) Te 1/6(Up) Uplink State Group : 5 Status: Enabled, Down Upstream Interfaces : Te 0/0(Dwn) Te 0/3(Dwn) Te 0/5(Dwn) Downstream Interfaces : Te 1/2(Dis) Te 1/4(Dis) Te 1/11(Dis) Te 1/12(Dis) Te 1/13(Dis) Te 1/14(Dis) Te 1/15(Dis) Uplink State Group : 6 Status: Enabled, Up Upstream Interfaces : Downstream Interfaces : Uplink State Group : 7 Status: Enabled, Up Upstream Interfaces : Downstream Interfaces : Uplink State Group : 16 Status: Disable
PAGE 2040
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. Usage Information After you enter the command, to assign upstream and downstream interfaces to the group, enter Uplink-State-Group Configuration mode. An uplink-state group is considered to be operationally up if at least one upstream interface in the group is in the Link-Up state.
PAGE 2041
• 40-Gigabit Ethernet: fortyGigE {slot/port | slot/port-range} • Port channel: port-channel {1-512 | portchannel-range} Where port-range and port-channel-range specify a range of ports separated by a dash (-) and/or individual ports/port channels in any order; for example: tengigabitethernet 1/1-2,5,9,11-12 portchannel 1-3,5. A comma is required to separate each port and port-range entry. Defaults none Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 2042
61 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) Virtual link trunking (VLT) allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core. VLT eliminates the requirement for Spanning Tree protocols by allowing link aggregation group (LAG) terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop-free topology.
PAGE 2043
interval seconds Enter the keyword interval to specify the time interval to send hello messages. The range is from 1 to 5 seconds. The default is 1 second. Defaults 1 second Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 2044
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.2(0.
PAGE 2045
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.
PAGE 2046
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added port-channel parameter on the S4810. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 2047
multicast peer-routing timeout Configure the time for a VLT node to retain synced multicast routes or synced multicast outgoing interface (OIF) after a VLT peer node failure. C9000 Series Syntax multicast peer-routing timeout value To restore the default value, use the no multicast peer-routing timeout command. Parameters value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 1200. The default is 150.
PAGE 2048
peer-down-vlan vlan id Enter the keyword peer-down-vlan then a VLAN ID to configure the VLAN that the VLT peer link uses when the VLT peer is down. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 2049
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added the support for IPV6 / IPV4. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.2(0.
PAGE 2050
Usage Information When the timer expires, the software checks to see if the VLT peer is now available. If the VLT peer is not available, peer-routing is disabled on that peer. primary-priority Assign the priority for master election among VLT peers. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters [no] primary-priority value To configure the primary role of a VLT peer in a VLT domain, enter a lower value than the priority value of the remote peer. The range is from 1 to 65535.
PAGE 2051
show vlt brief Displays summarized status information about VLT domains currently configured on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show vlt brief Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
PAGE 2052
show vlt backup-link Displays information on the backup link operation. C9000 Series Syntax show vlt backup-link Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
PAGE 2053
igmp-snoop Enter the keywords igmp-snoop to display the igmpsnooping counter information for the VLT. interface Enter the keyword interface to display the interface counter information for the VLT. mac Enter the keyword mac to display the MAC address counter information for the VLT. ndp Enter the keyword ndp to display the VLT counter information for NDP. Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 2054
Dell# show vlt counter igmp-snoop interface port-channel 100 VLT Port-ID: 100 IGMP Counter ----------------------IGMP MRouter Vlans count : 1 IGMP Mcast Groups count : 0 Ve Example (NDP and Dell#show vlt counters Total VLT Counters Non-VLT ARP) ------------------L2 Total MAC-Address Count: Total Arp Entries Learnt : Total Arp Entries Synced : Total Non-VLT Arp entries Learnt: Total Non-VLT Arp Entries Synced IGMP MRouter Vlans count : IGMP Mcast Groups count : Total VLT Ndp Entries Learnt : Total VLT Ndp En
PAGE 2055
Local LAG Id Peer LAG Id Local Status Peer Status Active VLANs ------------ ----------- ------------ -----------------------10 10 UP UP 100, 200, 300, 400, show vlt inconsistency Display run-time inconsistencies in the incoming interface (IIF) for spanned multicast routes. C9000 Series Syntax show vlt inconsistency ip mroute Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 2056
show vlt mismatch Display mismatches in VLT parameters. C9000 Series Syntax show vlt mismatch Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 2057
Example for Q-inQ implementation over VLT Dell#show vlt mismatch Domain -----Parameters Local -------------PB for stp Enabled Peer ---Disabled Vlan-type-config ---------------Codes:: P - Primary, C - Community, I - Isolated, N - Normal vlan, M - Vlan-stack Vlan-ID ------- Local ----- 100 N Peer ---M Port-type-config ---------------Codes:: p - PVLAN Promiscuous port, h - PVLAN Host port, t PVLAN Trunk port, mt - Vlan-stack trunk port, mu - Vlan-stack access port, n - Normal port Vlt Lag ------128 Lo
PAGE 2058
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. Usage Information If you add an ICL or VLTi link as a member of a primary VLAN, the ICL becomes a part of the primary VLAN and its associated secondary VLANs, similar to the behavior for normal trunk ports. VLAN symmetry is not validated if you associate an ICL to a PVLAN.
PAGE 2059
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 2060
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Added parameters multicast and ndp 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 2061
IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP PDU Tunnel Pkt sent: PDU Tunnel Pkt rcvd: Tunnel PDUs sent: Tunnel PDUs rcvd: 5 10 10 19 VLT Multicast Statistics ------------------------------Info Pkts Sent: 4 Info Pkts Rcvd: 2 Reg Request Sent: 2 Reg Request Rcvd: 2 Reg Response Sent: 1 Reg Response Rcvd: 0 Route updates sent to Peer: 0 Route updates rcvd from Peer: 0 Route update pkts sent to Peer: 0 Route update pkts rcvd from Peer: 0 VLT NDP Statistics -------------------NDP NA VLT Tunnel Pkts sent:16 NDP NA VLT Tunnel Pkts Rcv
PAGE 2062
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information When you create a VLT domain on a switch, Dell Networking OS automatically creates a VLT-system MAC address used for internal system operations.
PAGE 2063
Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information When you create a VLT domain on a switch, Dell Networking OS automatically assigns a unique unit ID (0 or 1) to each peer switch. The unit IDs are used for internal system operations. Use the unit-id command to explicitly configure the unit ID of a VLT peer. Configure a different unit ID (0 or 1) on each peer switch.
PAGE 2064
Version Description 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The VLT domain ID must be the same between the two VLT devices. If the domain ID is not the same, a syslog message is generated and VLT does not launch. Related Commands show vlt — uses the show vlt brief command to display the delay-restore value. vlt-peer-lag port-channel Associate the port channel to the corresponding port channel in the VLT peer for the VLT connection to an attached device.
PAGE 2065
VLT Proxy Gateway The Virtual link trucking (VLT) proxy gateway feature allows a VLT domain to locally terminate and route L3 packets that are destined to a L3 end point in another VLT domain. Enable the VLT proxy gateway using the link layer discover protocol (LLDP) method or the static configuration. For more information, refer to Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 2066
Dell(conf-vlt-domain-proxy-gw-lldp)#peer-domain-link portchannel 20 exclude-vlan 3 proxy-gateway lldp Enables the proxy-gateway feature using LLDP protocol. C9000 Series Syntax [no] proxy-gateway lldp Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.
PAGE 2067
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Removed the default value on the S-Series and Z-Series. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch. Usage Information In a square VLT topology with a single link connecting to the remote peers, If a VLT peer goes down, the local VLT node must be prompted to stop transmitting it’s peer’s MAC address.
PAGE 2068
Parameters remote-macaddress Specify the mac-addresses of the VLT peers which are in the remote VLT Domain. mac-address Enter the 48-bit hexadecimal address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. vlan-range Enter the VLAN IDs in which proxy gateway is not needed. The VLANs are excluded from doing proxy gateway. The value can be a single VLAN ID or comma -separated, VLAN IDs or a range of VLAN IDs or a combination.
PAGE 2069
static Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Display details about the static VLT proxy gateway configuration Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
PAGE 2070
Po 55 00:01:e8:8b:1c:c0 3,7-8 vlt-peer-mac transmit Enable the device to transmit peer MAC address along with its own mac-address (in LLDP TLV packets) to the remote VLT Domain. C9000 Series Syntax [no] vlt-peer-mac transmit Command Modes VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW LLDP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5.(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500 9.4(0.
PAGE 2071
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) 62 Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell Networking operating system. IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. C9000 Series Syntax advertise-interval {seconds | centisecs centisecs } To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds. The range is from 1 to 255.
PAGE 2072
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Dell Networking recommends keeping the default setting for this command. If you do change the time interval between VRRP advertisements on one router, change it on all routers.
PAGE 2073
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The given password is encrypted by the system and the show config displays an encrypted text string for any of the encrypted typed used.
PAGE 2074
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#clear counters vrrp vrf indus Clear "show vrrp" counters of all vrrp groups on all interfaces in VRF indus [confirm] yes debug vrrp Enable debugging of VRRP.
PAGE 2075
bfd Enter the keyword bfd to enable debugging of VRRP BFD interactions. database Enter the keyword database to enable debugging of configuration changes. interface Enter the keyword interface to enable debugging of interface state changes.. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to enable debugging for IPv6. packets Enter the keyword packets to enable debugging of VRRP control packets. state Enter the keyword state to enable debugging of VRRP state changes.
PAGE 2076
To delete a VRRP group description, use the no description command. Parameters text Enter a text string up to 80 characters long. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 2077
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable VRRP traffic, assign an IP address to the VRRP group using the virtual-address command and enter no disable. Related Commands virtual-address — specifies the IP address of the virtual router.
PAGE 2078
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If a switch is a MASTER and you change the hold timer, disable and re-enable VRRP for the new hold timer value to take effect. Related Commands disable — disables a VRRP group.
PAGE 2079
priority Specify a VRRP priority value for the VRRP group. The VRRP protocol uses this value during the MASTER election process. C9000 Series Syntax priority priority To return to the default value, use the no priority command. Parameters priority Enter a number as the priority. Enter 255 only if the router’s virtual address is the same as the interface’s primary IP address (that is, the router is the OWNER). The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 100.
PAGE 2080
show config View the non-default VRRP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show config [verbose] verbose (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword verbose to view all VRRP group configuration information, including defaults. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 2081
Command Modes Command History • For Port Channel interface types, enter the keywords portchannel then the number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 2082
Item Description Interface Lists the interface type, slot and port on which the VRRP group is configured. Grp Displays the VRRP group ID. Pri Displays the priority value assigned to the interface. If the track command is configured to track that interface and the interface is disabled, the cost is subtracted from the priority value assigned to the interface. Pre States whether preempt is enabled on the interface. State • Y = Preempt is enabled. • N = Preempt is not enabled.
PAGE 2083
Field Description • Adv rcvd displays the number of VRRP advertisements received on the interface. • Adv sent displays the number of VRRP advertisements sent on the interface. • Gratuitous ARP sent displays the number of gratuitous ARPs sent. Virtual MAC address Displays the virtual MAC address of the VRRP group. Virtual IP address Displays the virtual IP address of the VRRP router to which the interface is connected. Authentication:...
PAGE 2084
Te 1/37 4 100 Y Master 200.200.200 200.200.200.206 200.200.207.. short desc Te 1/37 254 254 Y Master 200.200.200.200 200.200.200.204 200.200.200.205 Dell> Example (C9000) Dell#show run vrf ! ip vrf indus 1 Dell#show run int te 1/20 ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/20 ip vrf forwarding indus ip address 2.1.1.1/24 ! vrrp-group 10 authentication-type simple 7 7ba207e73007dfaf priority 200 virtual-address 2.1.1.
PAGE 2085
both Enter the both keyword for in-service migration from VRRP version 2 to VRRP version 3. Defaults 2 Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.
PAGE 2086
Parameters ip-address1 Enter an IP address of the virtual router in dotted decimal format. The IP address must be on the same subnet as the interface’s primary IP address. ... ip-address12 (OPTIONAL) Enter up to 11 additional IP addresses of virtual routers in dotted decimal format. Separate the IP addresses with a space. The IP addresses must be on the same subnet as the interface’s primary IP address. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 2087
vrrp delay minimum Set the delay time for VRRP initialization after an interface comes up. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters vrrp delay minimum seconds seconds Enter the number of seconds for the delay for VRRP initialization after an interface becomes operational. The range is from 0 to 900 (0 indicates no delay). Defaults 0 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 2088
Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds for the delay. The range is from 0 to 900 (0 indicates no delay). Defaults 0 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.
PAGE 2089
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 2090
priority-cost Defaults priority cost = 10 Command Modes VRRP Command History • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FortyGigE followed by the slot/port information. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel followed by the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN ID. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 2091
• advertise-interval • clear counters vrrp ipv6 • description • disable • hold-time • preempt • priority • show config • virtual-address clear counters vrrp ipv6 Clear the counters recorded for IPv6 VRRP groups. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear counters vrrp ipv6 [vrid | vrf instance] vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of an IPv6 VRRP group. The range is from 1 to 255.
PAGE 2092
debug vrrp ipv6 Enable debugging of VRRP. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters debug vrrp ipv6 interface [vrid] {all | packets | state | timer} interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 2093
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale, C-Series, and S-Series. Support was added for IPv6 VRRP groups in non-default VRF instances. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage Information If no options are specified, debug is active on all interfaces and all VRRP groups. show vrrp ipv6 View the IPv6 VRRP groups that are active.
PAGE 2094
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 2095
Line Beginning Description with Example Virtual MAC address Displays the virtual MAC address of the VRRP group. Virtual IP address Displays the virtual IP address of the VRRP router to which the interface is connected. Tracking states... Displays information on the tracked interfaces or objects configured for a VRRP group (track command), including: • UP or DOWN state of the tracked interface or object (Up or Dn).
PAGE 2096
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2.(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.4.2.1 The range of valid VRID values on the E-Series when VRF microcode is loaded in CAM changed from 1 to 15. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale, C-Series, and S-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 2097
Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) 63 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) allows multiple instances of a routing table to co-exist on the same router at the same time. ip unknown-unicast Enable IPv4 catch-all route. C9000 Series Syntax ip unknown-unicast [vrf vrf-name] To remove the IPv4 catch-all route (0.0.0.0/0) from the LPM route forwarding table in hardware which gets added as a default configuration after the initialization of FIB Agent module, use the no ip unknown-unicast command.
PAGE 2098
ipv6 unknown-unicast Disable soft forwarding of unknown IPv6 destination packets. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ipv6 unknown-unicast Defaults Soft forwarding is enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
PAGE 2099
Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information Use this command to specify a descriptive name for a VRF. ip vrf forwarding Attach an interface to a configured VRF. C9000 Series Syntax ip vrf forwarding {vrf-name | management} To delete an interface associated with a configured VRF, use the no ip vrf forwarding {vrf-name | management} command.
PAGE 2100
to a default VRF, remove VRF association from the interface. You can use this only if there is no IP address configured on the interface. There must be no prior Layer 3 configuration on the interface when configuring VRF. VRF must be enabled prior to implementing this command. You can configure an IP subnet or address on a physical or VLAN interface that overlaps the same IP subnet or address configured on another interface only if the interfaces are assigned to different VRFs.
PAGE 2101
Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000– ON, and Z9500. Usage Information Use theip route-export tag command without specifying the route-map attribute to export all the routes corresponding to a source VRF. This action exposes source VRF routes to various other VRFs, which then import these routes using the ip route-import tag command.
PAGE 2102
NOTE: You must use the route-map attribute while importing routes from the global RTM. Route-maps enable you to filter routes at the import end based on the matching criteria that you define in the route-map. Defaults Command Modes Command History Not configured. • CONFIGURATION • VRF MODE Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000– ON, and Z9500.
PAGE 2103
pool of routes, when the destination VRF imports global routes, these routes will be duplicated into the VRF's RTM. As a result, it is mandatory to use route-maps to filter out leaked routes while sharing global routes with VRFs. Defaults N/A Command Modes VRF MODE CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introducued on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000– ON, and Z9500.
PAGE 2104
ipv6 route-import Import IPv6 routes leaked by another VRF using the tag specified by that VRF during export of these routes. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters ipv6 route-import tag [route-map-name] route-import Enter the keyword route-import to import IPv6 routes into the VRF. tag Enter a tag (ASN number) to specify an import route target for importing routes from another VRF.
PAGE 2105
match source-protocol Specify matching criteria while exporting or importing routes. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History match source-protocol {bgp | isis | ospf | connected | static} bgp Enter the keyword bgp to leak or share routes corresponding to the BGP protocol. isis Enter the keyword isis to leak or share routes corresponding to the ISIS protocol. ospf Enter the keyword ospf to leak or share routes corresponding to the OSPF protocol.
PAGE 2106
redistribute Redistribute leaked or exported routes corresponding to specific protocols. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Related Commands redistribute {imported-bgp | import-ospf | import-isis} imported-bgp Enter the keyword imported-bgp to redistribute leaked routes that are learnt using the BGP protocol. imported-ospf Enter the keyword imported-ospf to redistribute leaked routes that are learnt using the OSPF protocol.
PAGE 2107
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000.
PAGE 2108
reaches the limit. Additional dynamic routes will still allowed. Defaults No limit is set on the maximum number of dynamic routes for a VRF. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-VRF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OSCommand Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.
PAGE 2109
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000.
PAGE 2110
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000.
PAGE 2111
VLAN Stacking 64 With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. For more information about basic VLAN commands, see the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in the Layer 2 chapter.
PAGE 2112
member Assign a stackable VLAN access or trunk port to a VLAN. The VLAN must contain the vlan-stack compatible command in its configuration. C9000 Series Syntax member interface To remove an interface from a Stackable VLAN, use the no member interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 2113
vlan-stack access Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as an access port to the stackable VLAN network. C9000 Series Syntax vlan-stack access To remove access port designation, use the no vlan-stack access command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 2114
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 2115
vlan-stack dot1p-mapping Map C-Tag dot1p values to a S-Tag dot1p value. You can separate the C-Tag values by commas and dashed ranges are permitted. Dynamic mode CoS overrides any Layer 2 QoS configuration in case of conflicts. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters vlan-stack dot1p-mapping c-tag-dot1p values sp-tag-dot1p value c-tag-dot1p value Enter the keyword c-tag-dot1p then the customer dot1p value that is mapped to a service provider do1p value. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 2116
You may specify both bytes of the 2-byte S-Tag TPID. The range is from 0 to FFFF. The default is 9100. Defaults 0x9100 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 2117
vlan-stack trunk Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as a trunk port to the Stackable VLAN network. C9000 Series Syntax vlan-stack trunk To remove a trunk port designation from the selected interface, use the no vlanstack trunk command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 2118
In Example 1, a VLAN-Stack trunk port is configured and then also made part of a single-tagged VLAN. In Example 2, the tag protocol identifier (TPID) is set to 8848. The “Te 2/10” port is configured to act as a VLAN-Stack access port, while the “Te 1/0” port acts as a VLAN-Stack trunk port, switching stackable VLAN traffic for VLAN 10, while also switching untagged traffic for VLAN 30 and tagged traffic for VLAN 40.
PAGE 2119
Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#vlan-stack trunk Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#exit Dell(config)#interface vlan 10 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#vlan-stack compatible Dell(conf-if-vlan)#member Te 0/0, Te 1/0, Te 2/10 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#exit Dell(config)#interface vlan 30 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#untagged TenGi 1/0 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#exit Dell(config)# Dell(config)#interface vlan 40 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#tagged TenGi 1/0 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#exit Dell(config)# VLAN Stacking 2119